NSCP C101-15

NATIONAL
STRUCTURAL
CODE OF THE
PHILIPPINES
2015

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SEVENTH EDITION
first Printing, 2016

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No. : (+632) 411-8606
Email : aseponline@gmail.com
Website: http://www.aseponline.org

1
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 1' Printing, 2016
 PREFACE TO THE NSCP VOLUME 1, SEVENTH EDITION, 2015
1. Introduction

ASEP recognizes the need for an up-to-date structural code addressing the design and installation of structural systems
through requirements e1nphasizing performance. The new National Stntctural Code of the Philippines (NSCP Volun1e I) is
designed to 1neet these needs through various 1nodel codes/regulations, generally frotn the United States, to safeguard the
public health and safety nationwide.

This' updated Structural Code establishes minimun1 require1nents for structural systems using prescriptive and
performance-based provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that n1ake possible the use of ne\V 1naterials and
ne\V building designs. Also, this code reflects the latest seistnic design practice for earthquake-resistant structures.

2. Changes and Developments

In its drive to upgrade and update the NSCP, the ASEP Codes and Standards Com1nittee initially \Vanted to adopt the latest
editions of A1nerican code counterparts. Ho\vever, for cases \vhere available local data is limited to support the upgrade,
then so1ne provisions and procedures of the NSCP 7 111 edition were retained.

This NSCP 7th edition is referenced fron1 the follo\ving:

a. Unifonn Building Code UBC-1997

b. International Building Code lBC-2009

c. A1nerican Society of Civil Engineers ASCE/SEI 7-10
d. American Concrete Institute ACI318-14M
e. American Institute for Steel Construction AISC-05 \Vith Supplen1entary Seis1nic Provisions
f. American Iron and Steel Institute AISI SI 00-2007

g. Reinforced Masonry Engineering I-Iandbook of America

h. Concrete Masonry Handbook, 6th Edition

i. American National Standard Institute ANSI E!Aff!A-222-G-1-2007

J. A1nerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards

Significant revisions are su1n1narized as follo\vs:

a. Chapter I - General Requiren1ents
The changes n1ade in this chapter are the follo\ving:
a.1 Section 102 - Definition of Failure

a.2 Section 103- Classification of Structures

School buildings of 1nore than one story, hospitals, designated evacuation centers, structures
are under the essential facilities category. Section I 04 - Design Require1nents

Churches, Mosque and other related religious structures are under the special occupancy
category Section 104-Design Requiren1ents.
The provision for deflection of any structural men1ber under the serviceability require1nent is
deleted. This requirement for concrete and steel is specified in Chapters 4 and 5 respectively.
Ne\v requirements are added to the design revie\v section.
a.3 Section 105 - Posting and Instru1nentation

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

iv
 The provision of installed recording accelerograph is adjusted.
a.4 Inclusion of Appendix I-A : Recom1nended Guidelines on Structural Design Peer Revie,v of
Structures 2015
a.5 Inclusion of Appendix 1-B: Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording
Instrumentation for Buildings

b. Chapter 2 - Minimum Design Loads

The changes 1nade in this chapter are the follo,ving:

b. l Section 203 - Con1bination of Loads

The load factors and load con1binations are revised particularly the load cotnbinations
including ,vind load.
b.2 Section 205 - Live Loads

Additional loads are incorporated in the table for minimum uniform and concentrated loads
particularly the parking garage and ramp live load.
b.3 Section 207 - Wind Loads

Wind load provisions, ,vhich ,vere previously based on ASCE7-05, are updated based on
ASCE7-IO. In this edition, three different ,vind contour maps for the entire Philippine
archipelago are generated and provided for detennining the basic ,vind speeds for different
categories of building occupancies as defined in Table I 03-1. These n1aps provide basic ,vind
speeds that are directly applicable for detennining pressures for design strength. Strength
design ,vind load factor is 1.0; ,vhereas, allo,vable stress design wind load factor is 0.6.
Generally, basic ,vind speeds correspond to 3%, 7% and l5o/o probability of exceedance in 50
years (MRI - 1700,700 and 300 years, respectively). Four (4) permitted procedures in
detennining the design ,vind loads for n1ain wind-force resisting systems (MWFRS), for other
structures and building appurtenances and for co111ponents and cladding (C&C) are provided
such as;

• directional procedure for buildings of all heights,

• envelope procedure for lo,v-rise buildings,
• directional procedure for other structures and building appurtenances and
analytical procedure for co1nponents & cladding, and
o ,vind tunnel procedure

The ANSI EIA/TIA-222-0-2005 and ANSI EIA/TIA-2220-1-2007 are now fully referenced
for computing ,vind loads on steel antenna to,vers and antenna supporting structures.
b.4 Section 208 - Earthquake Loads

The near-source factors for 2-k,n distance fro1n a causative fault is included in addition to 5-
kn1, 10-km, 15-km distance and beyond l 5-kin distance.

ASCE/SEI 7-10, using spectral acceleration, is recognized as an alternative procedure in the

detennination of the earthquake loads.
c. Chapter 3- Earthworks and Foundations

The revisions made in this chapter are the follo,ving:

c.1 Provisions pertaining to the conduct and interpretation of foundation investigations for cases
involving liquefiable, expansive or questionable soils are adopted;

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 1" Printing, 2016
v
 c.2 The section on footings is amended to incorporate provisions for differential settle1nent,
design loads and vibratory loads~

c.3 The section on pile foundations is ainended to incorporate new provisions on splicing of
concrete piles; and

c.4 The section on special foundations, slope stabilization and 1naterials of construction are added.
c.5 Provisions for construction in Zone 4 pertaining to reinforcetnent of Precast Prestressed Piles
have been revised to ensure consistency \Vith ACI 318.

c.6 The figure for cut slopes has been a1nended for clarity;

c. 7 The figure for fill slopes has been an1ended for clarity and some provisions have been
modified;

c.8 A table on the 1ninin1u1n required number of boreholes has been added to the section on
foundation investigation;

c.9 Provisions pertaining to n1inimu1n dimensions of ditches have been 1nodified;

c. l O The section on excavations and fills has been amended to incorporate provisions for scouring
and erosion protection as \Yell as support of excavations and open cuts;

c.11 Provision pertaining to general pile require1nents have been expand to include design of piles
and pile groups subjected to lateral loads.

c.12 A Section on MSE Structures and Sitnilar Reinforced Embank1nents and Fills has been added.

d. Chapter 4 - Structural Concrete

To reflect the reorganization of ACI 3 l 8-14 which contained a nun1ber of significant technical changes, the
ASEP adopted sin1ilar changes in the NSCP 2015 7th Edition. The latest ACI 318 \Vas reorganized as a men1ber-
based document, i. e., particular 111ember type, such as bea1n, coltunn, or slab \viii have separate sub-sections for
all require1nents to design that particular 111e1nber type. This \Viii eliininate the need to flip through several
Sections to con1ply \Vith all the necessary design requirements for a particular structural me1nber, as \Vas
necessary \Vith the old organization format.

d. I Section 40 I: General

General infonnation regarding the scope and applicability of NSCP 2015, Vol. 1 is provided. Additional sub-
section on interpretation is included to help users better understand Chapter 4, Structural Concrete.

d.2 Section 402: Notation and Terminology

The definition for hoops has been modified because the use of interlocking headed bars is a concern regarding
the possibility that it will not be adequately interlocked and because the heads could beco1ne disengaged under
con1plex loadings \Vell into the non-linear range of response. It is now defined as a closed tie or continuously
\VOund tie, n1ade up of one or several reinforce1nent ele111ents, each having seismic hooks at both ends.

A definition for special seismic systems, a tern1 used in Sections 418 and 419, has been added.

d.3 Section 403: Referenced Standards

The follo\ving referenced specifications have been added to Section 403.2.4:

• ASTM A370-14, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
• ASTM A I 085-13, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded Carbon Steel Hollow
Structural Sections (HSS)
• ASTM Ci 73/CI 73M-14, Standard Test Method for Air- Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by
Volu1netric Method

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

vi
 • ASTM Cl582/CJ582M-l l, Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride-
Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete

A ne\v referenced specification fro111 Australia and Ne\v Zealand, Section 403.2.6 is added. These
standards \Vere included as ACI 318 has no provisions related to Qualifications on the Use of Quenched
Te1npered QT/fhenno-Mechanically Treated Reinforcen1ent, \vhich are the type manufactured, sold,
and co1n1nonly used for building construction in the Philippines:

• AS/NZS 4671: 200 I, Steel Reinforcing Materials

• NZS 3101: 2006, Part 1 and Part 2, Concrete Structures Standard, and Design of
Concrete Structures
• NZS 3109, Amendment 2, Welding of Reinforcing Steel
• AS/NZS 1554.3: 2008, Part 3, Structural Steel Welding of Reinforcing Steel

The follo\ving referenced specifications have been deleted:

• ASTM Cl 09/CI09M-08, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic

Cement Mortars (Using 50 ,nm Cube Specimens)
• ASTM Cl92/Cl92M-07, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Laboratory

Several referenced standards and specifications have been updated, as in most cases with every edition
of the NSCP. Note that the edition of every referenced standard is important. The NSCP does not
necessarily adopt ne\v editions of referenced standards unless they are vetted before the publication of
each edition of the standard.

d.4 Section 404: Structural System Requirements

This ne\v Section has been added to Chapter 4 to introduce structural systen1 requiren1ents.
This Section contains Sub-sections on Materials, Design Loads, Structural Systetn and Load
Paths, Structural Analysis, Strength, Serviceability, Durability, Sustainability, Structural
Integrity, Fire Resistance, Require1nents for Specific Types of Construction, Constn1ction and
Inspection, and Strength Evaluation of Existing Structures. Most of these Sub-sections refer to
the other Sections in the NSCP. The Sub-section on construction and inspection, for instance,
refers to Section 426. In the areas for Sustainability and Fire Resistance, the NSCP does not
have specific require1nents. This Sub-section on Sustainability allo\vs the licensed design
professional to specify in the construction docu1nents, sustainability require1nents in addition
to the strength, serviceability, and durability require1nents of the NSCP. The strength,
serviceability, and durability require1nents are required to take precedence over sustainability
considerations, though these require1nents are generally in harn1ony with sustainable
structures. In the Sub-section on Fire Resistance, the NSCP refers to the fire-protection
require1nents of the NSCP Chapter 4, Sub-section 420.6. l. Ho\vever, if the National Building
Code of the Philippines requires a greater concrete cover, such greater thickness shall govern.

d.5 Section 405: Loads

The following 1nodification has been n1ade in the provision for live load reduction because
there are still unincorporated areas \vhere there 111ay not be included in the previous editions of
1
the NSCP. The 7 h Edition, Sub-section 405.2.3 - Live load reductions shall be pennitted in
accordance \Vith the National Building Code of the Philippines, or in its absence, in
accordance with ASCE/SEJ 7.

For many Code revision cycles, ACI 318 retained provisions for service-level earthquake
forces in the design load combinations. In 1993, ASCE/SEI 7 converted earthquake forces to
strength-level forces and reduced the earthquake load factor to 1.0, and the n1odel building
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 1" Printing, 2016
vii
 codes followed suit. In n1odern building codes around the world, earthquake loads are no\v
strength-level forces. Any references to service-level earthquake forces have been deleted.

d.6 Section 406: Structural Analysis

The follo\ving new item has been added in Sub-section 406.6.2.3:
(b) For fra1nes or continuous construction, it shall be pennitted to assu1ne the intersecting me1nber
regions are rigid.
Previous NSCP 61h Edition has been silent on the use of finite ele1nent analysis (FEA), though it is no\v
frequently used. Sub-section 406.9 no\v has provisions that are intended to explicitly allo,v the use of
FEA and to provide a frame,vork for the future expansion of FEA provisions, but not as a guide to,vard
the selection and use of FEA soft\vare. The ne,v Sub-section on diaphragms and collectors 1nakes
explicit reference to the use of FEA, which 1nakes it i1nperative that the NSCP 7th Edition recognize the
acceptability of its use.
d.7 Section 408: Two-Way Slabs
Sub-section 418.10.1 (corresponding to ACI 318M-l l. Section 18.9.1 ), says that a n1initnum
area of bonded reinforce1nent shall be provided in all flexural 1ne1nbers ,vith unbonded
prestressing tendons. The purpose of the minin1um unbonded reinforce1nent over the tops of
colu1nns is to distribute cracking caused by high local flexural tensile stresses in areas of peak
negative mo1nents. However, the high local flexural tensile stresses are not unique to slabs
with unbonded tendons. The ne,v reorganized Sub-section 408.6.2.3 (corresponding to ACI
318M-14 Section 8.6.2.3) requires the same miniinum reinforce1nent in slabs ,vith unbonded
or bonded tendons, except that the area of bonded tendons is considered effective in
controlling cracking.
It \Vas also decided by the ACI 318 Co1nmittee, that if the sa111e bonded reinforce,nent ,vere
required for both bonded and unbonded post-tensioned t\vo-\Vay systems, the structural
integrity requirements for both syste1ns should also be the sa1ne. The structural integrity
requirements in AC! 31 SM-l l, Section 18.12.6 applied to two-way post-tensioned slab
syste1ns ,vith unbonded tendons only. The structural integrity requirements in ACI 3 l 8M-I 4
Section 8.7.5.6 (corresponding to the NSCP 2015, Sub-section 408.7.5.6) now apply to two-
way post-tensioned slab systems with bonded as ,vell as unbonded tendons.
d.8 Section 409: Beams
The use of open ,veb reinforce111ent for torsion and shear in slender spandrel beains by the
precast concrete industry as an alternative to the closed stirrups traditionally n1andnted by this
Code. Eli1ninating closed stirrups is desirable because they cause reinforce1nent congestion;
production costs also increase significantly because pre-tensioning strand must be threaded
through the closed stirrups.
1
A new relevant Sub-section 409.5.4.7 for solid precast sections is added to the NSCP 7 h
Edition.
d.9 Section 412: Diaphragms
For the first tin1e, a new Section 412, added design provisions for diaphrag1ns in buildings
constructed in areas of Io,v seisn1icity (Zone 2) The ne\V Section applies "to the design of non-
prestressed and prestressed diaphrag,ns, including:
(a). Diaphragtns that are cast-in-place slabs
{b). Diaphragms that co1nprise a cast-in-place topping slab on precast ele1nents

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

viii
 (c). Diaphrag1ns that co1nprise precast ele1nents ,vith end strips formed by either a cast-
in-place concrete topping slab or edge beatns

(d). Diaphrag1ns of interconnected precast elements ,vithout cast-in-place concrete

topping

d.10 Section 418: Earthquake-Resistant Structures

There are a ntunber of significant and substantive changes to this Section.

Colutnn confinen1ent - The ability of the concrete core of a concrete reinforced colun1n to sustain con1pressive
strains tends to increase ,vith confinen1ent pressure. Confine,nent requiren1ents for colurnns of special n101nent
fra1nes, and for colun1ns not designated as part of the seis,nic-force-resisting systen1 in structures assigned to
seismic zone 4 (sin1ilar to ASCE 7-10 Seisn1ic Design Categories D, E, and F), with high axial load or high
concrete co1npressive strength are significantly different.

Transverse reinforce1nent - One itnportant ne\v requiren1ent for special n10111ent fraine cohunns are included in
Sub-sections 418.7.5.2 and 418.7.5.4. There are ne\v restrictions on the use of headed reinforce1nent to make up
hoops.

Special 1noment frame beam-column joints - For bean1-colu1nn joints of special 1noment fra1nes, clarification of
the develop1nent length of the bea111 longitudinal reinforcen1ent that is hooked, require,nents for joints \Vith
headed longitudinal reinforcen1ent, and restrictions on joint aspect ratio are ne,v. For beam-column joints of
special n1oment fra1nes, clarification of develop,nent length of bea1n longitudinal reinforce1nent that is hooked,
require1nents for joints ,vith headed longitudinal reinforcement, and restrictions on joint aspect ratio are ne,v.

Special shear walls - Subsection 418.10 (equivalent to AC! 318-14M-14 Section 18.10, previously
ACI 3 l 8M-l l Section 21. 9), has been extensively revised in vie\v of the performance of buildings in the Chile
earthquake of 2010 and the Christchurch, Ne,v Zealand, earthquakes of 2011, as wells as full-scale reinforced
concrete building tests. In these earthquakes and laboratory tests, concrete spalling and vertical reinforcen1ent
buckling ,vere at tiines observed at \Vall boundaries.

For ASTM A615 Grade 420 bars used as longitudinal reinforce111ent in special n10111ent fra111es and special shear
111
,valls, the NSCP 7 Edition no\v requires the same 111inin1um elongation as ASTM A706 reinforcement.
d.11 Section 419: Concrete: Design and Durability Requirements
Quite a fe,v changes have been n1ade in concrete durability requiren1ents, ,vhich are no,v located in this Section.
rl.12 Section 420: Steel Reinforcement Properties, Durability and Embedments
The definition of yield strength of high-strength reinforcement for Grade 420 (Grade 60) in this Section is no\V,
for the first ti1ne, the san1e as that in ASTM specifications, except for bars with less than 420 MPa, the yield
strength shall be taken as the stress corresponding to a strain of 0.35 percent.

Deformed and plain stainless steel \Vire and welded ,vire conforn1ing to ASTM A I022 is now pennitted to be
used as concrete reinforcen1ent.

Sub-section 420.2.2.5 requires "Defonned non-prestressed longitudinal reinforce111ent resisting earthquake

11101nent, axial force, or both, in special moment frames, special structural ,valls, and all the components of
special strnctural walls including coupling beams and wall piers" to be ASTM A706 Grade 420 (Grade 60),
ASTM 615 Grade 275 (Grade 40) or Grade 420 (Grade 60) reinforcement is permitted if two supplementary
require1nents are met, ,vhich are already part of the ASTM A706 specification. A third supplementary
require111ent is no,v added for ASTM A615 (Grade 60) reinforcen1ent to be permitted for use in special 111oment
frames, special structural ,valls. The minimun1 elongation in 200 nun (8") must no,v be the same as that ASTM
A615 (Grade 60) reinforcement.

One aspect of the Code con1pliance that the Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines is cautioning
Designers and Constructors alike, is the introduction of ASTM 615 Grade 520 (Grade 75) in the Philippine

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 1" Printing, 2016
ix
market. Since this \Vas not covered by previous editions of the NSCP Vol. 1, it creates an i1npression of an
unregulated use of a ne\V high-strength reinforcement grade. NSCP 7th Edition.
To put it clearly, Sub-section 420.2.2.5, corresponding to AC! 3l8M-l4 Section 20.2.2.5, specifies the
use of deforn1ed non-prestressed longitudinal reinforcen1ent resisting earthquake-induced mo1nent,
axial force, or both, in special 1no1nent fra1nes, special structural \Valls, and all con1ponents of special
structural walls, including coupling beams, and ,vall piers ,vhich shall be in accordance \Vith (a) or (b ):

(a). ASTM A 706M, Grade 420

(b). ASTM A6l5M, Grade 280
There ,vas no 1nention that ASTM A6 l 5M, Grade 520, \Vas allo,ved, although the use of micro-alloyed
high-strength reinforcement may be allo,ved in the future through the issuance of a ne\v ASTM or
updated standard, and ,vith proper validation by the Department of Trade and Industry's Bureau of
Standards. It ,vill be pren1ature to allo,v its use for special tnoment fran1es, special structural ,valls, and
all co1nponents of special structural walls, including coupling bean1s, and ,vall piers for Buildings
located in areas of high seismicity (zone 4). The same restrictions indicated in Sub-section 420.7.6, on
the use of quenched-tempered thermo-mechanically treated (QTffMT) reinforcing bars in structures
located in seis1nic zone 4 for Grade 420 reinforce1nent, shall also be applied to Grade 520, unless
proven in subsequent studies and tests.

d.13 Section 422: Sectional Strength

The follo\ving are the changes in Section 422:

For prestressed 1nembers, a ne\v equation for the no1ninal axial strength at zero eccentricity has been
introduced in Sub-section 422.4.2.3.
Ne\v Sub-section 422.4.3. l, ,vhich requires that the nominal axial tensile strength of a non-prestressed,
composite, or prestressed n1ember, not to be taken greater than the maximun1 nominal axial tensile
strength of 1ne1nber.

d.14 Section 425: Reinforcement Details

Two changes shown in Table 7 (part of Table 425. 3.2) are made to eliminate the differences between
the required tail extension of a 90-degree or 135- degree standard hook, subject to a n1ini1num of 75
111111 (3").

Mechanical or ,velded splices ,vith strengths belo\v 125o/o of the yield strength of the spliced reinforcing
bars are no longer permitted. The associated stagger requiren1ents have been deleted. Thus there is no
longer a need to specify "full" mechanical or "full" ,velded splices.

d.15 Section 426: Construction Documents and Inspection

In this section, the user ,vill probably require so1ne ti1ne to get used to, it starts ,vith the follo\ving:

426.l.l This Sub-section addresses (a) through (c):

(a) Design infonnation that the licensed design professional shall specify in the construction
documents,

(b) Compliance require1nents that the licensed design professional shall specify in the
construction docu1nents,
(c) Inspection requirements that the licensed design professional shall specify in the
construction documents,
Thus, construction and inspection requiren1ents have been consolidated, and they are no,v related to
construction documents. The construction requirements are designated either as "design information" or
"compliance requirements.'' These are largely existing 1naterial that has been rearranged. The

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

x
 inspection require1nents in Sub-section 426.13 are taken fro1n Chapter 17 of the 20 l 5 Jnternational
Building Code (!BC) and were previously not part of AC! 318.

Provisions in ACI 318-11 and earlier editions, ,vhich explained basic statistical considerations
in mixture proportioning, are no longer found in ACI 318-14. Instead, ACI 301-10,
Specfflcations for Structural Concrete, is referenced.

These are so1ne other changes in the makeup ofNSCP 2016 7~1 Edition that should be noted:

I. There are t,vo ne,v Sections: Section 404, Structural System Requirements and
Section 412, Diaphragms.

2. Section 422, Structural Plain Concrete, no,v Section 414.

3. Section 423, Anchoring to Concrete, is no,v Section 417, ,vith no significant

changes.

4. Section 421, Earthquake-Resistant Stn1ctures, no,v Section 418.

5. Section 427, Strut-and-Tie Models is no,v Section 423, ,vith no significant

changes.

6. Section 420, Strength Evaluation of Existing Structures, is 110\.v Section 427.

7. Section 419, Shells and Folded Plates, is now Section 428.

8. Section 424, Alternative Design Method, no,v Section 429, is adapted from
earlier editions of the NSCP.

9. Section 425, Alternative Provisions for Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete

Flexural and Compression Members, and Section 426, Alternative Load and
Strength Reduction Factors, have been discontinued.

10. On the other hand, Section 416, Precast Concrete, and Section 418, Prestressed
Concrete, no longer exist as separate entities. The provisions of these Sections
are no,v spread over several of the ne,v Sections.

Sub-section 418.18, Requiren1ents for post-tensioning ducts and grouting have also been re1noved as
being outdated. The Co1n1nentary no,v provides specification guidance.

e. Chapter 5: Structural Steel.

ASEP adapted the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 14th Edition in this updated
Structural Steel code. The revisions made in this chapter are the follo,ving:

e.1 The entire Structural Steel chapters are strea1nlined placing all chapter definitions under one
Definition heading, tables are i1n1nediately sho,vn ,vhere they are first n1entioned, figures dra,vn
larger, equation are all in boldface, extraneous user notes are re1noved, essential in-text definitions
italicized and in-text equation tenns are ,vritten in boldface for easy reference.

e.2 Change of headings and terms.

501.3.5 Filler Metal and Flux for Welding to 501.3.5 Consu1nables for Welding

510.10.3 Web Crippling to Web Local Crippling

557.5 Special Fabrication Require1nents. Weld tabs changed to Run-off tabs under
Exception.
A-6.3 Beams changed to Bearns Bracing

e.3 Creation of ne,v subtopic.

APPENDIX A-4

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume 1, 7th Edition, 1" Printing, 2016
xi
 STRUCTURAL FIRE
A-4.2.3. l Thermal Elongation is created under A-4.2.3 Material Strengths at Elevated
Temperatures

APPENDIX A-6
STABILITY BRACING FOR COLUMNS AND BEAMS
A-6.4 Beam-Colu1nn Bracing

SECTION 529 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES (BRBF)

A section 529.3 \Vas created as heading for 529.3.l and 529.3.2
e.4 Revision in load factor

5 l 0.8 Colun1n Bases and Bearing on Concrete

2 0lO: $, =0.60(LRFD) n, =2s(ASD)

2015: </>, = 0.65(LRFD) ll, = 2. 31(ASD)

e.5 Revision in equations

B-5. QUALIFYING CYCLIC TESTS OF BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACES

51 l .2.2c Branches ,vith Axial Loads in K-Connections

Q ,[, 0.2<,'' ] (511.2-7) Q8 =y

" (1+ (~-
0.24y"
)
)
s=r + {o·:81.:n)+1 C I t.ll +1
(511.2·7)
2010: : 2015:

APPENDIX A-3 - DESIGN FOR FATIGUE

A-3.4 Bolts and Threaded Parts

n:
A, =!:._(db -9382)2 A, = 0. 9382P) 2
2010: 4 ; 2015: 4 (db -
f. Chapter 6: Wood.

The revisions n1ade in this Chapter are the follo\ving:

f. I Section 616 - Design Provisions and Equations: The NOS 2015 Chapter 3 is adopted
almost in its entirety;

f.2 Section 617 - Sawn Lumber: The NOS 2015 Chapter 4 is adopted almost in its entirety;

f.3 Section 618 - Structural Glued Laminated Timber: The NOS 2015 Chapter 5 is adopted
almost in its entirety;

f.4 Tables 619.1-3 and 619.1-4 are revised based on NOS 2015; and

f.5 Other Sections affected are adjusted accordingly.

g. Chapter 7: Masonry
The revisions made in this chapter are the follo,ving:
g. l The specified yield strength of steel reinforcement is 420MPa instead of 413 MPa / 415 MPa;

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

xii
 g.2 Section 710.6.3 and Section 7!0.7.1
I Omtn diameter instead ofNo.9 gage ,vire

g.3 Section 713.9.1

20m1n dia1neter instead of 19-gage
25111111 dian1eter instead of24-gage

3. Acknowledgment

The ASEP Codes and Standards Committee are indebted to Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology
(PHIVOLCS) and to Dir. Renato V. Solidum, Ph. D. for his unselfish contribution specifically on Section 208 of
this code.

ASEP acknowledges the contribution of Dr. Teresita C. Bacolcol and Ms. Madeline Cabologan of PHIVOLCS for
the seismic maps used in this code.

ASEP acknowledges the contribution of Engr. Carlos M. Villaraza for his unselfish contribution on Chapter 2
Seismic/Earthquake Chapter.

The contributions of ASEP 1nembers and other users of this code ,vho have suggested improvements, identified
errors and recom1nended ite1ns are recognized.

ASEP also ackno,vledges the contribution of the industry partners, companies and individuals, ,vho continue to
support ASEP's nun1erous undertakings.

The ASEP Codes and Standards Committee also acknowledge Arch. Avigaile Genola Riola who designs the covers
of the NSCP Volume l, 20 IO Edition and NSCP Volume I, 2015 Edition.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 1" Printing, 2016
xiii
 NSCP C101-15

Chapter 1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SEVENTH EDITION, 2015

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No. : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No. : (+632) 411-8606
Email: aseponline@gmail.com
Website:http://www.aseponline.org

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements 1-1

Table of Contents

SECTION 101 •.•.....•..•.....•........•...............••••....••..............•••.............•••.•............••.............•....•.......•..........••......•.......••.......••......• 2

TITLE, PURPOSE AND SCOPE ..........•.•...•..............•.•.............•••.•...........•••.............••...•....................•............•........•......•••.... 2
IOI.I Special Foundation Systems .......................................................................................................................................... 2
I 01.2 Purpose .......................................................................................................................................................................... 2
101.3 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2
IO 1.4 Alternative Systems ....................................................................................................................................................... 2
SECTION 102 ................•.......•.••.•............••••...........•••••.............•••.•............••............•.••.•................•••............•.•........•..........•...... 3
DEFINITIONS ....................•••.•.............•••.•...........•••..............••...............•••.............•..................••.•..................•........•.•.....••....... 3
SECTION 103 ........••••.•...••..........••..............••....................•.•.............•..........•................•.•..•••..................••............•.••......•••.......• 6
CLASSIFICATION ...............•••.............••••............••••..............••.•..............••............••••..................•••................••........•••........•... 6
OF STRUCTURES •.•.•.................•••..............•..............•.•.............•.•...............•...............•••..............•.••••.............•.............•••......• 6
103.1 NatureofOccupancy ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
SECTION 104 .......•......•............•...•..........••.•...•...............••..............••..........•.•.............•.....•............•.•....•.............••••••..........•...... 7
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ....•.•........•••....................•.................•.........••...............•..................••••...•.............••...•..........••••..... 7
I 04.1 Strength Requirement. ................................................................................................................................................... 7
I 04.2 Serviceability Requirement .......................................................................................................................................... 7
I 04.3 Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................................ 7
I 04.4 Foundation Investigation .............................................................................................................................................. 8
I 04.5 Design Review ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
SECTION 105 ............•••••..............•••.............•.••..............••••............••••........•••...••..........•...••..................•.•..............•••...•........•.••. 9
POSTING AND !NSTRUMENTATION ..........•.•.............•••.•.............•••.•.............•.•..................•••............•....•••.............•••.•..... 9
105.1 Posting of Live Loads ................................................................................................................................................... 9
I 05.2 Earthquake-Recording Instrumentation ......................................................................................................................... 9
SECTION 106 .........•••••..............•••.•.............•••.•...........•••••.............•••..............••••.............•••................••••...•.........•.•...••.............. 9
SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS ................................................................................................ 9
I 06.1 General .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
I 06.2 Specifications ................................................................................................................................................................ 9
106.3 Design Drawings ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
SECTION 107 •.............••••.............•.••••............•.••..............••••............•.••................•.............•.••.................••.............•••....•.••...... 10
STRUCTURAL INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS ....................................................... 10
I 07.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10
107.2 Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................... 10
107.3 Structural Inspector ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
I 07.4 Inspection Program ..................................................................................................................................................... 11
107.5 Types of Work for Inspection ..................................................................................................................................... 11
107.6 Approved Fabricators .................................................................................................................................................. 13
107.7 Prefabricated Construction .......................................................................................................................................... 13
107.8 Non-Destructive Testing ............................................................................................................................................. 14
107.9 Structural Observation ................................................................................................................................................. 15
APPENDICES
I-A - Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design Peer Review of Structures 2015 ...................................................... IA-I
I-A- Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings ................................... IB-1

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-2 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements

101.4 Alternative Systems

The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the

use of any n1aterial, alternate design or ,nethod of
101.l Special Foundation Systems construction not specifically prescribed by this code,
provided any alternate has been pern1itted and its use
These regulations shall be kno\vn as the National authorized by the Building Official (sec Section I 02).
Structural Code of the Philippines 2015, Volume I, 7th
Edition, and may be cited as such and \vill be referred to Sponsors of any systen1 of design or construction not
herein as "this code." \Vithin the scope of this code, the adequacy of \Vhich had
been sho\vn by successful use and by analysis and test,
101.2 Purpose shall have the right to present the data on \vhich their
design is based to the Building Official or to a board of
The purpose of this code is to provide 111inimun1 examiners appointed by the Building Official or the project
requiren1ents for the design of buildings, to\vers and other owner/developer. This board shall be composed of
vertical structures, and 1ninin1u1n standards and guidelines competent structural engineers and shall have authority to
to safeguard life or lin1b, property and public \Velfare by investigate the data so sub1nitted, to require tests if any, and
regulating and controlling the design, construction, to fonnulate rules governing design and construction of
quality of n1aterials pertaining to the structural aspects of such systems to 1neet the intent of this code. These rules,
all buildings and structures \Vithin this jurisdiction. \vhen approved and pron1ulgated by the Building Official,
shall be of the sa1ne force and effect as the provisions of
101.3 Scope this code

The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction,

alteration, moving, demolition, repair, 1naintenance and use
of buildings, to\vers and other vertical structures \Vithin this
jurisdiction.

Special structures such as but not limited to single fa,nily

d\vellings, storage silos, liquid product tanks and
hydraulic flood control structures, should be referred to
special state of practice literature but shall refer to
provisions of this code as a minimutn \Vherever
applicable.

For additions, alterations, ,naintenance, and change in use

of buildings and structures, see Section 108.

Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code

specify different 1naterials, methods of construction or
other requiren1ents, the most restrictive provisions shall
govern except in the case of single fan1ily d\vellings. Where
there is a conflict bet\veen a general requiren1ent and a
specific requiren1ent, the specific requiretnent shall be
applicable.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-3

BUILDING OFFICIAL is the ofltcer or other designated

authority charged \Vith the administration and enforcen1ent
of this code, or the Building Official's duly authorized
representative.
For the purpose of this code, certain tenns, phrases, \vords
and their derivatives shall be construed as specified in this CIVIL ENGINEER is a professional engineer licensed to
chapter and else\vhere in this code \Vhere specific practice in the field of civil engineering.
definitions are provided. Terms, phrases and \vords used in
the singular include the plural and vice versa. Tern1s, CIVIL ENGINEERING is the science or profession in
phrases and \Vords used in the 111asculine gender include the \Vhich a kno\vledge of the n1athe1natical and physical
feminine and vice versa. sciences gained by study and practice is applied \Vith
judge1nent to utilize natural and 1nan-n1ade resources and
The follo\ving tenns are defined for use in this code: forces in the planning, design, 1nanagen1ent, construction,
and 1naintenance of buildings, structures, facilities, and
ALTER or ALTERA Tl ON is any change, addition or utilities in their totality, for the progressive \Veil-being and
modification in construction or occupancy. for the benefit of 1nankind, enhancing the environ1nent,
com1nunity living, industry, and transportation, taking into
APPROVAL shall mean that the proposed work or consideration such aspects as functionality, efficiency,
con1pleted \Vork confonns to this code in the opinion of the econo,ny, safety, and environn1ental quality.
Building Official.
COMPACTION is the densification of a fill by
APPROVED as to n1aterials and types of construction, tnechanical or che1nical 1neans.
refers to approval by the Building Official as the result of
investigation and tests conducted by the Building Official, CONSTRUCTION FAILURE is a failure that occurs
or by reason of accepted principles or tests by recognized during const1uction and they are considered to be either a
authorities, technical or scientific organizations. collapse or distress, of a structural systetn to such a degree
that it cannot safely serve its intended purpose. 1
AS GRADED is the extent of surface conditions on
con1pletion of grading. CONTINUOUS STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is a
structural inspection \vhere the structural inspector is on the
AUTHORITY HA YING JURISDICTION is the site at all times observing the \Vork requiring stn1ctural
organization, political subdivision, office or individual inspection.
charged \vith the responsibility of adn1inistering and
enforcing the provisions of this code. EARTH MATERIAL is any rock, natural soil or fill or
any co1nbination thereof.
BEDROCK is in-place solid or altered rock.
ENGINEER-OF-RECORD is a civil engineer responsible
BENCH is a relatively level step excavated into earth for the structural design.
material on which fill is to be placed.
EROSION is the \Vearing a\vay of the ground surface as a
BORROW is earth 1naterial acquired fron1 an off-site result of the 1noven1ent of\vind or \vater.
location for use in grading on a site.
EXCAVATION is the mechanical removal of earth
BUILDING is any structure usually enclosed by walls 1naterial.
and a roof, constructed to provide support or shelter for an
intended use or occupancy. EXISTING GRADE is the grade prior to grading.

BUILDING, EXISTING is a building erected prior to the FAILURE is defined as an unacceptable difference
adoption of this code, or one for \Vhich a legal bet\veen expected and observed performance. This
building pennit has been issued. definition includes catastrophic structural collapse, but also
includes performance problems that are not necessarily
catastrophic or life-threatening, including "serviceability
proble1ns such as distress, excessive defonnation,
premature deterioration of 1naterials, leaking roofs and
facades, and inadequate interior environtnental control
systems." In the event of a significant failure, the parties
typically retain experts to detennine the cause of the
perceived failure. Occasionally a failure results fron1 a
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
1-4 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements

single condition, but typically, failures result fro1n a LIMITED LOCAL COLLAPSE is a failure of a
con1bination of n1istakes. oversights, miscomtnunications, structural me1nber \Vithout affecting the adjacent n1en1bers
n1isunderstandings, ignorance, lapses, slips, inco1npctence, (e.g. destruction of one or t\vo columns in a multi-bay
intentional violations or non-con1pliance, and inadequate structure) ../
quality assurance. The causes for these conditions vary, but
1nay include sin1ple mistakes (such as sending infonnation OCCUPANCY is the purpose for which a building or
to a structural engineer ,vhen it should have been sent to the other structures or part thereof, is used or intended to be
architect), concl~sions based on faulty assu1nptions, an used.
e1nployee's "laziness, ignorance, or 1nalevolent urge,"
fatigue fro1n excessive ,vorkload, inadequate training, "tin1e PERIODIC STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is a
boxing" practices used to 1ninin1ize fees to a client, structural inspection \Vhere the inspections are 1nade on a
overreliance on computer-aided design and drafting periodic basis and satisfy the requiren1ents of continuous
(CADD). failure to understand and deliver client inspection, provided this periodic scheduled inspection is
require1ncnts. ti1ne pressures to a deliver a project by perfonned as outlined in the inspection progran1 prepared
certain deadlines, and ineffective coordination and by the structural engineer.
2
integration of the design teatn.
PREFABRICATED ASSEMBLY is a structural unit, the
FILL is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial integral parts of \vhich have been built up or assembled
1neans. prior to incorporation in the building.

FINISH GRADE is the final grade of the site that PROFESSIONAL INSPECTION is the inspection
conforms to the approved plan. required by this code to be perfonned by the civil engineer.
Such inspections include that perfonned by persons
FORENSIC ENGINEERING is the application of the art supervised by such engineer and shall be sufficient to forn1
and science of engineering in the jurisprudence systen1, an opinion relating to the conduct of the \Vork.
requiring the services of legally qualified engineers.
Forensic engineering may include investigation of the PROGRESSIVE COLLAPSE is the spread of an initial
physical causes of accidents and other sources of clain1s local failure from ele1nent to elen1ent, eventually resulting
and litigation, preparation of engineering reports, testitnony in the collapse of an entire structure or disproportionately
at hearings and trials in ad1ninistrative or judicial large part of it../
proceedings, and the rendition of advisory opinions to
3
assist the resolution of disputes affecting life or property. ROBUSTNESS is the insensibility of a structure to local
failure. Frain this definition, it follo\vs that the robustness
GENERAL COLLAPSE is the immediate, deliberate is a property of the structure. 4
demolition of an entire structure by a triggering event (e.g.
explosion) .., ROUGH GRADE is the stage at which the grade
approxin1ately conforms to the approved plan.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER is a registered Civil
Engineer \Vith special qualification in the practice of SITE is any lot or parcel of land or contiguous co1nbination
Geotechnical Engineering as recognized by the Board of thereof, under the san1e o\vnership, \Vhere grading is
Civil Engineering of the Professional Regulation perfonned or pennitted.
Co1nmission as endorsed by the Specialty Division of
Geotechnical Engineering of the Philippine Institute of SLOPE is an inclined ground surface the inclination of
Civil Engineers (PICE). \Vhich is expressed as a ratio of vertical distance to
horizontal distance.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING is the application of
the principles of soil and rock 1nechanics in the SOIL is naturally occurring superficial deposits overlying
investigation, evaluation and design of civil \Yorks bedrock.
involving the use of ea1th n1aterials and foundations and the
inspection or testing of the construction thereof. SOILS ENGINEER See Geotechnical Engineer.

GRADE is the vertical location of the ground surface. SOILS ENGINEERING See Geotechnical Engineering.

GRADING is an excavation or fill or co1nbination thereof. STRUCTURE is that which is built or constructed, an
edifice or building of any kind, or any piece of \York
KEY is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench artificially built up or co1nposed of pa1ts joined together in
excavated in ea1th 1naterial beneath the toe of a slope. son1e definite 1nanner.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-5

STRUCTURAL ENGINEER is a registered Civil

Engineer \Vith special qualification in the practice of
Structural Engineering as recognized by the Board of Civil
Engineering of the Professional Regulation Co1111nission or
by the Specialty Division of the Philippine Institute of Civil
Engineers (PICE) together ,vith the Association of
Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP) and
Institution of Specialist Structural Engineers of the
Philippines (lSSEP).

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING is a discipline of civil

engineering dealing ,vith the analysis and design of
structures that support or resist loads insuring the safety of
the structures qgainst natural forces.

STRUCTURAL FAILURE is the reduction of capability

of a st1uctural syste1n or con1ponent to such a degree that it
5
cannot safely serve its intended purpose.

Structural failures can be divided into various categories

based on consequential damages to include: Catastrophic
Failure \Vith Loss of Life, Catastrophic Failure in \Vhich No
Human Lives are Endangered, Failure Resulting 1n
Extensive Property Damage, and Failure Resulting in
5
Reduced Serviceability.

STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is the visual observation

by a structural inspector of a particular type of construction
\VOrk or operation for the purpose of ensuring its general
co1npliance to the approved plans and specifications and
the applicable \vorkmanship provisions of this code as \Veil
as overall construction safety at various stages of
construction.

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION is the visual

observation of the structural system by the stn1ctural
observer as provided for in Section 107.9.2, for its general
conforn1ance to the approved plans and specifications, at
significant construction stages and at completion of the
structural system. Structural observation does not include
or \Vaive the responsibility for the structural inspections
required by Section I 07. I or other sections of this code.

TERRACE is a relatively level step constructed in the

face of a graded slope surface for drainage and 1naintenance
purposes.

I
Guide lo Investigation ofStruc/ural Failures, ASCE, 1986.
2
The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Technical Council on
Forensic Engineering.
3
Forensic Engineering,, 2"'1 Edi/ion, Keneth L. CaqJer, Edi/or, 2001.
4
Robustness of Buildings in Structural Codes, Dimitri.\" Diamantidis,
2009
5
Structural Failures in 1981.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-6 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements

Table I 03-1 Occupancy Category

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTION OF

CATEGORY STRUCTURE

Occupancies having surgery and emergency

treatment areas,
103.1 Nature of Occupancy
Fire and police stations,
Buildings and other structures shall be classified, based on Garages and shelters f'or emergency vehicles and
the nature of occupancy, according to Table 103-1 for emergency aircrafi,
purposes of applying \Vind and earthquake loads in Chapter
Structures and shelters in emergency preparedness
2. Each building or other structures shall be assigned to the centers,
highest applicable occupancy category or categories.
Aviation control towers,
Assignment of the sa1ne structure to n1ultiple occupancy
categories based on use and the type of loading condition Structures and equipment in communication
centers and other facilities required for emergency
being evaluated (e.g. \Vind or seistnic) shall be pennissible. I Essential response.
Facilities
\Vhen buildings or other structures have multiple uses Facilities for standby power-generating equipment
for Category I structures,
(occupancies), the relationship bet,veen the uses of various
parts of the building or other structure and the Tanks or other structures containing housing or
independence of the structural syste,n for those various supporting water or other fire-suppression material
or equipment required for the protection of
parts shal1 be exan1ined. The classification for each Category I, II or Ill, IV and V structres
independent structural system of a multiple-use building or
Public school buildings.
other structure shall be that of the highest usage group in
any part of the building or other structure that is dependent Hospitals,
on that basic structural systen1. Designated evacuation centers and
Power and communication transmission lines.

Occupancies and structures housing or supporting

toxic or explosive chemicals or substances,
II Hazardous
Facilities Non-building structures storing, supporting or
containing quantitieS of toxic oc explosive
substances.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-7

Table 103-1 (cont'd)Occupancy Category

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTION OF

CATEGORY STRUCTURE

Buildings with an assembly room with an 104.1 Strength Requirement

occupant capacity of 1,000 or more,

Educational buildings such as museums. Buildings, to\vers and other vertical structures and all
libraries, auditorium with a capacity of 300 or portions thereof shall be designed and constructed to
more occupants, sustain, \vithin the lin1itations specified in this code, all
Buildings used for college or adult education loads set forth in Chapter 2 and else\vhere in this code,
with a capacity of500 or more occupants, con1bined in accordance with Section 203.
Institutional buildings with 50 or more
tII Special incnpacitatcd patients, but not included in Design shall be in accordance \vith Strength Design, Load
Occupancy Category I, and Resistance Factor Design and Allo\vab!e Strength
Structures iv1cnta! hospitals, sanitariums, jails, prisons Design methods, as pem1itted by the applicable material
and other buildings where personal liberties of chapters.
inmates arc sitnilarly restrained,

Churches, Mosques, and other Religion 104.2 Serviceability Requirement

Facilities,
All structures with an occupancy of 5,000 or 104.2.1 General
more persons,
Structures and equipment in pov,·cr-gcncrating Structural systetns and 111e1nbers thereof shall be designed
stations, and other public utility facilities no\ to have adequate stiffness to Ii1nit deflections, lateral drifts,
included in Category I or Category II, and vibration, or any other defom1ations that adversely affect
required for continued operation.
the intended use and perfonnance of buildings, to\vers and
other vertical structures. The design shall also consider
IY Standard All structures housing occupancies or
Occupancy havingfunctionsnotlistcdinCategory I, II
durability, resistance to exposure to \\leather or aggressive
Structures orIIIandCategoryY. environ1nent, crack control, and other conditions that affect
the intended use and performance of buildings, to\vers and
y i\"Iisccllancous Privatcgarages,carports,shedsandfences other vertical structures.
Structures over I .5111high.
104.3 Analysis

Any system or method of construction to be used shall be

based on a rational analysis in accordance with \Veil-
established principles of tnechanics that take into account
equilibrium, general stability, geon1etric con1patibility and
both short-tenn and long-term 1naterial properties.
Men1bers that tend to accutnulate residual deforn1ations
under repeated service loads shall have included in their
analysis the added eccentricities expected to occur during
their service ii fe. Such analysis shall result in a system
that provides a con1plete load path capable of transferring
all loads and forces from their point of origin to the
load- resisting elen1ents. The analysis shall include, but not
be limited to, the provisions of Sections 104.3.1
throughl04.3.3.

104.3.1 Stability against Overturning

Every structure shall be designed to resist the overturning

effects caused by the lateral forces specified with adequate
Factor of Safety (FOS). See Section 206.6 for retaining
walls, Section 207 for wind loading and Section 208 for
earthquake loading.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-8 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements

104.3.2 Self-Straining Forces The following may also be verified, that there are no 1najor
errors in pertinent calculations, dra\vings and specifications
Provisions shall be 1nade for anticipated self-straining and may also ensure that the stntcture as revie\ved, 111eet
forces arising fro111 differential settle1nent of foundations 1ninin1u1n standards for safety, adequacy and acceptable
and fron1 restrained dimensional changes due to standard design practice.
temperature, 1noisture, shrinkage, heave, creep and sitnilar
effects. The engineer-of-record shall submit the plans and
specifications, a signed and sealed statement by the
104.3.3 Anchorage structural engineer doing the revie\V that the above revie\v
has been perfonned and that n1ini1nun1 standards have been
Anchorage of the roof to \Valls and colutnns, and of \Valls ,net.
and columns to foundations shall be provided and
adequately detailed to resist the uplift and sliding forces See Section 208.5.3.6.3.2 for design revie\v require1nents
that result from the application of the prescribed forces. \Vhen nonlinear time-history analysis is used for earthquake
design.
Concrete and masonry \Valls shall be anchored to all floors,
roofs and other structural ele1nents that provide lateral In keeping \vith the ethical standards of the profession, the
support for the \Vall. Such anchorage shall provide a revie\ver or revie\vers shall not supplant the engineer-of-
positive direct connection capable of resisting the record as engineer-of-record for the project. The design
horizontal forces specified in Chapter 2 but not less than revie\v shall not in any \Vay transfer or di1ninish the
the minilnun1 forces in Section 206.4. responsibility of the engineer-of-record.

104.4 Foundation Investigation

Soil explorations shall be required for buildings. to\vers and

other vertical structures falling under Categories I, 11,III
and IV in accordance with Table I 03-1 or as required by
the Building Official or if the site specific conditions
n1ake the foundation investigation necessary.

Detailed requiren1ents for foundation investigations shall be

in accordance \Vith Chapter 3 of this code.

104.5 Design Revie,v

The design calculations, dra\vings, specifications and

other design-related documents for buildings, to\vers and
other vertical structures \Vith irregular configuration in
Occupancy Categories I, II or III \Vithin Seis111ic Zone 4,
structures under Alternative Syste1ns in Section 101.4, and
Undefined Strncturnl Systems not listed in Table
208-11, shall be subject to a review by an independent
recognized structural engineer or engineers to be ernployed
by the o\vner in accordance with the ASEP Design Peer
Revie\v Guidelines. The structural engineer or structural
engineers performing the revie\v shall have co1nparable
qualifications and experience as the structural engineer
responsible for the design. The revie\ver or reviewers shall
obtain a professional \Vaiver fron1 the engineer-of-record
\Vho shall be expected to grant such \Vaiver in keeping \vith
ethical standards of the profession as adopted in ASEP
guidelines for peer review (Appendix 1-A).

The design review shall, as a minimum, verify the general

con1pliance \Vith this code which shall include, but not be
limited to, the revie\v of the design load criteria, the
design concept, mathen1atical model and techniques.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-9

105.1 Posting of Live Loads

106.1 General
The live loads for \Vhich each floor or portion thereof of a
coininercial or industrial building has been designed shall
Copies of design calculations, reports, plans,
have such design live loads conspicuously posted by the
specifications and inspection program for all
o,vner in that part of each story in ,vhich they apply, using
durable metal signs. It shall not be allo,ved to remove or constructions shall bear the signature and seal of the
engineer-of-record.
deface such notices. The occupant of the building shall be
responsible for keeping the actual load belo,v the allo,vable
lin1its. I 06.2 Specifications

105.2 Earthquake-Recording Instrumentation The specifications shall contain infonnation covering the
material and construction requirements. The n1aterials and
construction require1nents shall confonn to the
105.2.1 General
specifications referred to in Chapters I to 7 of this code.
Unless waived by the Building Official, every building in
Seismic Zone 4 over 50 m in height shall be provided with 106.3 Design Drawings
not less than three approved Earthquake Recording
Instrnments (ER!). The ER! shall be interconnected for 106.3.1 General
cornn1on start and co1nmon ti1ning. Please refer to "ASEP
Guidelines and Implen1enting Rules on Earthquake The design drawings shall be drawn to scale on durable
Recording Instrnmentation for Buildings (Appendix 1-B). paper or cloth using permanent ink and shall be of
sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent
105.2.2 Location of the work proposed.The drawings shall show a complete
design \Vith sizes, sections, relative locations and
The instruments shall be located in the basement, connection details of the various 1ne1nbers. Floor levels,
midportion, and near the top of the building. Each colu1nn centers and offsets shall be dimensioned. Where
instru1nent shall be located so that access is n1aintained at available and feasible, archive copies shall be maintained in
all titnes and is unobstructed by roo1n contents. A sign durable medium such as compact disc (CD) and digital
versatile disc (DVD).
stating "MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS TO THIS
INSTRUMENT" shall be posted in a conspicuous
location. 106.3.2 Required Information

I 05.2.3 Maintenance The design drawings shall contain, but shall not be limited
to the general information listed in Section I 06.3.2.1 and
Maintenance and service of the instruments shall be 1naterial specific inforn1ation listed in Sections 106.3.2.2
provided by the owner of the building, subject to the and 106.3.2.3, as applicable.
monitoring of the Building Official. Data produced by the
instruments shall be made available to the Building Official 106.3.2.1 General Information
or any authorized agency upon request.
I. Name and date of issue of building code and
105.2.4 Instrumentation of Selected Buildings supple1nents, if any, to \vhich the design confonns.

All O\vners of existing structures selected by the 2. Strengths or designations of materials to be used.
authorities having jurisdiction shall provide accessible
space for the installation of appropriate earthquake- 3. Design strengths of underlying soil or rock. The soil
recording instruments, detern1ined by a Structural Engineer. or rock profile, when available, shall be provided.

4. Live loads and other loads used in design and clearly

indicated in the floor plans.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-10 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements

5. Seistnic design basis including the total base shear

coefficient; a description of the lateral load resisting
system; and the fundamental natural period in the
design in each direction under consideration.

6. Provisions for ditnensionalchanges resulting fro1n

creep, shrinkage, heave and ten1perature.
107.1 General
7. Ca1nber of trusses, bea1ns and girders, if required.
All construction or ,vork for which a permit is required
shall be subject to inspection throughout the various ,vork
8. Explanation or definition of symbols and
stages. One or more structural inspectors ,vho are registered
abbreviations used in the drawings.
civil engineers with experience in structural construction,
\Vho shall undertake co1npetent inspection during
9. Engineer-of-Record's professional license number
construction on the types of \vork listed under Section
and expiration date of the current Professional
107.5, shall be employed by the owner or the engineer-of-
Regulation Com1nission registration (PRC).
record acting as the o\vner1s agent.
106.3.2.2 Structural Concrete
Exception:
I. Specified compressive strength Ct;) of concrete at The Building Qfficia/ tnay ivaive the requiren1ent .for the
stated ages or stages of construction for \Vhich eachpart en1ploy1nent of a structural inspector ff the construction is
of structure designed. The 28-day compressive strength of a 1ninor nature.
ct:)shall be the basis of design in service condition.
In addition to structural inspections, structural observations
2. Anchorage embedment lengths or cut-off points of shall be performed when required by Section 107.9.
steel reinforcement and location and length of lap
splices. 107 .2 Definitions

3. Type and location of ,velded splices and 1nechanical See Section 102 for definitions.
connections ofreinforce1nent.
107.3 Structural Inspector
4. Magnitude and location of prestressing forces
including pres tressed cable layout 107.3.1 Qualifications

5. Minin1um concrete con1pressive strength (fci,)at time The structural inspector shall be a registered civil engineer
of post-tensioning. who shall demonstrate competence for inspection of the
particular type of construction or operation requiring
6. Stressing sequence _for post-tensioned tendons. structural inspection.

7. Details and location of all contraction or isolation 107.3.2 Duties and Responsibilities
joints specified for plain concrete in Chapter 4.
The structural inspector shall observe the work assigned for
8. State1nent if concrete slab is designed as a structural conformance to the approved design dra\vings and
diaphragm, as specified in Sections 421.9.4 and specifications. Any discrepancy observed shall be brought
421.9.5. to the im1nediate attention of the constructor for correction,
then, if uncorrected, to the owner, engineer-of-record
and/or to the Building Official.

The structural inspector shall verify that the as-built

drawings (see Section I 06.5) pertammg to the work
assigned reflect the condition as constructed.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-11

The structural inspector shall also submit a final repo1t duly 107.5.3 Special Moment-Resisting Concrete Frame
signed and sealed stating \Vhether the \vork requiring
structural inspection \Vas, to the best of the inspector1s For special n101nent-resisting concrete fratne design seismic
kno\vledge, in conformance to the approved plans and load in structures within Seismic Zone 4, the structural
specifications and the applicable \vorkn1anship provisions inspector shall provide reports to the engineer-of-record
of this code. and shall provide continuous inspection of the placetnent of
the reinforcement and concrete.
107.4 Inspection Program
107.5.4 Reinforcing Steel and Prestressing Steel
The structural inspector shall prepare an appropriate testing Tendons
and inspection program that shall be submitted to the
o\vner, engineer-of-record and/or to the Building Official. 107.5.4.1 During all stressing and grouting of tendons in
He shall designate the portions of the \vork that requires prestressed concrete.
structural inspections.
I 07.5.4.2 During placing of reinforcing steel and
When structural observation is required by Section 107.9, prestressing tendons for all concrete required to
the inspection program shall describe the stages of have structural inspection by Section 107.5.1.
const1uction at \Vhich structural observation is to occur.
Exception:
The inspection progra1n shall include satnples of inspection
reports and provide time limits for submission of reports. The structural inspector neelf not be present continuousf.,v
cluring placing of reit!forcing steel ancl prestressing
107.5 Types of Work for Inspection tendons. provided the structural inspector has inspecteclfor
conforn1ance to the approvecf plans prior to the closing qf
Except as provided in Section I 07. I, the types of work for1ns or the delivelJ' of concrete to the jobsite.
listed below shall be inspected by a structural inspector.
107.5.5 Structural Welding
107.5.1 Concrete
107.5.5.1 General
During the taking of test specimens and placing of
concrete. See Section 107.5.12 for shotcrete. During the \Velding of any member or connection that is
designed to resist loads and forces required by this code.
Exceptions:
Exceptions:
I. Concrete for fou,ufations of residential builclings
acconunodating JO or /elver persons, or buildings 1. 1-Velding done in an approved fabricator's shop in
falling under Catego,y V of Table 103-1, provided the accorclance with Section 107.6.
Building Official finds that a structural hazard does 2. The structural inspector need not be continuous~y
not exist. present during welding of the following items.
2. For foundation concrete, other than cast-in-place provi,led the tnaterials, qualifications of H-'elding
drillecl plies ur caissons, lVhere the structural design is procedures and lvelders are verified prior to the start
based on anf~not greater than 17 lv!Pa. of lVOrk; periotlic inspections are ,nade o,f work in
progress; ancl a visual ins11ectio11 of all lvelds is_-111ade
3. Non-structural slabs on grade, including prestressecl prior to co,npletion or prior to shiJJtnent of -shop
slabs on grade ivhen effective prestress in concrete is lvelding:
less than IO MPa.
a)Single-pass fillet lVeldc-i not e.v:ceeding 8 111111 in siZe.·
4. Site work concrete .fully supported on earth and
concrete lVhere no special hazard exists. b) Floor and roqf deck welding.
c) Welded studs when used fi1r structural diaphragm
107.5.2 Bolts Installed in Concrete or co1nposite systen1s.

Prior to and during the placement of concrete around bolts d) Welded sheet steel for cold,formed steel .fiwning
\Vhen stress increases permitted by Section 426 are utilized. 1ne1nbers such as stucls andjoists,
e) Welding ofstairs and railing syste1ns.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-12 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements

107.5.5.2 Special Moment-Resisting Steel Frames 107.5.7.2 For fully grouted open-end hollow-unit masonry
during preparation and taking of any required pris1ns or test
During the non-destructive testing (NDT) of welds specimens, at the start of laying units, after the placen1ent
specified in Section 107.8 of this code, the use of certified of reinforcing steel, grout space prior to each grouting
welders shall be required for welding structural steel operation, and during all grouting operations.
connections for this type of fran1e. Critical joint
connections shall be subjected to non-destructive testing Exception:
using certified NDT technicians.
Structural inspection as required in Sections I 07.5. 7.1 and
107.5.7.2 need not be provided lrhen design stresses have
107.5.5.3 Welding of Reinforcing Steel
been adjusted as spec{fied in Chapter 7 to pern1it
noncontinitous inspection.
During the non-destructive testing of \Velds.
107.5.8 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete
107.5.6 High-Strength Bolts
When cast-in-place Class B gypsum concrete is being
The inspection of high-strength A325 and A490 bolts shall
mixed and placed.
be in accordance ,vith approved internationally recognized
standards and the requiren1ents of this section. While the
107.5.9 Insulating Concrete Fill
,vork is in progress, the structural inspector shall detennine
that the require1nents for bolts, nuts, ,vashers and paint;
During the application of insulating concrete fill ,vhen used
bolted parts; and installation and tightening in such
as part of a structural system.
standards are met. Such inspections n1ay be perforn1ed on
a periodic basis as defined in Section 107.
E'\ception:
The structural inspector shall observe the calibration The st,11ctz1ral inspections n1qv be li1nited to an initial
procedures when such procedures are required by the plans inspection to check the deck szuface and place,nent o..f
or specifications. 1-Ie shall 1nonitor the installation of bolts reil!forcing steel. The structural i11s;1ector shall ,nonitor the
to determine that all layers of connected materials have preparation o.f co1npression test specilnens during this
been dra,vn together and that the selected procedure is initial inspection
properly used to tighten all bolts.
107.5.10 Spray-Applied Fire-Resistive Materials
107.5.7 Structural Masonry

107.5.7.1 For masonry, other than fully grouted open-end During the application of spray-applied fire-resistive
materials.
hollow-unit masonry, during preparation and taking of any
required pris1ns or test speci1nens, placing of all masonry
units, placement of reinforcetnent, inspection of grout 107.5.11 Piling, Drilled Piers and Caissons
space, i1111nediately prior to closing of cleanouts, and during
all grouting operations. During driving and load testing of piles and construction of
cast-in-place drilled piles or caissons. See Sections 107.5.l
Exception:
and 107 .5.4 for concrete and reinforcing steel inspection.

For holloiv-unit ,nasoru:v where thef111 is no 1nore than 10

A1Pa for concrete units or 18 lv!Pa .for clay units, structural
inspection may be pe1formed as required jbr fi1lly grouted
open-end holloiv-unit 1nasonry spec{fied in Section
!07.5.7.2.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirement 1-13

107.5.12 Shotcrete 2. Verification of the fabricator's quality control

capabilities, plant and personnel as outlined in the
During the taking of test specimens and placing of all fabrication procedural manual shall be by an approved
shotcrete. inspection or quality control agency.

{!f:f:ception: 3. Periodic plant inspections shall be conducted by an

approved inspection or quality control agency to
;$1-t,i},iCrete 1vork .fzdfv supported on earth, 1ninor repairs and
monitor the effectiveness of the quality control
Jrhen, in the opinion of the Building Official, no special
program.
hazard exists.
107.7 Prefabricated Construction
107.5.13 Special Grading, Excavation and Filling
107.7.1 General
During earth\vork excavations, grading and filling
operations inspection to satisfy requirernents of Chapter 3
and Section 109.5. 107.7.1.1 Purpose

107.5.14 Special Cases The purpose of this section is to regulate 1naterials and
establish methods of safe construction \Vhere any structure
\York that, in the opinion of the st1uctural engineer, or portion thereof is wholly or partially prefabricated.
involves unusual hazards or conditions.
107.7.1.2 Scope
107.5.15 Non-Destructive Testing
Unless otherwise specifically stated in this section, all
In-situ non-destructive testing program, in addition to the prefabricated construction and all n1aterials used therein
requiren1ents of Section I 07 .8 that in the opinion of the shall conform to all the requirements of this code.
structural engineer may supplement or replace conventional
tests on concrete or other materials and asse1nblies. 107.7.1.3 Definition

107.6 Approved Fabricators See Section 102 for Definitions.

Structural inspections required by this section and 107.7.2 Tests of Materials

else\vhere in this code are not required \Vhere the work is
done on the premises of a fabricator approved by the Every approval of a material not specifically mentioned in
structural engineer to perfonn such work ,vithout structural this code shall incorporate as a proviso the kind and
inspection. The approved fabricator shall submit a nun1ber of tests to be n1ade during prefabrication.
certificate of compliance that the work \Vas performed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications to 107.7.3 Tests of Assemblies
the Building Official and to the engineer or architect-of-
record. The approved fabricator's qualifications shall be The Building Official may require special tests to be made
contingent on con1pliance with the following: on asse1nblies to detern1ine their structural adequacy,
durability and weather resistance.
I. The fabricator has developed and submitted a detailed
fabrication procedural manual reflecting key quality 107.7.4 Connections
control procedures that will provide a basis for
inspection control of \Vorkn1anship and the fabricator Every device used to connect prefabricated assemblies shall
plant. be designed as required by this code and shall be capable of
developing the strength of the largest member connected,
except in the case of me111bers forming part of a structural
frame designed as specified in Chapter 2. Connections
shall be capable of withstanding uplift forces as specified in
Chapter 2.

107.7.5 Pipes and Conduits

In structural design, due allowance shall be made for any

n1aterial to be removed or displaced for the installation of
pipes, conduits or other equip1nent.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-14 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirements

107.7.6 Certificate and Inspection 107.8.2 Testing Program

107.7.6.1 Materials As a minin1um, the testing prograin shall include the

following:
Materials and the assembly thereof shall be inspected to
deten11ine compliance ,vith this code. Every material shall 107.8.2.1 All complete penetration groove welds
be graded, marked or labeled where required else,vhere in contained in joints and splices shall be tested
this code. 100 percent either by ultrasonic testing or by
radiography.
107.7.6.2 Certificate
Exceptions:
A certificate of acceptance shall be furnished ,vith every
1. Tt11en approved, the non-destructfve testing rate for an
prefabricated assembly, except ,vhere the assen1bly is
individual welder or 1velding operator ,nay be reduced
readily accessible to inspection at the site. The certificate
to 25 percent, provided the rt;iect rate is dernonstrated
of acceptance shall certify that the assen1bly in question has
to be 5 percent or less o._f the 1velds tested .for the
been inspected and tneets all the require1nents of this code.
1velder or li!elding operator. A sa111pling o.f at least 40
co,npleted H'elds .for a job shall be 1nade .for such
107.7.6.3 Certifying Agency reduction evaluation. Reject rate is defined as the
nzanber o..f rvelds containing rejectable ciej'ects divided
To be acceptable under this code, every certificate of by the nun1ber o..f 1velds co,npleted, For evaluating the
approval shall be made by a nationally or internationally reject rate qf continuous ,velds over 900 nun in length
recognized certifying body or agency. 111here the e.[fective throat thickness is 25 111111 or less,
each 3()0 nun incren1ent or .fraction thereo.f shall be
107.7.6.4 Field Erection considered as one lveld. For evaluating the reject rate
on continuous lVelds over 900 nun in length ,vhere the
Placement of prefabricated asse1nblies at the building site effective throat thickness is greater than 25 nun, each
shall be inspected to determine co1npliance \Vith this code. 150 mm of length or fi"action thereof shall he
considered one lVeld.
107.7.6.5 Continuous Inspection
2. For con1plete penetration groove lVelds on 111aterials
If continuous inspection is required for certain n1aterials less than 8 nun thick, non-destructive testing b· not
\vhere construction takes place on the site, it shall also be required; .for this 1veld;ng, continuous inspection is
required where the same materials are used in prefabricated required
constniction.
3. TY11en approved by the Building Q[ficial and outlined
in the project JJlans and :,pec{fications. this non-
Exception:
destructive ultrasonic testing ,nay be JU!(fonned in the
Continuous inspection 1vill not be required during shop qj' an approved,fabricator utilizing qualffied test
pr(fabrication if the approved agent:v cert[fies to the techniques in the en1ployn1ent c~f the J(1bricator.
construction and fi1rnishes evidence qf con1pliance.
107.8.2.2 Partial penetration groove welds when used in
107.8 Non-Destructive Testing coltnnn splices shall be tested either by ultrasonic testing or
radiography \vhen required by the plans and specifications.
107.8.1 General For partial penetration groove \velds when used in column
splices, \Vith an effective throat less than 20 1nm thick,
In Seis1nic Zone 4, \Velded, fully-restrained connections nondestructive testing is not required; for this welding,
bet\veen the pri1nary n1embers of special n1oment-resisting continuous structural inspection is required.
frames shall be tested by nondestructive methods
perfonned by certified NOT technicians for con1pliance 107.8.2.3 Base metal thicker than 40 mm, when subjected
\Vith approved standards and job specifications. This testing to through-thickness weld shrinkage strains, shall be
shall be a part of the structural inspection requirements of ultrasonically inspected for discontinuities directly behind
Section I 07.5. A program for this testing shall be such \Velds after joint completion.
established by the person responsible for structural design
and as sho\vn on plans and specifications. Any material discontinuities shall be accepted or rejected
on the basis of the defect rating in accordance with the
(larger reflector) criteria of approved national standards.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 1 -General Requirement 1-15

107.8.3 Others

The structural engineer 1nay accept or require in place non-

destructive testing of concrete or other 1naterials and
asse1nblies to supplement or replace conventional tests.

107.9 Structural Observation

107.9.1 General

Structural observation shall be provided in Seismic Zone 4

\Vhen one of the follo,ving conditions exists:

1. The structure is defined in Table I 03-1 as Occupancy

Category I, II, III and IV.;

2. The structure is in Seismic Zone 4, Naas set forth in

Table 208-4 is greater than 1.0, and a lateral design is
required for the entire structure;

3. When so designated by the structural engineer, or

4. When such observation is specifically required by the

Building Official.

107.9.2 Structural Observer

The o,vner shall e1nploy the engineer-of-record or another

civil engineer to perform structural observation as defined
in Section I 07.

Observed deficiencies shall be reported in writing to the

owner's representative, structural inspector, constructor and
the Building Official. If not resolved, the structural
observer shall submit to the Building Official a written
statement duly signed and sealed, identifying any
deficiency.

107.9.3 Construction Stages for Observations

The structural observations shall be performed at the

construction stages prescribed by the inspection progra1n
prepared as required by Section I 07.4.

It shall be the duty of the engineer-in-charge of

construction, as authorized in the Building Permit, to notify
the structural observer that the described construction
stages have been reached, and to provide access to and
n1eans for observing the components of the structural
system.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 NSCP C101-15

APPENDIX 1-A

RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES ON
STRUCTURAL DESIGN PEER REVIEW
OF STRUCTURES 2015

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No. : (+632) 410..0483

Fax No. : (+632) 411-8606
Email: aseponline@gmail.com
Wehsite:http://www.aseponline.org

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 IA-1

About this Guidelines

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design Peer Review of Structures 2015
Published by Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Copyright© 2015
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)
Suite 713 Future Point Plaza Condominium I,
112 Panay Avenue, Quezon City,
I 100 Philippines

Telephone Nos. +63 (2) 410-0483

Facsimile +63 (2) 411-8606
E-mail Address aseponline@gmail.com
Website http://www.aseponline.org

AboutASEP

The Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP) is the recognized organization of Structural
Engineers of the Philippines. Established in 1961, ASEP has been in existence for more than 50 solid years.

Print tlistory
2000
2015

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 !A-5

CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS .............................................................................................................................................................. I-A6
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................................... I-A 7
BACKGROUND .................................................................................................................................................................. I-A8
OBJECTIVES OF THE DESIGN PEER REVIEW ......................................................................................................... I-A9
APPLICATION OF ASEP PEER REVIEW GUIDELINES .......................................................................................... I-A9
EXPECTED RESULTS OF DESIGN REVIEW: ........................................................................................................... I-AIO
STRUCTURES TO BE REVIEWED .............................................................................................................................. I-AlO
REVIEWER'S QUALIFICATION .................................................................................................................................. I-All
SCOPE OF REVIEW ........................................................................................................................................................ I-All
INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED TO PEER REVIEWER ................................................................................. 1-Al 1
ITEMS TO BE REVIEWED ........................................................................................................................................... I-A 12
METHODOLOGY AND DETAILS OF REVIEW ........................................................................................................ 1-AlS
Design Basis Revielv......................................................................................................................................................... I-Al 5
Foundation Revieiv ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-Al 6
Pre-Tender Design Revielv ............................................................................................................................................... I-Al 6
MINIMUM REPORT REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... I-A16
Content ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-A I 6
Terms ofReview Procedure and Methodology to be Used............................................................................................... I-Al 7
Language to be Used ........................................................................................................................................................ 1-All
Mark-up and Comments .......................................................................................................... ......................................... 1-A I 7
Examples of Reviewer's Comments/Wordings .................................................................................................................. 1-A I 8
REFERENCES ......... ,,, .............. ,.............. ,, .......... ,,,, .......... ,,,, ......... ,,,, ........ ,,,,,,, ....... ,,,,,,,,, ........................ ,,,,,, ......... ,.,,,,,, 1-AIS

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
IA-6

Abbreviations

A&D Analysis and Design

AC! A1nerican Concrete Institute
AISC Arnerican Institute of Steel Construction
ASCE A1nerican Societv of Civil En2:ineers
ASEP Association of Structural Engineers of the Philinnines, Inc.
BIM Building Information Model
CE Civil Engineer
CTBUH Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat
DPWH Deoartment of Public Works and Highways
EOR Engineer-of-Record
IA! International Alliance for Interoperability
IBC International Building Code
IFC Industry Foundation Classes
NSCP National Structural Code of the Philinnines
PAGASA Philinnine Atmospheric, Geophysical & Astronomical Services Administration
PHlVOLCS Philinnine Institute ofVolcanolorrv and Seismoloev
PR Peer Revie\ver
PRC Professional Re_gulations Commission
SE Structural Engineer
SEC Security and Exchange Commissions

UBC Unifonn Building Code

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 IA-7

Introduction
Design review is incorporated in 1nost building codes to provide the 1neans for professional discussion and evaluation of
structural design of projects. Thus, these reviews are the eye openers for the resolution of problems encountered before a critical
phase of the construction project. Design review truly enhances the ideas for public safety overall and quality assurance.
Furthern1ore, it disse1ninates innovation through sharing of information.

Eaiihquake for instance is a phenon1enon that 1nan has been trying to study for centuries but up to present ti1ne is still
unpredictable. We, as structural engineers, are faced with the greatest challenge of formulating procedures on how to lessen if
not eli1ninate destruction and casualties due to this. We want to 1nake sure that the intent of our design is carefully follo\ved
and carried out in the 1nost professional 1nanner. The burden of setting up and observing rules on ho\v to achieve \vhat has been
planned rest upon our shoulders. Design review can be a valuable tool faced with this challenge.

This document establishes the guidelines for peer review. Since protecting lives and properties are the paramount goals of the
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines (ASEP), the only way perhaps to realise these goals is to establish ground
rules for all our practicing civil engineers, structural engineers and consultants to follow strictly the Code provisions and
standards para1neters.

It is essential to good engineering practice to conduct independent peer review to achieve a concept of structural systen1 and
design tolerant to the crudeness in seismological predictions. The independent review of structures shall be deemed as the
1neans to pro1note life safety, achieve excellence in structural design and front of quality, i1nprove1nent/advance1nent and
disse1nination of structural engineering knowledge in the country.

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
IA-8

Background
To accomplish the objectives of ASEP, the Board of Directors for 1999-2000 has continued the program of the ASEP Board
of Directors for 1998-1999 by creating several committees as shown below. These objectives, as stated in its by-laws, shall be
the protection of the public welfare and the welfare of its constituents through the:

• Maintenance of highly ethical and professional standards in the practice of engineering

• Advancement of structural engineering knowledge;

• Promotion of good public and private clientele relationships, development of fellowships among CE and SE and
encourageinent of professional relations \Vith other allied technical and scientific organizations.

These objectives are focused on these three 1najor areas:

• Codes and Standards

• Fellowships and Linkages

• Technical Advance111ent

One of the committees created for the Codes and Standards is the Committee on Design Peer Review. The National Structural
Code of the Philippines (NSCP) 1992 Edition touches on independent design review under the section "A Design and
Construction Revie\v", \Vhich defines the structures required for the review considering seis1nic zones and occupancy
categories. However, the scope, procedures and docutnentation of the revie\V process are not 111entioned. Thus, this paper \Vill
include guidelines on the iinplen1entation of the design peer revie\v.
The same committee was revived by the President of the Board of Directors for 2009-20 I 0, Adam C. Abinales, from the point
of view of engineering practitioners, to improve and expand the guidelines to incorporate additional paran1eters and ethical
rules as well as enhance the practice of peer review. The committee's activities have continued under the administration of the
following ASEP Presidents:

• Anthony Vladimir Pimentel (2010-2011)

• Vinci Nicholas R. Villasenor (2011-2012)
• Miriam L. Tamayo (2013)
• Carlos M. Villaraza (2015)

The Committee on Design Peer Review is composed of the following:

Chairman
Ernesto F. Cruz

Co-Chairman
Gabriel Ursus L. Eusebio

Members
Alden C. Ong
Marie Christine G. Danao
Edmondo D. San Jose

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 IA-9

Objectives of the Design Peer Review

The current trend in the local construction industry is the development of many high-rise buildings. On account of this, it is the
objective of this peer review to improve section 104.5 ofNSCP 2010, to ensure the aim for life safety, to observe economy in
design and to protect the investment of clients.

The Peer Review aims to carry out positive results in the following areas:

• To comply structural engineering design, drawings and specification with the minimum requirements ofNSCP and other
acceptable established codes and standards;

• To maintain the quality of projects;

• To i1nprove and maintain the high standards in the practice of structural engineering;

• To pro1note exchange of information and innovative ideas bet\veen the designers and revie\vers;

• To inform the Owner-Client on the benefits of this exercise and any possible cost implications resulting from the review;

• To define implementing matrix of all structures subject to practical independent review; and

• To promote professional ethics in the conduct of independent or peer review.

Application of ASEP Peer Review Guidelines

These ASEP guidelines are intended specifically for the mandatory conduct of a Design Review as per the National Structural
Code of the Philippines (NSCP Volume l, 2010 Edition).
As stipulated in NSCP Section 104.5, Design Review is required for the following:
1. Structures with irregular configuration in Occupancy Categories I (Essential Facilities), II (Hazardous Facilities) or III
(Special Occupancy Structures) in Zone 4;
2. Structures under Alternative Systems in Section 101.4; and,
3. Undefined Structural Systems (those not listed in Table 208-11).
For structures covered by the mandatory Design Review, all related works shall be deemed as included in the Engineer-of-
Record's scope of works, unless explicitly excluded in his work agreement.
For structures not included above but which are to be subjected to a Design Review as an additional requirement by the Owner,
the coverage, extent, and procedures shall be as mutually agreed upon by the Owner/Peer Reviewer, and the Engineer-of-
Record (EOR) and may not be as recommended in these Guidelines. Additionally, since works connected or related to such
Design Review are not covered by the basic structural services of the EOR, these shall be subject to a separate scope and
compensation for the EOR.

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
IA-10

Expected Results of Design Review:

• As professionals, independent design reviewers and EOR shall not engage in unfair practices. Both shall
observe fairness and professionalism in the practice of independent review. This shall not by any means be a
channel to conduct criticism nor be a means to discredit the reviewer or the EOR, and disenfranchise them of
the contract service they are awarded.

• There will be good understanding of the structures and relationships between the Owner-Client and the
structural engineering community resulting to enhanced programs of future developments and projects.

• There will be good relationships between designers and reviewers by improving the design through constructive
reporting.

• The review will be conducted smoothly in the light of fairness and professionalism, without unfair practice and
criticism to neither discredit nor disenfranchise any of the reviewer or EOR.

• The review will bring assurance to the Owner-Client of compliance to codes and standards, assurance of better
engineering of the proposed structure, the improvement in design and safety as well as improvement in
construction implementation and program, elimination of unsafe design and possible work delays from
unwanted and costly repairs, among others.

Structures to be Reviewed
Structures to be reviewed shall consist of all proposed new structures and addition to structures which shall be deemed crucial
to life safety and/or health of the public and peace if such structures or buildings would incur damage or failure or both.
The structures to be reviewed shall be as follows:

I. All structures more than 75-meter high (whichever is higher) from the exterior ground level.

2. Buildings, to\.vers and other vertical structures \Vith irregularity in configuration (vertical and horizontal irregularity) under
occupancy Category [, II, and III (as per section I 03.1 NSCP VI edition) within the seismic zone 4.

3. Structures designed under alternative system (as per section 101.4 NSCP VI Edition) that intends to use other structural
materials, design approach and construction methodology not prescribed by the latest existing structural Code (NSCP VI
Edition, 20 I 0) or by other recognized international codes and standards.

4. Buildings, towers and other structures with undefined structural system not listed in Table 208-11 ofNSCP VI Edition.

5. Essential facilities such as hospitals fire & police stations, emergency vehicle and equipment shelters and garages,
structures and equipment in con11nunication center, aviation control towers, private and public school buildings, water
supported structures and designated evacuation center, also buildings and structures for national defense.

6. Hazardous Facilities and the like structures housing, supporting or containing sufficient quantities of toxic or explosive
substances dangerous to the safety of the general public ifreleased due to damage or excessive deformation.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 IA-ll

Reviewer's Qualification
The independent PR shall be nominated by the Owner-Client. The independent PR shall not be the design EOR or engineer
appointed by Builder/Contractor. In the case of Turnkey or Design and Build projects whose design is initiated by the
Contractor or Developer, the Contractor at his O\Vn expense shall appoint an independent recognized structural engineer to
conduct the services of design peer revie\v.

The independent PR shall have the following qualifications:

I. Civil engineer registered with the Professional Regulation Commission of the Philippines with more than 20 years of
related structural engineering experience similar to the structure to be revie\ved.

2. He must be a REGULAR ASEP Member in good standing.

3. Structural Engineers with comparable qualification and experience as the EOR responsible for the design (as per latest
NSCP).

4. Kno\vledgeable in current design soft\vare, tools, and other acceptable current con1puter progra1ns.

5. Have co1npetitive kno\vledge or experience in actual structural construction.

Scope of Review
The PR must review all items agreed to be reviewed with the Owner-Client and EOR per relevant/recommended items listed
in this Guide. The PR shall refer regularly to check for completeness of the review per applicable items listed in these guidelines.
The quantity of elements to be reviewed shall be in accordance with the second paragraph of the subsection Methodology of
Revie\V belo\v.

Information to be Furnished to Peer Reviewer

The revie\v docu111ents should be checked for cornpleteness and timeliness of the design docutnents sub1nitted per relevant
items recommended in this guide. The PR should assess the review documents received and report immediately to the Owner-
Client and/or his duly appointed representative for the following:

• If any of the design documents submitted are not sufficient for him to proceed with the review such that an entire document
is tnissing, for exainple the design criteria docu1nent is not included and the dra\vings do not reflect the design
parameters/information completely; or

• The documents given and received may enable him to start and work immediately but the PR have to stop soon for some
items of \vorks as some docu1nents are given as partial only; or

• The documents given and submitted are irrelevant to the project; or

• The documents received are of poor quality such as illegible, faintly printed, blurred, torn, and or unacceptably dirty or
laced with hazardous materials.

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
IA-12

• The PR shall also report if the items received were not delivered in good condition that may not enable him to proceed at
all; e.g. the docu1nents are wet due to improper handling, incotnplete or inadequate protection fro111 packaging 1naterials,
an1ong others.

The following items are to be furnished by the Owner-Client as applicable:

[J Printed copies or PDF/DWFx format of complete set of architectural and structural drawings;
O General building narrative (nun1ber of stories, gross building area, estin1ated construction cost, unique features, a111ong
others);
:J Geotechnical engineering report;
iJ Wind Tunnel Test report (if any);
O Site-specific spectra and ground-1notion tin1e histories (if any);
I] Major equipment or special loadings;
[i Existing building dra\vings/data if in1pacted by or iinpacting the threshold structure;
CJ Analysis models including User's Guide of software used by EOR (e.g. STAAD, ETABS, SAP, SAFE and midasGen).
It is recommended to include also interoperable files such as .$ET, .ANL, .S2K and .F2K to facilitate conversion of
data.;
iJ 3D model/BlM 1 file or *.ifc 2 file (if any);
[J Design basis;
LJ Design criteria;
[] Structural systems design narrative (including wind and seis1nic design para1neters);
[] Structural elements design calculations; and
c-1 Structural specifications.

Items to be Reviewed
The PR may include as appropriate/applicable any or all of the following:

Table 1: Checklist of Items to be Reviewed

Item
Design
Basis/Criteria

Description of the operational language and/or algorithms, capability and source of the software used,
includin the roofof ood com arisen with results of known and acce ted method of anal sis.

I Building Information Model (BIM) is a digital representation of physical and functional characteristics of a structure. As such it serves as
a shared kno,vledge resource for information about a structure forming a reliable basis for decisions during its life cycle from inception
On\Vtlfd.

Industry Foundation Classes (.ifc)-A file fonnat developed by the IAL IFC provides an interoperability solution bet,veen IFC-co1npatible
software applications in the construction and facilities management industry. The fonnat has established, international standards to import
and export building objects and their properties.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 lA-13

Item

Design
Methods, Conformance to the governing codes used in the analysis and design.
Standards and
S ecifications
Analysis Input and output data including geometry, material constants, properties, loadings, assignments and
models paran1eters used in software used.
Foundation Appropriate values of dead, live, wind and seismic loads used.
Loads
Effects of wind and notional loads on the building or structure have been checked.

Piles Pile capacities have been designed for compressive axial load by applicable skin friction and end bearing
ca acities.
Review if the type of pile reactions used in the analysis models are appropriate/applicable.
Piles were checked ifrequired/applicable for combined buckling.

ile.

Isolated Pads/
Combined Checked for punching shear and bending moments.
Footings/
Tied Footin s
Raft

The building or structure has been designed to cater for probable differential and total settlement.

Lateral Load The presence in the structural framing of any plan and/or vertical irregularities mentioned in NSCP or
Resisting overnin codes.
Framing Limitations of lateral load resisting framing systems by NSCP, or by the Owner-Client prefeITed code and
Systems as standards and or fro1n an revailin local ordinance and re ulations in the vicinit of the ro osed structure.
assun1ed in the Details of seismic-resistant concrete structure were checked.
Design Basis/
Criteria

Slender Effective hei ht has been com uted accordin to code.

Columns

Colu1nns
supporting Designed for bending moment due to frame action including effects of special load combination per code.
transfer beams

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
IA-14

Item Snecific Desi!!n Checks to be Carried Out

Columns
supporting long Designed for bending 1no1nent due to fran,e action.
span beams
Columns
supporting Designed for bending n1on1ent due to fratne action.
cantilever
bean1s
Colun,ns in a Desi2:ned for horizontal load and n1on1ent acting on colutnns due to arched or oitched roof.
t\VO coluinn Designed for bendin.g n1oment and shear at the colu111n base including connections.
fra1ne systen1 Designed for bending n101nent due to fran1e action.

Cantilever Cantilever support has been designed to resist bending n101nent and shear including 1nini1nu1n uplift loads
bean1s fro111 wind and seis1nic loads.
Designed for lateral stabilitv of beam.
Designed to meet allowable span depth ratio; else deflection against allowable limit per code including long-
term effects.

Long span Torsional rigiditv of beam has been checked.

bea1ns Designed for lateral restraint of beains.
Designed for sunnort and me1nber connections.
Designed to meet allowable span depth ratio; else deflection against allowable limit per code including long-
term effects.
Transfer beains Designed for torsional capacity.
Designed for shear capacity.
Designed for all relevant upper floor loads on the bean1 including effects of special load coinbinations per
code.
Designed for lateral restraint of beam.
Flat slabs/plates Aoorooriate model used for analvsis.
Soan/deoth ratio of slab has been checked.
Adeauacv of too and bottom reinforcement throughout slab oanel has been checked.
Designed to resist punching shear fro1n colutnns.
Ooenings in slabs, esoeciallv near columns, have been designed for.
Torsional rigidity at slab edges has been checked.
Effects of construction loads have been checked.
Engineering Clarity and consistency with the design intent of the architect and consultants, design bases and calculations,
dra\vings site survevs and investigations.
Complete sections and details.
Consistency with and confonnance to the specifications.
Consistency of the revisions and/or ainendments to the design basis and criteria and their co1npliance \Vith
the design intent and Client requiren1ent.

Structural Consistency of design loading with the criteria and the equipment supplier/vendors data, finishes, plus the
calculations possible construction 1nethod requirements, effects of foreseen teriiporary \vorks and activities during
construction, a1nong others.
Usage of correct \Vind/seis1nic load para1neters for analysis and design with regards to the structures lateral
load resisting framing system, seistnic zone, material tvoe and structural framing olan or vertical irre2:ularitv.
Seismic load analysis if requiring P-delta effects and/or dynamic method as to height limitations and
irregularities.
Load combinations and soecial load combinations as reauired and orescribed bv the code.
Structural geon1etric model for cotnpleteness of the structures vertical load carrying elements and for
consistency with the basis and criteria.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 IA-15

Item
Member and elen1ent checks such as 1nini1nu1n reinforcen1ents and strength requirements,
slenderness effects, joints forces checks and connection requirements.

Structural Drift limitation of the structures (service and ultimate state).

defonnation
and
displace1nent Defonnation cornpatibility on non-lateral load resisting ele1nents.
checks
Stability/factors
of safety check clients.
Earth retaining Structure has been desi acit failure.
structures

Fraine

Methodology and Details of Review

The PR should agree with the Owner-Client and the EOR on the methodology of review. The review shall cover for
co1npleteness and ti1neliness of the design documents submitted per relevant itetns listed in this Guide.
The PR should assess the review documents with regards to the agreed number of elements to be checked with the Owner-
Client and/or his representative, ifat random, selected or full revie\v of the structure and any li111ited procedure.
Review may be agreed also for each phase or entirely on the final detailed design phase of the structure for review. While a
final detailed design review is basically econo1nical. a phased revie\v fro1n the beginning may be better in order to avoid the
errors fro1n the beginning and save also valuable tin1e in re-work.

Design Basis Review

The PR should do the following:

1. Revie\v design criteria to verify co1npliance \Vith the building code;
2. Assess assumptions made by the EOR; and
3. Review the proposed frame system/sand load path for vertical load-carrying elements.

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
lA-16

Foundation Review

The PR should do the fol!owing:

I. Establishes foundation loads via independent analysis. Alternatively, obtain foundation loads from EOR contingent upon
subsequent verification. The PR should obtain soil design parameters from geotechnical engineering report.
2. Perform independent analysis of representative foundation elements including spread footings, pile caps, foundation walls,
grade bea1ns and piles, a1nong others. Review of foundation elements is recom1nended, depending on the relative nature
or complexity of the project.
3. Revie\v specification sections pe11aining to foundation system including earthwork, piles, concrete work, a1nong others.
4. Review perfonnance criteria for contractor-designed components such as slope protection syste1ns, mini piles, tie-do\vn
anchors, a1nong others.

Pre-Tender Design Review

The PR should cmry out the following:

1. Revie\v structural framing connections which are part of the primary syste1n including shear connections, braced frame
connections, 1noment-resisting connections, a1nong others. When connections are not detailed on the design dra\vings,
verify adequacy of the cited connection design loads/procedures.
2. Perform general review of design to evaluate presence of any conditions which might precipitate instability or structural
overstress.
3. Review specification sections pertaining to Primary Structural Support System.
4. Revie\V perfonnance criteria for contractor-designed con1ponents such as pre-cast concrete elements, shear connections,
braced fran1e connections, tnoment-resisting connections, cold-fonned metal fra1ning cotnponents (primary framing
components, not cladding), pre-engineered metal building systems, among others.

Minimum Report Requirements

Prior to the issuance of the final peer review report, the PR is encouraged to exchange review comments with the EOR in the
presence of the O\vner and/or his representative in order to resolve as many issues as possible.

Content

The following items shall be included in the final peer review report:

I. List of the documents on which the review was based;

2. Building Codes and Standards on which the peer review was based;

3. Methodology and assumptions of the review;

4. List of software/analysis tools used with descriptive statements about software, tools and other computer programs used
in the review;

5. Items to be subsequently reviewed by others (e.g. contractor-designed items);

6. Exclusions/limitations (e.g. peer review was limited to primmy structural support systems);

7. Outstanding ite1ns/unresolved issues; and

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 IA-17

8. Results, findings, conclusions and reco1nmendations of the review.

9. The final peer review report shall be addressed to the Owner-Client/representative and the EOR. Upon completion of the
review, the PR shall issue a certificate stating that the peer review has been successfully completed

Terms of Review Procedure and Methodology to be Used

The revie\v analysis and design criteria tnust 1neet the require1nent of the O\vner-Client as defined in his design brief including
any applicable item in the Tenns of Reference which form part of their agreement with the EOR.
Preferably, the PR shall use the same design criteria and standards specified by the EOR. Deviations from the said criteria and
standards must be done only with the permission of the EOR.
Software to be used in the review should preferably be the same software used by the EOR (e.g. the same editions or versions).
The difference of versions should be agreed upon but a difference of one level may be considered acceptable unless the more
recent versions employ a different analysis procedures or features that are almost entirely different to the EOR's software
procedures or features.

Language to be Used

The manner of reporting shall always be factual. Numerical values and status to be presented must be taken purely from the
final design review docu1nents sub1nitted and fro1n the results of the independent review1s analysis and assessments per
applicable codes and standards.
The ter111s and phrases to be included in reporting any issue arising fro1n the design revie\V must be \Vritten carefully and reflect
professionalism. The PR must not use offensive nor malicious words or phrases. Thus, the report must be factual and
enlightening for the EOR and PR.
The assessn1ent of each part of the report should avoid tenns like erroneous, in error and misses, among others. Reporting
should preferably be neutral, for example, statement for bars needing additional quantity may be stated "underestimated" and
bars in element with quantities that maybe reduced may be stated that "bars are overestimated by as much as 25%".
The PR shall make comments that are clear, legible and complete so that the EOR will easily understand it. Clear comments
will eliminate confusion and reduce time spent in back-check.

Mark-up and Comments

Generally, comments should be complete, clear and legible.

If possible, the PR should use words which would apply to numerous drawings so that the comments do not need to be repeated
on each dra\ving.

When the PR makes the same specific comments at many different details, the comments should be identified by either creating
a standard, nu111bered list of com111ents with the co1n1nent nu1nbers referenced at each detail, or by 1narking the con11nents on
each detail.

The PR may use 1paste-on1 co1nments \Vhere applicable to save titne and to n1aintain uniformity of com1nents.

Recommended Guidelines on Structural Design

Peer Review of Structures 2015
JA-18

Examples of Reviewer's Comments/Wordings

• Use specific co1nments such as: "ShoH' co,np!ete details in accordance 1vith your calculation in pages 17 to 24."
• Do not use vague comtnents such as: "Clarify 1velding."
o Avoid personalized \Vording such as: "Your calculations for this connection is in error."
o Provide code references for co1n1nents whenever possible: "Provide additional lath support at horizontal so/fits per. .. "
o If the properties of an ele1nent were i1nproperly used in calculations and the ele1nent is overstressed, the PR should \Vrite
a co1111nent on the sheet ,vhere the overstressed elen1ent is sho,vn such as:"W18 x 36 overstressed. Recheck Section
J\1odulus used in calculation. See AJSC page .... and your calculation sheet F-19. "
• The PR can make independent calculations when portions of the design professional's calculations are difficult to follow
or interpret: "Shear 1vall is overstressed along Gridline-A, ivall shears is in eYcess to alloivable by 13 kN/111."
• If the PR does extensive independent calculations, then he or she inust nurnber the calculations in sequence and rnark the
calculation page nu111ber on the com1nent to facilitate the back-check: Co1n11osite bea,n overstressed, recheck design loads.
See page 28. "

References
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., Reconnnended Guidelines on Structural Design Peer Revieiv of
Structures. ASEP Committee on Design Peer Review 1999-2000
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., National Structural Code of the Philippines 1992, Volume 1.
Fourth Edition
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., National Structural Code ofthe Philippines 2001, Volume I, Fifth
Edition
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., National Structural Code of the Philippines 2010, Volume I, Sixth
Edition
Arnerican Council of Engineering Con1panies of Connecticut - Structural Engineers Coalition. Reconunended Guidelines for
Pe1.for1ni11g an Independent Structural Engineering Revieiv in the State of Connecticut. Docu111ent SEC/CT301-08.
American Concrete Institute, ACJ 318 (2008). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (AC1 318-08) and
Co111111enta1J'.
American Society of Civil Engineers, ASCE 7 (2005), lvfinimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCEISEI
7-05).
A1nerican Society of Civil Engineers, Ethics: GuidelinesjOr Professional Conduct for Civil Engineers. January 2008
Autodesk, Inc., Revit Structure 2011 User's Guide.
CTBUH 8'" World Congress 2008, The Role of PR in the Foundation Design of the World's Tallest Buildings, Baker, Kiefer,
Nicoson and Fahou111.
D. Matthew Stuart, Project Specific Peer Review Guidelines -A Professor Odyssey, Structure Magazine August 2010.
International Code Council, Uniform Building Code 1997.
IPENZ Practice Note 02, Peer Revie\v - Revieiving the ivork of another Engineer.
Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center Report No. 2010/05, Guidelines for Pe1for111a11ce-Based Seismic Design of
Tall Buildings, Version 1.0, November 2010.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 NSCP C101-15

APPENDIX 1-B

GUIDELINES AND IMPLEMENTING RULES ON

EARTHQUAKE RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION FOR
BUILDINGS

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Qnezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No.: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No. : (+632) 411-8606
Email: aseponline@o:mail.com
Website:http://www.aseponline.org

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings 1-81

adequate earthquake records have been

various types of buildings or relevant provisions in the
Technology on building instrumentation for seismic NSCP have been amended, the waiver stated above is
n1onitoring has itnproved tre111endously in the past decade. temporarily suspended and buildings indicated in Table I
The purpose of this Guidelines and Implementing Rules on shall be provided with earthquake recording instruments.
Earthquake Recording Instru1nentation for Buildings is to
provide infonnation on the specifications and uses of ASEP therefore deemed it necessary to improve our
earthquake recording instruments or buildings as provided understanding of the building response based on real
in Section I 05.2 of the National Structural Code of the seismic event from local earthquake generators by
Philippines 2010 Volume 1, Sixth Edition [NSCP 2010]. pro1noting earthquake recording instru1nentation for
buildings as the NSCP provision was reiterated in the 200 l
The Guidelines and Implementing Ruleson Earthquake and 2010 Editions. Due to more recent developments in
Recording Instru1nentation for Buildings provide building instrumentation technology, a number of
earthquake instru1nentation sche1nes for certain buildings instrumentations are available to obtain the building
to record building response during 111ajor seistnic events for response, and satisfy and comply with the objective of the
subsequent analysis. Adequate analysis of building NSCP Section I 05 provisions. Hence, the requirement for
response during earthquake is an i1nportant para1neter in three (3) accelerographs is further enhanced and modified
building safety evaluation in the confirmation and to consider the latest and economical building instruments,
resu1nption of operations. thus, the combination or co1nbinations of accelerographs,
accelero1neters, velocity 1neters and data loggers are
Installation of earthquake recording instruments first considered. To measure building response due to long
appeared in the National Structural Code of the Philippines period earthquakes and distant sources nonnally critical to
1992 Edition. At that period, structural engineers were tall buildings, the addition ofvelocimeters is necessary.
mostly interested in the strength design capacity of the
buildings based on seis1nic paran1eters provided in the To further address the disaster 1nanage1nent effort in the
Uniform Building Code (UBC) of the United States, a country, essential facilities such as hospitals and some
referral standard of the NSCP. This provision in the 1992 government buildings, which are important facilities in
NSCP, however, was not enforced. Code developers disaster response, are reco1nmended to be instru1nented. In
started to recognize the importance of not only strength but addition, with this new provision, building response from
serviceability in buildings as well. The experiences from low-rise structures can be obtained to determine building
the 1994 Northridge Earthquake in the US and the 1995 behavior due to near source or sho1i period earthquakes.
Kobe Earthquake in Japan gave credence to these
considerations.

The NSCP 2010 states that "Unless waived by the building

official, eve,y building in Seismic Zone 4 over fifty (50)
1neters in height shall be provided 1vith not less than three
(3) approved recording accelerograph. The accelerograph
shall be interconnected .for co1n1non start and conunon
timing." Due to recent earthquakes and proliferation of
high-rise buildings, the Philippines needs to have its own
earthquake records for validating the seismic design
parameters used, in order to support earthquake disaster
mitigation I remedial efforts; thus, there is the need to
implement the requirements for the earthquake recording
instru1nentation. Until such time that considerable sets of

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-82 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings

III. OBJECTIVES OF THESE GUIDELINES IV. DEFINITION OF TERMS

Section 102 of the National Building Code of the ACCELEROGRAPH are accelerograph records the
Philippines (PD 1096) states that "It is hereby declared to acceleration of particles on the surface of the earth as a
be the policy ofthe State to safeguard l[fe, health, property, function of time, which is called an accelerogra1n. The
and public ,velfare, consistent 11•ith the principles of sound accelerograph generally records three mutually
environ111ental n1anage111ent and control; and to this end, perpendicular con1ponents of 1notion in the vertical and
make it the pwpose ofthis Code to provide for all buildings two orthogonal horizontal directions.
and structures, a fi·a1ne1,,vork of n1inin11an standards and
require111ents to regulate and control their location, site, ACCELERATION is the rate at which the velocity of a
design, qua!izv of nzaterials, construction, use, occupancy, particle changes with time.
and 111ainte11ance."
ACCELEROMETER is an instrument used to measure
In conformance thereto and as provided in the NSCP 2010, acceleration in the vertical and two orthogonal horizontal
these Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake directions. An accelero111eter has no built-in data recording
Recording Instrumentation for Buildings is developed to capacity and is attached to a multi-channel data logger or
improve the understanding of the actual dynamic behavior an accelerograph to record 111easured acceleration.
of buildings under earthquake loading and confirm the
design according to the NSCP. The recorded data can be ACCREDITED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER (ASE) is
used to improve the structural code thereby reducing loss a civil engineer \Vith special qualifications to practice
of lives and limbs as well as properties during future structural engineering with special training in earthquake
damaging earthquakes. The response data from several engineering and certified by ASEP.
buildings in a particular area or several areas \Vill also be
ACTIONS (GROUND MOTION) is a general term
used as basis for the government's earthquake disaster
including all aspects of ground motion, namely
mitigation/re1nedial and rehabilitation strategies including
acceleration, velocity, or displacen1ent fron1 an ea1ihquake
its emergency response and relief operations progra1ns.
or other energy source.
The instru1nents 1nay also be used to set off alanns at
specified intensity levels. They may also be used to trigger
BANDWIDTH is the frequency range that the sensor
automatic switching off utilities such as gas lines, electric
operates, measured in hertz. (Hz)
power lines and elevators as may be prudent in case of high
intensity earthquake. The recorded data are important
CHANNEL is a path along which information (as data or
parameters for building safety re-evaluation and
voice) in the form of electrical signal, passes; a band of
resumption of operations including post-earthquake
frequencies of sufficient width for a single radio or
evaluation of buildings.
television co1n1nunication.

CLUSTERED BUILDINGS is a group of buildings built

close together on a sizable tract of land in order to preserve
open spaces larger than the individual yard for common
recreation.

DAMPING is the energy dissipation properties of a

material or system under cyclic stress.

DATA LOGGER is a data logger is an electronic device

that records data over ti1ne or in relation to location either
with a built in instrument or sensor or via external
instru1nents and sensors.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings 1-83

DISPLACEMENT is the measured distance travelled by NATURAL FREQUENCY is the number of wave cycles
a particle fro1n an initial position. per second \Vhich a systen1 tends to oscillate in the absence
of any driving or damping force.
ENVIRONMENT is the aggregate of surrounding things,
conditions, or influences that may affect the operability of PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION (PGAJ is the
an instru1nentation device such as accelerograph, 1naxi1nu1n ground acceleration at a specific location for the
velocin1eter, etc. ti1ne interval.

ERi. Earthquake Recording Instrutnentations. PERIOD is the time interval required for one full cycle of
a \Vave.
FFT. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is a numerical
algorithm to compute the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) REFUGE AREA is an area inside a building where people
and it's inverse. Fourier analysis converts tin1e to evacuate or asse1nble during a disaster or e1nergency i.e.
frequency and vice versa; an FFT rapidly computes such fire, but not for earthquake.
transfonnations by factorizing the OFT matrix into a
product of sparse factors. RESPONSE SPECTRUM is a plot of the peak or
amplitude of steady-state response ( displacement, velocity
GALS is the unit n1easure of acceleration equivalent to or acceleration) of a series of oscillators of varying natural
( 1/1 OOO)*g. Note that I 000 gals= lg. frequency that are forced into 1notion by the sa1ne base
vibration or shock.
g is acceleration due to gravity equals to 9.811n/s2 or 32.2
ft/s2. SIR. Seistnic Instrun1entation Roo1n.

INTENSITY is a number (written as a Roman numeral) STRONG MOTION is a ground motion of sufficient
describing the severity of an earthquake in ter111s of its amplitude to be of interest in evaluating the dan1age caused
effects on the earth's surface and on hun1ans and their by earthquakes or nuclear explosions.
structures.
TIME HISTORY is the sequence of values of any time-
INTENSITY METER is an intensity meter records and varying quantity (such as a ground n1otion 1neasure1nent)
stores the various data that are associated with the reckoned at a set of[usually] equal time intervals.
earthquake and that it can notify those data to host system
as it equips data con11nunication function. In addition, it VELOCIMETER is an instrument used to measure
makes the "Earthquake Early Warning System" workable velocity of a particle.
\vith creating a syste1n net\vork by making use of optional
"earthquake early detecting function." VELOCITY is a measure of the rate of motion ofa particle
expressed as the rate of change of its position in a particular
IP67. The Ingress Protection rating system is a direction \Vith tiine.
classification system showing the degrees of protection of
the instrun1entation device fron1 solid objects and liquids.
The first m1mber refers to the protection against solid
objects, normally dust. If the first number is 0, there is no
protection provided. A number 5 refers to limited
protection against dust. The number 6 is for total protection
against dust. The second number of the IP rating system
refers to protection against liquids. A "O" indicates no
protection, \Vhile a "7" refers to protection against
iminersion between l 5 c1n to 1 111 for 30 1ninutes.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition. 2015

1-84 APPENDIX 1-8 - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings

V. EARTHQUAKE RECORDING
INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

The requirements of NSCP Section 105.2 shall apply to all

existing buildings listed in Table 1. located in Seismic
Zone 4 (entire Philippines except Palawan and Tawi-
Tawi), for which certificates of occupancies were issued.
Building permits shall only be issued for buildings
qualified for seistnic instrumentation when site or location
of SIR has been indicated or incorporated in the plan.

TABLE l. EARTHQUAKE RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

TYPE AND HEIGHT OF LOCATION REQUIREMENTS

BUILDING
GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS

A. Hospitals, schools and l. Three (3) accelerographs at 1. Accelerograph for

other buildings fifty Ground Floor I Lowest recording wavefonn and
(50) meters high and Basement; Middle Floor; transformed to FFT.
above and Floor Below Roof, or
2. Data output to include
2. One ( 1) accelerograph at acceleration response
Ground Floor I Lowest spectra and pseudo
Basement interphased with acceleration response.
two (2) accelerometers at
Middle Floor and Floor
3. With OPS capability.
Below Roof, or 4. Capability to send data to
data center of the
3. Three (3) accelerometers
governtnent.
with common data logger
at Ground Floor I Lowest
Basement; Middle Floor;
and Floor Below Roof

B. Hospitals with 50-bed One ( 1) accelerograph or one

capacity or 1nore and ( 1) accelerometer connected to
Schools with twenty a data logger, at Ground Floor I
(20) classrooms or more Lo\vest Basen1ent
but not less than three
(3) storey high

c. Provincial I City I One (1) accelerograph or one

Municipal Halls and ( 1) accelerometer connected to
Buildings a data logger, at Ground Floor
Level/Lowest Basement

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings 1-85

TABLE 1. EARTHQUAKE RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS (continued)

TYPE AND HEIGHT OF LOCATION REQUIREMENTS
BUILDING
PRIVATE BUILDINGS

A. Buildings fifty (50) 111eters 1. Three (3) accelerographs at 1. Accelerograph for recording
high and above Ground Floor I Lowest waveform and transfonned to
Basement; Middle Floor; and FFT.
Floor Below Roof, or
2. Data output to include
2. One (1) accelerograph at acceleration response spectra
Ground Floor I Lo\vest and pseudo acceleration
Basement interphase with two response.
(2) accelerometers at Middle
3. For buildings above ninety
Floor and Floor Below Roof, or
(90) 1neters or thirty (30)
3. Three (3) accelerometers with storeys in height, additional
common data logger at Ground velocity meter at ground floor
Floor I Lo\vest Base1nent; I lowest basement shall be
Middle Floor; and Floor Below installed. Output data to
Roof include velocity response
spectra and pseudo velocity
B. Hospitals with 50-bed One (I) accelerograph or one (I) response spectra. Data logger
capacity or more and accelerorneter connected to a data to be part of the system.
Schools with 20 classrooms logger at Ground Floor I Lowest 4. With GPS capability.
or tnore but not less than Base1nent
three (3) storey high

c. Commercial Buildings with One (I) accelerograph or one (I)

occupancy of at least one accelerometer connected to a data
thousand (1,000) persons or logger at Ground Floor I Lowest
gross floor area of at least Basen1ent
ten thousand ( 10,000)
square 1neters

Table I shows the types of buildings required to be

installed with earthquake recording instrumentation. The
requirements for installation of accelerograph are for
buildings located in cities and municipalities within a 200
km radius from a Type A faults as specified in the NSCP
2010 and as indicated from the active fault maps issued by
the Philippine Institute of Seismology and Volcanology
(PHIVOLCS).

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-66 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings

For clustered buildings with completely similar design and For new buildings, the installation of these instruments
construction, it shall have a 1ninin1u1n of eighteen ( 18) shall form part of the requirements for Certificate of
channels with a co1nn1on data logger. The location of the Occupancy issued by the Building Official.
instruments shall be determined by an Accredited
4. Additional Requisite lnfor,nation of Buildings to be
Structural Engineer. instrzonented. It is necessary to establish a baseline
data to make effective use of the records to be
I. Maintenance. Earthquake Recording Instrutnents shall collected from the accelerograph(s) installed in the
be rnaintained in proper \Vorking condition. The building. The following information are required:
installation, servicing or re1noval of the instrun1ents
sh_all be done by qualified technical personnel of the • As-built blueprints,
supplier whose product co1nplies \Vith the 111inin1u1n o Structural design calculations,
specifications as specified in these Guidelines and
In1ple1nenting Rules. o Dynan1ic analysis (1node shapes and
frequencies) as used in the design
Maintenance of the instru1nents shall be by the o,vner calculations, if available, forced-vibration
of the building subject to the monitoring of the test results, and a1nbient-vibration test
Building Official or its designated representative. results, and
o Co1nprehensive subsurface soil exploration
2. Service Period. The 111axi1num service interval is one
and investigation report.
(I) year. If the instrument is inoperative at two
consecutive service inspections, then a re-inspection
VI. DATA PROCESSING
and servicing shall be required at a 1naxitnun1 service
interval of six (6) months until the instrument is
Mode111 strong 1notion instrun1ents have capabilities to
rendered fully operative. When the instrument
continuously requires repair for a period of four (4) store and transn1it digital data through teleco1nn1unications
consecutive years, or inoperative repeatedly for at links and other 1nedia, including the internet.
least three (3) times in a four (4)-year period, the
instrun1ent shall be replaced. I. The data from digital recordings are passed through a
correction algorithm that applies a high-frequency
3. Instrumentation of Selected Building. All owners of filter (50 Hz typical: I Hz=! cycle per second). Plots
existing buildings listed in Table I shall provide of the corrected acceleration, velocity, and
accessible space for the installation of appropriate displacen1ents for each channel of recording are
earthquake recording instru1nents. Location of said prepared.
instruments shall be determined by an Accredited
Structural Engineer. 2. Response spectra are calculated for periods up to about
half of the long-period limit. Linear plots of relative-
For proposed buildings, the Accredited Structural acceleration response spectra and plots of pseudo-
Engineer shall include the layout, instrument acceleration response are prepared if specified to the
specifications, installation require1nents, and location instru1nent supplier.
of the instrument in the structural plans submitted for
building permit purposes. 3. Fourier amplitude spectra, calculated by Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT), are presented on linear axes and log-
The actual installation of the instruments shall be log axes. These sets of processed data are then
verified by the Building Official. provided to the user for evaluation, assess1nent of
facilities and structures, and research.
For existing buildings without ERi, the installation of
these instru1nents shall forn1 part of the require1nents
of the Annual Certificate of Inspection issued by the
Building Official.

For existing buildings with ERi, the building owner

shall be required to submit a certification from ASE
that the existing ERi confo1111 to these guidelines. If
the existing ERi do not conform to these guidelines,
the building owner shall upgrade such ERi.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings 1-87

VII. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS I • Continuous Monitoring: Capable for

REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTHQUAKE continuous recording by 1nini1nu1n one (I)
RECORDING INSTRUMENTS year

l. The follo\ving are the 1ninin1un1 specifications for • AD converter: 24 bit or better.
Earthquake Recording Instruments to be used for
buildings listed in Table I. D. Titning.

A. Accelerographs/Accelerometers: • Interval: 1-Ialf second or less.

• Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.2 second per 100
o Minimun1 design life: Ten ( 10) years and seconds.
should be demonstrated and certified to have
a 40,000-hour mean time (minimum) • Type: GPS or NTP server.
bet\veen failures.
E. Triggering.
• Minimum of three (3) components - Vertical,
Longitudinal and Transverse
• Method: Pendulum or other device using
• Natural frequency: Above 50 Hz. earthquake motion as exciting force.
• Damping: Approximately 60 to 70 percent • Level: Accelerograph: 0.5 to I 00 gals,
critical. nominal I Velocimeter: 0.005 mm/s to I
1nn1/s
• Sensitivity: ±2000 gals or ±2g (full scale/V)
• Time: Full operation of accelerograph I
• Bandwidth: DC to I 00 Hz velocin1eter in not over 0.1 second after
e Environn1ent: IP67 or better activation.

• Input Range: ±2g - ±6g F. Power.

B. Velocin1eters • Battery maintained by trickle charger from

AC power and capable of powering the
• Minimum of three (3) components - Vertical, accelerograph and velocimeter for two (2)
Longitudinal and Transverse days after loss of power.
• Natural frequency: Above 50 Hz.
G. Co1nn1unication
• Damping: Approximately 60 to 70 percent
critical. • Ethernet: IO base-T or I00 base-TX
o Sensitivity: ±2 1n/s • Protocol: TCP/IP FTP/SFTP
• Bandwidth: 0.1 Hz to I 00 Hz
2. Records. When media is used for recording, a
• Environment: IP67 or better new media load shall be placed in the instruments
when the media re1naining is less than 1/3 of
C. Data Logger I Recording. (Common for original load. For instruments, memory should be
Accelerographs/Accelerometers and Velocimeters ) copied out and emptied when the ren1aining
amount is less than 1/3 of the original capacity.
• Sa1npling Frequency: A 1niniinu1n of 100
samples per second. 3. Refurbishing and Replacement. When the
instru1nent supplier finds that the instru1nent 1nust
• Time: From at least 20 seconds before the be removed from the building for repair, the
ground shaking begins until 30 seconds after instrument shall be replaced by a temporary
the last triggering level tnotion. identical instrun1ent, and the permanent
• RMS Noise: System noise shall be less than instrument shall be returned and 111ade operative
40 µg's measured over O- 30 Hz. within 60 days from the removal date.
O
Media: Digital storage 1nedia (111inimun1 of
32 GB)

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

1-88 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings

4. Battery Inspection. The instrument shall be tested IX. DATARETRIEVALAND

,vith any charge device disconnected fro1n an INTERPRETATION
electric power source.
Immediately after the occurrence of an Intensity VJ
VIII. LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE earthquake or greater in the locality as determined by
INSTRUMENTS the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (PHIVOLCS), the Building Official shall
I. General. issue a written notice to the building O\vner to retrieve
the data and to have the data interpreted by an
The instrument shall be located so that access by Accredited Structural Engineer. The retrieval and
qualified technical personnel is 1naintained at all ti1nes interpretation of the data shall be pe1formed by an
and is unobstructed by roon1 contents. A sign stating Accredited Structural Engineer. The data and
"MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS TO THIS interpretation of the building shall be submitted by the
INSTRUMENT" shall be posted in a conspicuous Owner to the DPWH for storage, post-earthquake
location. No instru,nents shall be located in refuge safety evaluation of the building, and for e1nergency
area. response.

The preferred locations of the instrutnents are in small, X. DATA STORAGE AND ARCHIVING
seldotn-used roo1ns or closets near a colutnn (in a
vertically aligned stack), with adequate space to Data storage and archiving shall be at the DPWH
securely tnount the instrutnent and an approved Central Office or other data centers designated by the
protective enclosure attached securely to the floor. The DPWH. The ASEP, upon written request to the
locations shall be marked on the submitted structural DPWH, shall be provided the said data.
and architectural floor plans, and properly approved.
Xi. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION OF
2. Buildings ivith three (3) or 111ore i11strun1e11ts. EARTHQUAKE RECORDING
INSTRUMENTATION
Buildings with three (3) or more
accelerographs/accelerometers shall be located in the Upon co1npliance of building O\Vners of these
ground floor/lowest basement, middle floor, and the Guidelines and hnpletnenting Rules on Earthquake
topmost floor of the building. When applicable, Recording Instrumentation, the Building Official shall
velocimeter shall be located in the lowest basement or issue a Certificate of Installation of Earthquake
ground floor level. The locations of the instruments are Recording Instru1nentation. The Certificate n1ust be
selected to provide the 1naxin1u1n infonnation of the posted at the room/s where the instrument is located
building response from a major em1hquake. Such and in a conspicuous place, properly
information would form part of the valuable data in protected/secured, in the ground floor lobby of the
understanding the building's behavior during major building.
seistnic event.
XII. TESTING, INSPECTION AND
3. Orientation of the lnstrun1ents. COMMISSIONING

All instruments shall be installed with the same Building Owner, Building Official, and Supplier shall
orientation relative to the building, with the orientation inspect, test, and co1nn1ission the seis1nic 1nonitoring
chosen such that the reference or long di1nension of system together to ensure that the syste1ns are in
the instrument is aligned \Vith a 1najor axis of the proper operational condition and comply with the
building. The orientation of the instrument shall be requirements of these guidelines. The Supplier must
clearly marked on the submitted structural plans. The sub1nit a certificate fro1n the 1nanufacturer that the
supplier-installer shall certify that the instruments are instrument is in good \Vorking condition.
oriented as per plan.
The Building Owner shall be responsible for the
protection and maintenance of the site of the ERi as
prescribed in these guidelines.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 APPENDIX 1-B - Guidelines and Implementing Rules on Earthquake Recording Instrumentation for Buildings I-B9

xm. SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE

The seis111ic 1nonitoring system shall have a

1naintenance clearance as per the requirement of the
National Structural Code of the Philippines under
Section 105.2. "Maintenance and service shall be
provided by the owner of the building."

"The supplier shall provide guarantee that the system

shall have a maintenance period for at least IO years.
For the service period, the maximu1n service interval
is one year. The equiprnent obsolescence shall not
hinder the proper continuous operation of the
equipment throughout the IO years duration. When the
equipment's supplier finds that the instrument must be
removed from the building for repair, there must be a
service unit as a temporary replacement to continue
the collection of data, if and when there is an
occurrence of an earthquake during the duration of the
repair.

XIV. REFERENCES

I. D Skolniket. al. A Quantitative Basis for Building

Instrumentation Specifications, NSF CMMI Research
and Innovation Conference, 2009 (Hawaii).

2. M. Celebi. Seismic Instrumentation of Buildings:

Special GSNUSGS PROJECT (2002).

3. Guideline for ANSS Seismic Monitoring of

Engineered Civil Systems- Version 1.0.

4. National Building Code of the Philippines, PD I 096.

5. National Structural Code of the Philippines (NSCP),

Volume I, Buildings, Towers and Other Vertical
Structures, Sixth Edition, 2010.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 NSCP C101-15

Chapter 2

MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SEVENTH EDITION, 2015

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc.

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Qnezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No.: (+632) 410-0483

Fax No. : (+632) 411-8606
Email: aseponline@gmail.com
Website:http://www.aseponline.org

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-1

Table of Contents

SECTION 201 ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................................ 4
201.l Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
SECTION 202 ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4
DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4
SECTION 203 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 10
COMBINATIONS OF LOADS .............................................................................................................................................. 10
203.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 10
203.2 Symbols and Notations ................................................................................................................................................ 10
203.3 Load Cotnbinations using Strength Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design ................................................... 11
203.4 Load Combinations Using Allowable Stress or Allowable Strength Design .............................................................. 11
203.5 Special Seismic Load Combinations ........................................................................................................................... 11
SECTION 204 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 12
DEADLOADS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 12
204.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 12
204.2 Weights of Materials and Constructions ..................................................................................................................... 12
204.3 Partition Loads ............................................................................................................................................................ 12
SECTION 205 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
LIVE LOADS ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15
205.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 15
205.2 Critical Distribution of Live Loads ............................................................................................................................. 15
205.3 Floor Live Loads ......................................................................................................................................................... 15
205.4 Roof Live Loads .......................................................................................................................................................... 19
205.5 Reduction of Live Loads ............................................................................................................................................. 19
205.6 Alternate Floor Live Load Reduction .......................................................................................................................... 20
SECTION 206 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 21
OTHER MINIMUM LOADS ................................................................................................................................................. 21
206.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 21
206.2 Other Loads ................................................................................................................................................................. 21
206.3 Impact Loads ............................................................................................................................................................... 21
206.4 Anchorage of Concrete and Masonry Walls ................................................................................................................ 21
206.5 Interior Wall Loads ..................................................................................................................................................... 21
206.6 Retaining Walls ........................................................................................................................................................... 21
206.7 Water Accu111ulation ................................................................................................................................................... 21
206.8 Uplift on Floors and Foundations ................................................................................................................................ 22
206.9 Crane Loads ................................................................................................................................................................ 22
206.JO Heliport and Helistop Landing Areas .......................................................................................................................... 22
SECTION 207 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
WIND LOADS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
207.1 Specifications .............................................................................................................................................................. 23
207 A General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................. 23
207 A. I Procedures ................................................................................................................................................................... 23
207 A.2 Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................... 25
207 A.3 Symbols and Notations ................................................................................................................................................. 29

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-2 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207A.4 General ........................................................................................................................................................................ 31

207 A.5 Wind Hazard Map ....................................................................................................................................................... 32
207A.6 Wind Directionality ....................................................................................................................................................... 35
207A.7 Exposure ...................................................................................................................................................................... 36
207 A.8 Topographic Effects ................................................................................................................................................... .46
207 A.9 Gust Effects .................................................................................................................................................................. .49
207 A.9.1 Gust Effect Factor ...................................................................................................................................................... 55
207 A. IO Enclosure Classification .............................................................................................................................................. 57
207 A. I I Internal Pressure Coefficient ....................................................................................................................................... 60
2078 Wind Loads On Buildings-MWFRS (Directional Procedure) ....................................................................................... 61
2078.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................................... 61
Part I: Enclosed, Partially Enclosed, and Open Buildings of All Heights ................................................................................. 62
2078.2 General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................. 62
2078.3 Velocity Pressure ......................................................................................................................................................... 62
2078.4 Wind Loads-Main Wind Force-Resisting System ...................................................................................................... 68
Part 2: Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings with h = 48 m ................................................................................................ 82
2078.5 General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................... 82
2078.6 Wind Loads-Main Wind Force-Resisting System ...................................................................................................... 84
207C Wind Loads On Buildings-MWFRS (Envelope Procedure) ................................................................................... 104
Part I: Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Low-Rise Buildings ................................................................................................. 104
207C.2 General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................. I 04
207C.3 Velocity Pressure ....................................................................................................................................................... 105
207C.4 Wind Loads - Main Wind-Force Resisting System .................................................................................................. 109
Part 2: Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Low-Rise Buildings ....................................................................................................... 112
207C.5 General Requirements ................................................................................................................................................. 113
207C.6 Wind Loads - Main Wind-Force Resisting System ..................................................................................................... 114
207D Wind Loads on Other Structures and Building Appurtenances - MWFRS ............................................................... 119
2070.2 General Requirements ............................................................................................................................................... 119
2070.3 Velocity Pressure ....................................................................................................................................................... 119
2070.4 Design Wind Loads - Solid Freestanding Walls and Solid Signs .............................................................................. 122
2070.5 Design Wind Loads-Other Structures ..................................................................................................................... 122
207D.6 Parapets ....................................................................................................................................................................... 123
207D.8 Minimum Design Wind Loading ................................................................................................................................ 126
207E Wind Loads- Components and Cladding (C&C) ..................................................................................................... 130
207E. I Scope ......................................................................................................................................................................... 130
207E.2 General Requirements ............................................................................................................................................... 132
207E.3 Velocity Pressure ....................................................................................................................................................... 133
Part I: Low-Rise Buildings ...................................................................................................................................................... 136
207E.4 Building Types .......................................................................................................................................................... 136
Part 2: Low-Rise Buildings (Simplified) ................................................................................................................................. 137
207E.5 Building Types .......................................................................................................................................................... 137
Part 3: Buildings with h > 18 m ............................................................................................................................................ 139
207E.6 Building Types .......................................................................................................................................................... 139
Part 4: Buildings with h,,; 48 m (Simplified) ........................................................................................................................ 140
207E.7 Building Types .......................................................................................................................................................... 140
Part 5: Open Buildings ............................................................................................................................................................ 155
207E.8 Building Types .......................................................................................................................................................... 155
Part 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment ............................................................................... 156
207E.9 Parapets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 156
207E. l O Roof Overhangs ........................................................................................................................................................ 157
207E. l 1 Rooftop Structures and Equipment for Buildings with h ,,; 18 m ........................................................................... 158
207F Wind Tunnel Procedure ................................................................................................................................................. 180
SECTION 208 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 184
EARTHQUAKE LOADS ...................................................................................................................................................... 184
208.1 General ...................................................................................................................................................................... 184

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-3

Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................. 184

Symbols and Notations .............................................................................................................................................. 184
Basis for Design ........................................................................................................................................................ 185
Minimum Design Lateral Forces and Related Effects ............................................................................................. 212
Earthquake Loads and Modeling Requirements ........................................................................................... 219
Detailed Systems Design Requirements .................................................................................................................... 221
Non-Building Structures ............................................................................................................................................ 229
Lateral Force on Elements of Structures, Nonstructural Components and Equipment Supported by Structures ...... 231
Alternative Earthquake Load Procedure .................................................................................................................... 236
SECTION 209 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 236
SOIL LATERAL LOADS ..................................................................................................................................................... 236
General ...................................................................................................................................................................... 236
SECTION 210 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 238
.RAIN LOADS ........................................................................................................................................................................ 238
Roof Drainage ........................................................................................................................................................... 238
210.2 Design Rain Loads .................................................................................................................................................... 238
210.3 Ponding Instability .................................................................................................................................................... 238
210.4 Controlled Drainage .................................................................................................................................................. 238
SECTION 211 ........................................................................................................................................................................ 238
FLOOD LOADS .................................................................................................................................................................... 238
General ...................................................................................................................................................................... 238
Definitions ................................................................................................................................................................. 238
Design Requirements ................................................................................................................................................ 239
Loads During Flooding ............................................................................................................................................. 240
Establishment of Flood Hazard Areas ....................................................................................................................... 242
Design and Construction ........................................................................................................................................... 242
Flood Hazard Documentation .................................................................................................................................... 242
Consensus Standards and Other Referenced Documents .......................................................................................... 243

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-4 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

201.1 Scope The following tenns are defined for use in this section:

This chapter provides 1ninitnu1n design load requireinents ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM is an assembly consisting of
for the design of buildings, towers and other vertical panels tnounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor
structures. Loads and appropriate load co1nbinations which space for the installation of mechanical, electrical,
have been developed to be used together for strength comn1unication or similar syste1ns or to serve as an air-
design and allowable stress design are set forth. supply or return-air plenum.

AGRICULTURAL BUILDING is a structure designed

and constructed to house farn1 in1ple1nents, hay, grain,
poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. The
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place
of e1nployn1ent ,vhere agricultural products are processed,
treated, or packaged, nor shall it be a place used by the
public.

ALLOW ABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) is a method of

proportioning and designing structural me1nbers such that
elastically computed stresses produced in the members by
nominal loads do not exceed specified allowable stresses
(also called working stress design).

ASSEMBLY BUILDING is a building or portion of a

building for the gathering together of 50 or more persons
for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction,
\vorship, entertain111ent, a111use111ent, drinking or dining, or
awaiting transportation.

AWNING is an architectural projection that provides

weather protection, identity, or decoration and is wholly
supported by the building to which it is attached.

BALCONY, EXTERIOR, is an exterior floor system

projecting from and supported by a structure without
additional independent supports.

BASE is the level at which the earthquake motions are

considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at
which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

BASE SHEAR is the total design lateral force or shear at

the base of a structure.

BASIC WIND SPEED is a three-second gust speed at IO

m above the ground in Exposure C (see Section 207A.7.3)
as determined in accordance with Section 207 A.5.1 and
associated with an annual probability of0.02, (i.e. 50-year
111ean recurrence interval).

BEARING WALL SYSTEM is a structural system that

does not have a complete vertical load-carrying space
frame. See Section 208.4.6.1.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-5

BOUNDARY ELEMENT is an element at edges of percentage of openings in the balance of the building
openings or at peritneters of shear walls or diaphrag1ns. envelope does not exceed 20 percent.

BRACED FRAME is essentially a vertical truss system of These conditions are expressed by the following equations:
the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist
lateral forces. l. A0 > 1.10A0 ;
BUILDING FRAME SYSTEM is essentially a complete 2. A0 > smaller of (0. 5 m 2 or 0. 01Ag)
space frame that provides support for gravity loads. See
Section 208.4.6.2. 3. A 0 ,!Agt :S 0. 20
BRACED WALL LINE is a series of braced wall panels
See symbols and notations.
in a single storey that 1neets the requireinents of Section
620.10.3.
BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURE, REGULAR-
SHAPED refers to a building or other structure having no
BRACED WALL PANEL is a section of wall braced in
unusual geo111etrical irregularity in spatial fon11.
accordance with Section 620.10.3.
BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURES, RIGID refer
BUILDING, ENCLOSED is a building that does not
to a building or other structure \Vhose fundamental
comply with the requirements for open or partially
frequency is greater than or equal to 1.0 Hz.
enclosed buildings.
BUILDING, SIMPLE DIAPHRAGM refers to a
BUILDING ENVELOPE refers to cladding, roofing,
building in which both windward and leeward wind loads
exterior \Vall, glazing, door assemblies, window
are transmitted through floor and roof diaphragms to the
asse1nblies, skylight assemblies, and other components
same ve1iical MWFRS (e.g., no structural separations).
enclosing the building.
CANTILEVERED COLUMN ELEMENT is a column
BUILDING, FLEXIBLE refers to slender buildings that
ele111ent in a lateral-force-resisting syste111 that cantilevers
have a fundan1ental natural frequency less than l .O Hz.
fro111 a fixed base and has 111inhnal 1no111ent capacity at the
top, with lateral forces applied essentially at the top.
BUILDING, LOW-RISE is an enclosed or partially
enclosed building that complies with the following
COLLECTOR is a member or element provided to
conditions:
transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to
vertical elen1ents of the lateral-force-resisting systen1.
I. Mean roof height, h, less than or equal to I Sm, and
COMPONENT is a part or element of an architectural,
2. Mean roof height, h, does not exceed least horizontal
electrical, mechanical or structural syste1n.
di!nension.
COMPONENT, EQUIPMENT is a mechanical or
BUILDING, OPEN refers to a building having each wall
electrical con1ponent or ele111ent that is part of a 111echanical
at least 80 percent open. This condition is expressed for
and/or electrical system.
each wall by the equation A 0 ~ 0. 8Ag. See symbols and
notations.
COMPONENT, FLEXIBLE is a component, including
its attachments, having a funda111ental period greater than
BUILDING, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED is a building 0.06 s.
that complies with both of the following conditions:
COMPONENT, RIGID is a component, including its
l. the total area of openings in a wall that receives attachments, having a fundamental period less than or
positive external pressure exceeds the stnn of the areas equal to 0.06s.
of openings in the balance of the building envelope
(walls and roof) by more than I 0%; and COMPONENTS AND CLADDING refers to elements of
the building envelope that do not qualify as part of the
2. The total area of openings in a wall that receives MWFRS.
positive external pressure exceeds 0.5 m2 or 1 percent
of the area of that wall, whichever is smaller, and the

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-6 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

CONCENTRICALLY-BRACED FRAME is a braced DIAPHRAGM CHORD or SHEAR WALL CHORD is

fraine in ,vhich the 111embers are subjected primarily to the boundary elen1ent of a diaphragm or shear wall that is
axial forces. assun1ed to take axial stresses analogous to the flanges ofa
bea1n.
CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTRUCTION is a type of construction in which the DIAPHRAGM STRUT (drag strut, tie, and collector) is
pri111a1y structural eletnents are formed by a systen1 of the element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load that
repetitive ,vood fran1ing 1ne1nbers. collects and transfers diaphrag1n shear to the vertical
resisting elements or distributes loads \Vithin the
COVERING, IMPACT-RESISTANT is a covering diaphrag,n. Such men1bers 1nay take axial tension or
designed to protect itnpact-resistant glazing. con1press1on.

CRIPPLE WALL is a framed stud wall extending from DIAPHRAGM, UNBLOCKED is a diaphragm that has
the top of the foundation to the underside of floor fran1ing edge nailing at supporting n1e1nbers only. Blocking
for the lowest occupied leveL bet\veen supporting structural n1e1nbers at panel edges is
not included.
DEAD LOADS consist of the weight of all materials and
fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other DRIFT or STOREY DRIFT is the lateral displacement of
structure. one level relative to the level above or below.

DECK is an exterior floor systen1 supported on at least t,vo DUAL SYSTEM is a combination of moment-resisting
opposing sides by an adjacent structure and/or posts, piers, frames and shear \Valls or braced fra1nes designed in
or other independent supports. accordance with the criteria of Section 208.4.6.4.

DESIGN BASIS GROUND MOTION is that ground EA VE HEIGHT is the distance from the ground surface
tnotion that has a l O percent chance of being exceeded in adjacent to the building to the roof eave line at a pa11icular
50 years as detennined by a site-specific hazard analysis or wall. If the height of the eave varies along the wall, the
n1ay be detennined fro1n a hazard 111ap. average height shall be used.

DESIGN FORCE is the equivalent static force to be used ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAME (EBF) is a
in the detern1ination of wind loads for open buildings and steel-braced fra111e designed in confonnance \Vith Section
other structures. 528.

DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM is an elastic EFFECTIVE WIND AREA is the area used to determine
response spectrum for 5 percent equivalent viscous GCP. For cladding fasteners, the effective wind area shall
damping used to represent the dynamic effects of the not be greater than the area that is tributary to an individual
Design Basis Ground Motion for the design of structures in fastener.
accordance with Sections 208.5 and 208.5.3.
ELASTIC RESPONSE PARAMETERS are forces and
DESIGN SEISMIC FORCE is the minimum total deformations detern1ined fro1n an elastic dynan1ic analysis
strength design base shear, factored and distributed in using an unreduced ground 1notion representation, in
accordance with Section 208.5. accordance with Section 208.5.3.

DESIGN PRESSURE is the equivalent static pressure to ESCARPMENT, also known as scarp, with respect to
be used in the determination of wind loads for buildings. topographic effect in Section 207 A.8, is a cliff or steep
.slope generally separating two levels or gently sloping
DIAPHRAGM is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system areas (see Figure 207 A-8-1 ).
acting to trans1nit lateral forces to the vertical resisting
11
ele1nents. The term ndiaphragm includes horizontal ESSENTIAL FACILITIES are buildings, towers and
bracing systems. other vertical structures that are intended to remain
operational in the event of extreme environ,nental loading
DIAPHRAGM, BLOCKED is a diaphragm in which all from wind or earthquakes.
sheathing edges not occurring on fra1ning me1nbers are
supported on and connected to blocking. FACTORED LOAD is the product of a load specified in
Sections 204 through 208 and a load factor. See Section
203.3 for combinations of factored loads.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-7

FIBERBOARD is a fibrous, homogeneous panel made HARDBOARD is a fibrous-felted, homogeneous panel

froin lignocellulosic fibers (usually ,vood or sugar cane made from lignocellulosic fibers consolidated under heat
bagasse J and having a density of less than 50 kg/m3 but and pressure in a hot press to a density not less than
more than 160 kg/m 3 . 50kg/m 3 •

FLEXIBLE ELEMENT or SYSTEM is one whose HILL, with respect to topographic effects in Section
deformation under lateral load is significantly larger than 207A.8, is a land surface characterized by strong relief in
adjoining parts of the systen1. Li1niting ratios for defining any horizontal direction (Figure 207A.8-2).
specific flexible elements are set forth in Section 208.5.1.3.
HORIZONTAL BRACING SYSTEM is a horizontal
FOREST PRODUCTS RESEARCH AND truss systen1 that serves the satne function as a diaphragtn.
DEVELOPMENT INSTITUTE (FPRDI) is the
Department of Science and Technology's (DOST's) IMPACT-RESISTANT COVERING, is a covering
research and develop1nent arn1 on forest products designed to protect glazing, which has been shown by
utilization. It is 1nandated to conduct basic and applied testing in accordance with ASTM E 1886 and ASTM
research to help the ,vood-using industries disse1ninate E 1996 of other approved test methods to withstand the
intbrn1ation and technologies on forest products to end impact or wind-borne debris missiles likely to be generated
users. in ,vind-borne debris regions during design winds.

FREE ROOF is a roof ,vith a configuration generally IMPORTANCE FACTOR is a factor that accounts for
conforming to those shown in Figures 2078.4-4 through the degree of hazard to human life and damage to property.
2078.4-6 (monoslope, pitched, or !roughed) in an open
building with no enclosing walls underneath the roof INTERMEDIATE MOMENT RESISTING FRAME
surface. (IMRF) is a concrete fra1ne designed in accordance with
Section 412.
GARAGE is a building or portion thereof in which motor
vehicle containing tla1nmable or cotnbustible liquids or gas LATERAL-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM is that part
in its tank is stored, repaired or kept. of the structural system designed to resist the Design
Seis1nic Forces.
GARAGE, PRIVATE, is a building or a portion of a
building, not inore than 90111 2 in area, in which only 1notor LIMIT STATE is a condition beyond which a structure or
vehicles used by the tenants of the building or buildings on member becomes unfit for service and is judged to be no
the pren1ises are kept or stored. longer useful for its intended function (serviceability limit
state) or to be unsafe (strength limit state).
GLAZING is a glass or transparent or translucent plastic
sheet used in ,vindo\VS, doors, skylights, or curtain walls. LIVE LOADS are those loads produced by the use and
occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
GLAZING, IMPACT-RESISTANT is a glazing that has include dead load, construction load, or environn1ental
been tested in accordance with ASTM El886 and ASTM loads.
E 1996 or other approved test methods to withstand the
impact of wind-borne missiles likely to be generated in LOADS are forces or other actions that result from the
\Vind-borne debris regions during design winds. weight of all building materials, occupants and their
possessions, environmental effects, differential
GLUED BUILT-UP MEMBERS are structural elements, 1noven1ents, and restrained dilnensional changes.
the section of which is composed of built-up lumber, wood Permanent loads are those loads in ,vhich variations over
structural panels or wood structural panels in combination tiine are rare or of s1nall 1nagnitude. All other loads are
with lumber, all parts bonded together with structural variable loads.
adhesives.
LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN
GRADE (LUMBER) is the classification of lumber in (LRFD) METHOD is a method of proportioning and
regard to strength and utility in accordance with the designing structural elen1ents using load and resistance
grading rules of an approved lumber grading agency. factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when
the structure is subjected to all appropriate load
co1nbinations. The term 11 LRFD" is used in the design of
steel structures.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-8 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

MACHINE-GRADED LUMBER (MGL) is a lumber ORDINARY MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME

evaluated by a 1nachine using a non-destructive test and (OMRF) is a moment-resisting frame not meeting special
sorted into different stress grades. detailing require1nents for ductile behavior.

MAIN WIND-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM ORTHOGONAL EFFECTS are the earthquake load
(MWFRS) is an assemblage of structural elements effects on structural eletnents siinultaneously occurring to
assigned to provide support and stability for the overall the lateral-force-resisting syste1ns along hvo orthogonal
structure. The systen1 generally receives \Vind loading fro1n axes.
1nore than one surface.
OVERSTRENGTH is a characteristic of structures where
MARQUEE is a permanent roofed structure attached to the actual strength is larger than the design strength. The
and supported by the building and projecting over public degree of over-strength is n1aterial-and system-dependent,
right-of-way.
PARTICLEBOARD is a manufactured panel product
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT is the average of the roof eave consisting of particles of wood or con1binations of \Vood
height and the height to the highest point on the roof particles and wood fibers bonded together with synthetic
surface, except that, for roof angles of less than or equal to resins or other suitable bonding syste111 by a bonding
10°, the mean roof height shall be the roof eave height. process, 1n accordance \Vith approved nationally
recognized standard.
MOISTURE CONTENT (MC) is the amount of moisture
in \vood, usually n1easured as the percentage of\vater to the PLYWOOD is a panel of la111inated veneers confonning
oven dry weight of the wood. to Philippine National Standards (PNS 196) "Plywood
Specifications".
MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME is a frame in which
1ne1nbers and joints are capable of resisting forces Pll EFFECT is the secondmy effect on shears, axial forces
primarily by flexure. and 1no1nents of frame 1nembers induced'by the horizontar
displacen1ent of vertical loads fron1 various loading, ,vhen ,.
MOMENT-RESISTING WALL FRAME (MRWF) is a a structure is subjected to lateral forces.
masonry wall frame especially detailed to provide ductile
behavior and designed in conformance \Vith Section RECOGNIZED LITERATURE are published research.
708.2.6. findings and technical papers that nre approved.

NOMINAL LOADING is a design load that stressed a RIDGE, with respect to topographic effects in Section
member or fastening to the full allowable stress tabulated 207 A.8, is an elongated crest of a hill characterized by
in this chapter. This loading may be applied for strong relief in two directions (see Figure 207 A.8-1 ).
approximately IO years, either continuously or
cumulatively, and 90 percent of this load may be applied ROTATION is the torsional movement of a diaphragm
for the retnainder of the life of the 1ne1nber or fastening. about a vertical axis.

NOMINAL SIZE (Lumber) refers to the commercial size SHEAR WALL is a wall designed to resist lateral forci'
designation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber parallel to the plane of the wall (sometimes referred to as/
and glued laminated lu111ber grades; son1ewhat larger than vertical diaphragn1 or structural ,val!).
the standard net size of dressed lumber.
SHEAR WALL-FRAME INTERACTIVE
OPENINGS are apertures or holes in the building uses con1binations of shear ,valls and frames designed to
envelope that allow air to flow through the building resist lateral forces in proportion to their relative rigidities{
envelope and that are designed as ''open" during design considering interaction between shear ,valls and fra1nes on
winds as defined by these provisions. all levels.

ORDINARY BRACED FRAME (OBF) is a steel-braced

fra111e designed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 527 or 528 or concrete-braced frame designed in
accordance with Section 421.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-9

SHEATHING is a layer of boards or ofotherwood or fiber STRUCTURE is an assemblage of framing members

niaterials applied to the outer studs, joists, and rafters of a designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.
building to strengthen structures and serve as a base for an Structures 111ay be categorized as building structures or
exterior weatherproof cladding. nonbuilding structures.

SHEATHING, WALL is a layer of boards or of other STRENGTH DESIGN is a method of proportioning and
wood or fiber 1naterials used to cover the \Vall studding. designing structural n1en1bers such that the con1puted
forces produced in the members by the factored load do not
STRUCTURAL GLUED-LAMINATED TIMBER is exceed the 111en1ber design strength. The tenn strength
any 1ne1nber co111prising an asse1nbly of la1ninations of design is used in the design of concrete structures.
Ju111ber in \vhich the grain of all la1ninations is
approximately parallel longitudinally, in which the TOWERS AND OTHER STRUCTURES are
Ian1inations are bonded \Vith adhesives. nonbuilding structures including poles, 111asts and
billboards that are not typically occupied by persons but are
SUBDIAPHRAGM is a portion of a diaphragm used to also covered by this code.
transfer wall anchorage forces to diaphrag1n cross ties. It
also refers to a portion of a larger \Vood diaphragn1 TREATED WOOD is wood treated with an approved
designed to anchor and transfer local forces to priinary preservative under treating and quality control procedures.
diaphragn1 struts and the n1ain diaphragtn.
VERTICAL LOAD-CARRYING FRAME is a space
SOFT STOREY is one in which the lateral stiffness is less frame designed to carry vertical gravity loads.
than 70 percent of the stiffness of the storey above. See
Table 208-9. WALL ANCHORAGE SYSTEM is the system of
elements anchoring the wall to the diaphragm and those
SPACE FRAME is a three-dimensional structural system, elements within the diaphragm required to develop the
\Vithout bearing ,valls, con1posed of 1ne1nbers anchorage forces, including sub-diaphragms and
interconnected so as to function as a co1nplete self- continuous ties, as specified in Sections 208.7.2.7 and
contained unit with or without the aid of horizontal 208.7.2.8.
diaphrag1ns or floor-bracing systen1s.
WALL, BEARING is any wall meeting either of the
SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAME following classifications:
(SCBF) is a steel-braced frame designed in conformance
with the provisions of Section 526. I. Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than
1.45 kN/m of vertical load in addition to its own
SPECIAL MOMENT-RESISTING FRAME (SMRF) weight.
is a moment-resisting frame specially detailed to provide
ductile behavior and comply \Vith the requiren1ents given 2. Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than
in Chapter 4 or 5. 2.90 kN/m of vertical load in addition to its own
weight.
SPECIAL TRUSS-MOMENT FRAME (STMF) is a
moment-resisting frame specially detailed to provide WALL, EXTERIOR is any wall or element of a wall, or
ductile behavior and con1ply \Vith the provisions of Section any member or group of members, that defines the exterior
525. boundaries or courts of a building and that has a slope of
60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane.
STOREY is the space between levels. Storey x is the
storey below level x. WALL, NONBEARING is any wall that is not a bearing
wall.
STOREY DRIFT RA TIO is the storey drift divided by
the storey height. WALL, PARAPET is that part of any wall entirely above
the roof line.
STOREY SHEAR, V x, is the summation of design lateral
forces above the storey under consideration. WALL, RETAINING is a wall designed to resist the
lateral displace1nent of soil or other materials.
STRENGTH is the capacity of an element or a member to
resist factored load as specified in Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and WEAK STOREY is one in which the storey strength is
7. less than 80 percent of the storey above. See Table 208-9.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-10 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads

WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGIONS are areas within

typhoon prone regions located at:

!. Within 1.6 km of the coastal mean high water line 203.1 General
\vhere the basic ,vind speed is equal to or greater than
200 kph, or Buildings, to,vers and other vertical structures and all
portions thereof shall be designed to resist the load
2. In areas \Vhere the basic wind speed is equal to or combinations specified in Section 203.3, 203.4 and 203.5.
greater than 250 kph.
The 1nost critical effect can occur \vhen one or 1nore of the
WOOD OF NATURAL RESISTANCE TO DECAY contributing loads are not acting. All applicable loads shall
OR TERMITES is the heartwood of the species set forth be considered, including both earthquake and wind, in
below. Corner sapwood is permitted on 5 percent of the accordance \Vith the specified load con1binations.
pieces provided 90 percent or more of the width of each
side on \Vhich it occurs is heart,vood. Recognized species 203.2 Symbols and Notations
are:
dead load
• Decay resistant: Narra, Ka1nagong, Dao, Tangile. earthquake load set forth in Section 208.6.1
estin1ated 1naxi1nu1n earthquake force that
• Termite resistant: Narra, Ka1nagong. can be developed in the structure as set forth
in Section 208.6.1
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL is a structural panel F load due to fluids with well-defined
product composed primarily of wood and meeting the UBC pressures and 1naxin1u1n heights
Standard 23-2 and 23-3 or equivalent requirements of H load due to lateral pressure of soil and water
Philippine National Standards (PNS). Wood structural in soil
panels include all-veneer plywood, composite panels L live load, except rooflive load, including
containing a cotnbination of veneer and wood-based any permitted live load reduction
n1aterial, and 1nat-fonned panel such as oriented stranded L,. roof live load, including any pennitted live
board and wafer board. load reduction
p ponding load
WYTHE is the portion of a wall which is one masonry unit R rain load on the undeflected roof
in thickness. A collar joint is not considered a wythe. T self-straining force and effects arising fron1
contraction or expansion resulting from
te1nperature change, shrinkage, 1noisture
change, creep in con1ponent materials,
movement due to differential settlement, or
co1nbinations thereof
w load due to wind pressure

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - M1n1mum Design Loads 2-11

Load Combinations using Strength Design or No increase in allo\vable stresses shall be used \Vith these
Load and Resistance Factor Design load combinations except as specifically permitted by
Section 203.4.2.
Basic Load Con1binations
203.4.2 Alternate Basic Load Combinations
ere strength design or load and resistance factor design
ised, structures and all portions thereof shall resist the In lieu of the basic load co1nbinations specified in Section
st critical effects from the following combinations of 203.4.1, structures and portions thereof shall be pennitted
ctored loads: to be designed for the most critical effects resulting from
the following load combinations. When using these
alternate basic load co1nbinations, a one-third increase
(203-1)
shall be permitted in allowable stresses for all
1. Z(D + F + T) + 1. 6(L + H) con1binations, including W or E.
(203-2)
+ 0. S(Lr or R) D + H + F + 0. 75 [L + Lr (o. 6W or~)· (203-13)
1.4.
1.2D + 1. 6(Lr or R) + (f 1L or 0. SW) (203-3)
0.6D + 0.6W + H (203-14)
1.2D + 1.0W + f1L + 0.5(Lr or R) (203-4) E
0.6D+-+H (203-15)
1.4
1.2D + 1.0E + f1L (203-5)
D + L + (Lr or R) (203-16)
O. 9D + 1. OW+ 1. 6H (203-6)
D+L+0.6W (203-17)

O. 9D + 1. OE+ 1. 6H (203-7) E
D+L+- (203-18)
1.4

1.0 for floors in places of public assembly, ExceJJtion:

for live loads in excess of 4.8 kPa, and for
garage live load, or Crane hook loads neet.i not be co111binecl 1vith roo_f live !oat1
0.5 for other live loads or 1vith nzore than one-half of the lvind load

Other Loads 203.4.3 Other Loads

:Where P is to be considered in design, the applicable load Where Pis to be considered in design, each applicable load
shall be added to Section 203.3. l factored as 1. 2P. shall be added to the combinations specified in Sections
203.4. l and 203.4.2.
Load Combinations Using Allowable Stress or
1Allowable Strength Design 203.5 Special Seismic Load Combinations

Basic Load Combinations For both allowable stress design and strength design for
concrete, and Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD)
Where allowable stress or allowable strength design is and Allowable Strength Design (ASD) for steel, the
1sed, structures and all portions thereof shall resist the most following special load combinations for seismic design
· _britical effects resulting from the follo\ving co1nbinations shall be used as specifically required by Section 208, or by
of loads: Chapters 3 through 7.
D+F (203-8) 1.2D + f1L + 1.0Em (203-19)

D+H+F+L+T (203-9) 0. 9D ± 1.0Em (203-20)

D + H + F + (Lr or R) (203-10)
D + H + F + 0. 75[L + T(Lr or R)] (203-11)

D+H+F+(0.6Wor~) (203-12)
1.4

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-12 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

\Vhere

!1 1.0 for floors in places of public assembly,

for live loads in excess of 4.8 kPa, and for
204.1 General
garage live load, or
0.5 for other live loads
Dead loads consist of the weight of all materials o
the n1axin1u1n effect of horizontal and
construction incorporated into the building or othe
vertical forces as set forth in Section 208.6.1
structure, including but not lin1ited to walls, floors, roofs
ceilings, stainvays, built-in partitions, finishes, claddin
and other similarly incorporated architectural an
structural ite1ns, and fixed service equipment, including th
weight of cranes.

204.2 Weights of Materials and Constructions

The actual weights of materials and constructions shall b

used in determining dead loads for purposes of design. lri
the absence of definite information, it shall be permitted to
use the minimum values in Tables 204-1 and 204-2.

204.3 Partition Loads

Floors in office buildings and other buildings whe

partition locations are subject to change shall be designe
to support, in addition to all other loads, a unifonnl.
distributed dead load equal to 1.0 kPa.

Exception:

Access floor systenzs shall be designed to su11port,

addition to all other loads, a uniform(v distributed de
load not less than 0.5 kPa.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 -Minimum Design Loads 2-13

Table 204-1 Minimum Densities for Design Loads from Materials (kN/Jn 3)
Density Material Density

':Aluminum 26.7 Lilne

'Bituminous products Hydrated, loose 5.0
Aspha!tun1 !2.7 Hydrated, con1pactcd ........................................................ 7.1

~;:~w~c .: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :. !:~
Pctrokun1, cnide ................................................................ 8.6
2
Masonry. Ashlar Stone
Granite .......................
Li1ncstone, crystalline
25.9
25.9
Petrolcuin, refined .............................................................. 7.9 Limestone, oolitic ............................................................. 21.2
Petroleum, benzine 7.2 Marble ..................................................... 27 .2
Petroleum, gasoline ......................................... 6.6 Sandstone ........................................ 22.6
Pitch ................................................................................... I0.8 Masonry, Brick
11.8 Hard, low absorption ........................................................ 20.4
Brass ,.......................................................................................... 82.6 Medium, medium absorption .......................... 18.1
Bronze ............ . 86.7 Soft, high absorption ......................................................... 15.7
Cast-stone masonry (cement. stone, sand) 22.6 Masonry, Concrete (solid portion)
Cement, portland. loose ............................................................. . 14.1 Lightweight units .. 16.5
Ceramic tile 23.6 Mediu111 weight units ............... 19.6
1.9 Normal weight units ..................................... 21.2
Cinder fill ............. . 9.0
Cinders. dry. in bulk 7.1 Masonry grout ............................................................................ 22.0

Coal Masonry, Rubble Stone

Anthracite, piled 8.2 Granite ............................................................................... 24.0
Ilituminous, piled 7.4 Limestone, crystalline ....................................................... 23.1
Lignite, piled .................. . 7.4 Liinestone, oolitic ............................................................. 21.7
Pent, dry, piled 3.6 Marble ............................................................................... 24.5
Sandstone ..................................... 21.5
.c,,nc.·e1c. plain Mortar, cement or lime ................ 20.4
Cinder ..... J 7.0
Expanded-slag aggregate .................................................. 15.7 Particle board .......................................... 7 .1
Haydite. burned-clay aggregate ........................................ 14.1 Plywood ................................................................................ 5.7
Slug .................................................................................... 20.7 Riprap. not submerged
Stone .................................................................................. 22.6 Litncstone 13.0
Vermiculite and perlite aggregate, nonload-bearing ..... 3.9-7.9 Sandstone .............................. 14.1
Other light aggregate, load bearing ... 11.0- ! 6.5 Sand
Com:rete, reinforced Clean and dry 14.1
Cinder ............................................. 17.4 River, dry 16.7
Slag .................................................................................... 21.7 Slag
Stone. including gravel ..................................................... 23.6 Bank .................................................................................. 11.0
Copper ........................................................................................ 87 .3 Bank screenings ................................................................ 17.0
Cork, compressed ....................................................................... 2.2 Much inc .................... I 5.1
Earth, not submerged Sand ................................................................................... 8.2
Clay, dry ............................................................................ 9.9 Slate ............................................................................................ 27.0
Clay, damp ........................................................................ 17.3 Steel, cold-drawn .......................................... 77.3
Clay and grave!, dry .......................................................... 15.7 Stone, quarried, piled
Silt, moist, loose ................................................................ 12.3
Basalt, granite, gneiss ....................................................... 15. J
Silt, moist, packed ............................................................. 15. !
Li1ucstone, marble, quartz ................................................ 14.9
Silt, flowing 17.0
Sandstone .......................................................................... 12.9
Sand and gravel, dry, loose ................................................ 15.7
Shale .................................................................................. 14.5
Sund and gravel, dry, packed ............................................... 17.3
Grecnstonc, hornblende 16.8
Sand and gravel, wet.................. 18.9
Terracotta, architectural
Earth, submerged
Voids filled ..... 18.9
Clny .............. 12.6
Voids unfilled ............... , ................................... 11.3
Soil ...................... 11.0
River mud .......................................................................... 14.l Tin 72.1
Sand or gravel .................................................................. 9.4 \Yater
Sand or gravel and clay ..................................................... I 0.2 Fresh .................................................................................. 9.8
Glass ........................................................................................... 25.1 Sea ..................................................................................... 10.l
Gravel, dry .................................................................................. J6.3 Wood (sec Chapter 6 for relative densities for Philippine wood)
Gypsum, loose ............................................................................ 11.0
Zinc, rolled sheet ........................................................................ 70.5
Gypsum. wallboard ..................................... 7. 9
~ ~
Iron
Cast ................. . 70.7
\Vrougbt .......... . 75.4
Lead I I 1.5

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-·14 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 204-2 Minimum Design Dead Loads (kPa)

Co1nponent Load Component Load Component Load

CEILINGS FLOOR FILL FRAME WALLS
Acoustical fiber board ............ 0.05 Cinder concrete, per 111111 .......... 0.017 Exterior stud \Valls:
Gypsu111 board (per 111111 Light\veight concrete, per 1n1n .. 0.015 50x l 00 @ 4001nn1, 15 1nn1
thickness) .......................... 0.008 Sand, per nnn ............................ 0.015 gypsu1n, insulated, 10 111111
Mechanical duct allowance ...... 0.20 Stone concrete, per 1nn1 ............ 0.023 siding ................................ 0.53
Plaster on tile or concrete ....... 0.24 FLOOR AND FLOOR FINISHES 50x 150 @ 400mm, 15 mm
Plaster on ,vood lath ............... 0.38 gypsum, insulated, 10 1n1n
Asphalt block (50 mm), 13 mm siding .............................. 0.57
Suspended steel channel
syste1n ................................. 0.10 mortar ..................................... 1.44 Exterior stud \Vall \Vith brick
Cement finish (25 n11n) on stone- veneer ................................ 2.30
Suspended 111etal lath and cement
concrete fill ............................. 1.53 Windo\VS, glass, fra1ne and
plaster ................................. 0.72
Cerai11ic or quarry tile (20 1nn1) sash .................................... 0.38
Suspended 1netal lath and
on 13 1nn11nortar bed ............. 0.77 Clay brick \Vythes:
gypsu1n plaster .................... 0.48
Ceramic or quarry tile (20 1nm) I 00 111111 1.87
Wood furring suspension
on 25 1nn11no1tar bed ............. 1.10 200 111111 3.74
systen1 ................................. 0.12
Concrete fill finish (per 111m 300 111111 5.5 l
COVERINGS, Roof and Wall thickness) .............................. 0.023
400 mm 7.48
Asphalt shingles ......................... 0.10 Hard\vood flooring, 22 1nm ........ 0.19
Ce1nent tile ................................. 0.77 Linoleun1 or asphalt tile, 6111111 .... 0.05 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
Clay tile (for mortar add 0.48 kPa) Marble and mortar on stone- tlollo\v Concrete Masonry Units
Book tile, 50 1n1n .................... 0.57 concrete fill ............................. 1.58 Unplastered. Add 0.24 kPa for
Book tile. 75 mm .................... 0.96 Slate (per 1nn1 thickness) .......... 0.028 each face olastered
LudO\Vici ................................. 0.48 Solid flat tile on 25-111111 1nortar Grout I Wvthe thickness (111m)
Ro1nan ..................................... 0.57 base ......................................... 1.10 Spacing ; l 00 1 150 1 200
Spanish ................................... 0.91 Subtlooring, 19 inm .................... 0.14 l6.5-kN!tn3 Density of Unit·-·----!
Co1nposition: Terrazzo (38 111111) directly on No erout I 1.05 !---1J1.....U41l_
Three-ply ready roofing .......... 0.05 slab ......................................... 0.91 800 I l.40 !_J_Jl___j_2.0I_
Four-ply felt and gravel .......... 0.26 Terrazzos (25 111111) on stone- 600 I 1.50 :_ I.63 1 2.20
Five-ply felt and gravel. .......... 0.29 concrete fill ............................. 1.53 400 I l.79 : 1.92 i 2.54
Copper or tin ............................... 0.05
Corrugated asbestos-ce1nent
Terrazzo (25 mm) on 50-111111 stone
concrete .................................. 1.53
Full I 2.50 !~-!359
I 9.6-kN/m3 Density of Unit
roofing .................................... 0.19 Wood block (75 1n1n) on 111astic,
No grout ' 1.24 I l.34 ! l.72
Deck, metal 20 gage ................... 0.12 110 fill ...................................... 0.48
Deck, metal, 18 gage .................. 0.14 Wood block (75 mm) on 13-mm
800 ! 1.59 !l.721225
Fiberboard, l 31n1n ...................... 0.04 111ortar base ............................. 0. 77 600 1.69 1.81 L~±L_
400 1.98 ! 2.11 l 2.82
Gypsum sheathing, 13 1nm ......... 0.10 FRAME PARTITIONS
Insulation, roof boards (per 1nn1 Full i 2.69 !
2.82 -J 3.88
Movable partitions ........................ 0.24 2 l.2-kN/m 3 Density of Unit
thickness)
Cellular glass .................. 0.0013
Movable partitions (steel) ............. 0.19 No erout I 1.39 ! l.44 ' I ~
Fibrous glass ................... 0.0021
Fiberboard ....................... 0.0028
Wood or steel studs, 13 min gypsu1n
board each side ......................... 0.38
800
600 I 1.83 '
!I l.74 I 1.82 ! 2.39
1.96
' 2.59
Perlite .............................. 0.0015
Wood studs, 50 x 100, unplastered ..... i 2.13 ' 2.2 .;'' 2.92
0.19 ~---'-C.CC~~~~-----=~-,
Polystyrene foam ............ 0.0004 Full I 2.84 I 2.97 I 3.97
Wood studs 50 x 100, plastered one
Urethane foam \Vith skin ... 0.0009
side ............................................. 0.57
Plywood (per mm thickness) 0.0060
Wood studs 50 x l 00, plastered t\vo
Rigid insulation, 13 1n1n .......... 0.04
side ............................................. 0.96
Skylight, metal fran1e,
10111111 \Vire glass ................. 0.38
Slate, 5 mm ............................. 0.34
Slate, 6 mm ............................. 0.48
Waterproofing 1nembranes:
Bituminous, gravel-covered . 0.26
Bituminous, s1nooth surface .. 0.07
Liquid, applied ..................... 0.05
Single-ply, sheet .................. 0.03
Wood sheathing (per n1m
thickness) ............................ 0.0057
Wood shingles ............................ 0.14

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-15

205.3.3 Concentrated Loads

Floors shall be designed to support safely the uniformly

distributed live loads prescribed in this section or the
concentrated load given in Table 205-1 \Vhichever
ads shall be the maximum loads expected by the produces the greatest load effects. Unless otherwise
,,d use or occupancy but in no case shall be less than specified the indicated concentration shall be assumed to
required by this section. be uniformly distributed over an area 750-mm square and
shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects
Critical Distribution of Live Loads in the structural member.

"' structural 1ne1nbers are arranged to create Provision shall be 1nade in areas \vhere vehicles are used or
fouity. members shall be designed using the loading stored for concentrated loads, L, consisting of two or 1nore
itions, ,vhich \vould cause 1naxin1u1n shear and loads spaced l.5n1 no1ninally on center \Vithout unifonn
ing n101nents. This requirement 1nay be satisfied in live loads. Each load shall be 40 percent of the gross weight
rdance with the provisions of Section 205.3.2 or of the 1naxi1nu1n size vehicle to be acco1n1nodated. Parking
,4.2, where applicable. garages for the storage of private or pleasure-type motor
vehicles \Vith no repair or refueling shall have a floor
Floor Live Loads system designed for a concentrated load of not less than
9 kN acting on an area of0.015 1112 \Vithout uniform live
General loads. The condition of concentrated or uniforn1 live load,
combined in accordance with Section 203.3 or 203.4 as
rs shall be designed for the unit live loads as set forth appropriate, producing the greatest stresses shall govern.
Table 205-l. These loads shall be taken as the minimum
\t.e loads of horizontal projection to be used in the design 205.3.4 Special Loads
· buildings for the occupancies listed, and loads at least
al shall be assun1ed for uses not listed in this section but Provision shall be made for the special vertical and lateral
creates or accom1nodates si1nilar loadings. loads as set forth in Table 205-2.

here it can be detennined in designing floors that the

cftual live load ,vill be greater than the value sho,vn in
.able 205-1, the actual live load shall be used in the design
{such buildings or portions thereof. Special provisions
hall be made for machine and apparatus loads.

Distribution of Uniform Floor Loads

c.V,rherc unifonn floor loads are involved, consideration may

limited to full dead load on all spans in combination with
live load on adjacent spans and alternate spans.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-16 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads

Table 205-1 Mini1nu1n Unifonn and Concentrated Live Loads

Use or Occupancy Uniform Load 1 Concentrated Load
Category Description kPa kN
Office use 2.4 9.0 2
I. Access floor syste1ns
Computer use 4.8 9.0 2

2. Annories -- 7.2 0

Fixed seats 2.9 0

3. Theaters.
assembly Movable seats 4.8 0
areas 3 and Lobbies and platforms 4.8 0
auditoriun1s
Stage areas 7.2 0
4. Bowling alleys, poolrooms
and sin1ilar recreational -- 3.6 0
areas
5. Cat\valk for n1aintenance
access
-- 1.9 1.3

6. Cornices and 111arquees -- 3.6 4 0

7. Dining roon1s and restaurants -- 4.8 0

8. Exit facilities 5 -- 4.8 O'

General storage and/or repair 4.8 -- 7

9. Parking Garages and Ramps Public parking and ramps 4.8 -- 7

Private (residential) or pleasure-
tvoe motor vehicle storaue
2.4 -- 7
Wards and roon1s 1.9 4.5 2

I 0. Hospitals Laboratories and operating roon1s 2.9 4.5 2

Corridors above ground floor 3.8 4.5

Reading roo1ns 2.9 4.5 2

11. Libraries Stack rooms 7.2 4.5 2

Corridors above ground floor 3.8 4.5

Light 6.0 9.0 2

12. Manufacturing Heavy 12.0 13.4 2

Building corridors above ground
3.8 9.0
floor

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-17

Table 205-1 Minimum Uniform and Concentrated Live Loads (continued)

Use or Occupancy 1
Uniform Load Concentrated Load
Category Description kPa kN
Call centers and business processing
offices 2.9 9.0

13. Office Lobbies and ground floor corridors 4.8 9.0

Other offices 2.4 9.0 2

Press roon1s 7.2 11.0 2

14. Printing plants
Composing and linotype roon1s 4.8 9.0 2
Basic floor area 1.9 O'
Exterior balconies 2.9 1
0
15. Residential 8
Decks 1.9' 0
Storage 1.9 0
9
Restroo1ns
Revie\ving stands,
grandstands, bleachers, and 4.8 0
folding and telesco in seatino
Roof decks Same as area served or occupancy

Classroorns I. 9 4.5 2
19. Schools Corridors above ground floor 3.8 4.5
Ground floor corridors 4.8 4.5
20. Side\valks and drive\vays Public access 12.0

Light 6.0
21. Storage
Heavy 12.0

Retail 4.8 4.5 2

22. Stores
Wholesale 6.0 13.4 2
23. Pedestrian bridges and
\Valk\vays 4.8

Notes for Table 205~1

I
See Section 205.5 for live load reductions. 6
Individual stair treads shall be designed to supporl a 1.3 1V
concentraled load placed in a position !hat would cause
See Sec/ion 205.3.3, firs/ paragraph, for area of load
maximum stress. Stair stringers 111ay be designed for the
application.
uniform load set forth in the table.
I
AssembZr areas include such occupancies as dance halls, drill
See Section 205.3.3, second paragraph, for concentrated
rooms, gymnasiums, playgro1111ds, plazas, /erraces and silni!ar
load~. See Table 205~2for vehicle barriers.
occupancies 1/za/ are generally accessible to the public.
1 s Residenlial occupancies include private dll'ellings, aparlments
For special~p111pose roofs, see Section 205.4.4.
and hotel guest rooms.
1
Exit facilities shall include such uses as corridors serving an 9
Restroom loads shall 1101 be less than the load for the
occupant load of JO or 111ore persons, exterior exit balconies,
occupancy with which !hey are associated, bu/ need 1101 exceed
slainrays,jire escapes and similar uses.
2.4 kPa.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-18 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 205-2 Special Loads'

Use or Occunancy Vertical Load Lateral Load
Category Description kPa kPa
L Construction, public access at site (live Walkway 7.2 -
load) Canopy 7.2 -
2. Grandstands, revie\ving stands,
bleachers, and folding and telescoping Seats and footboards 1.75 2 See 1Vote 3
seatine (live load)
Catwalks 1.9 -
3. Stage accessories (live load) Follow spot, projection
and control roo1ns
2.4 -
Over stages 1.0 -
4. Ceiling framing (live load) All uses except over
stat!es
0.5 4 -
5. Partitions and interior walls, - - 0.25
6. Elevators and dumbwaiters (dead and
- 2*total load -
live loads)
Total load including
7. Cranes (dead and live loads) l.25*total load 5 0.1 O*total load 6
i1noact increase
Exit facilities serving an
7
occupant load greater - 0.75 kN/m
8. Balcony railings and guardrails than 50 nersons
Other than exit facilities - 0.30 kN/m 7

Con1ponents - 1.2 8
9. Vehicle barriers - - 27 kN 9
10. Handrails - See Note IO See Note JO
11
11. Storage racks Over 2.4 m high Total loads See Table 208-13
1.1 kN plus weight of
12. Fire sprinkler structural support - See Table 208-13
water-filled pipe 12
Notes for Table 205-2

The 1ab11/alcd load1· are minimum loads Where other ,·crtical load~ 1-c1111ircd by the design would cause greater stresses, th('.\' shall be used. Loadt are in kPa unless
otherwi.1·e indicated in the table.

Units is kN!m.

Lareral S\\Y{\" braeing loads of 350 Nim parallel and 145 Nim pe11Jl'11d1c11lar to seal andfo()tboards.

Does not appZv to ceilings that hart' sufjicient acces.1·/rom below, .\11ch that acces.\ is not required 1rithi11 the space abave the ceilmg. Does not appZI' fO ceiltngs if the a/fie
areas above the ceiling are not prm•idcdwilh access. Thi.\ ffre load need 1101 be considered as acting sim11ltaneo11sly with other fl\',, load1- imposed upon the ceili11gfra111i11g
or /1.1· supporting str11c/11r1.,.

771e impactfi1clors included are/or cn111c.1· 1dth sled wheds ruling 011 stcd rails. They may be modijh>d ifs11bsta11lfoti11g tec/1111n1l data acccplable to the building official
is s11b111i1ted. Lire loud\ on crane supporl girders muf lheir co1111ectio11s shall be taken as the mnrimum crane 1rhcd loads. For pendant-opermcd trarding crane support
girders and their co1111eclio11s, the impact ji1ctors shall be l. l 0.

This applic, in the direction paraf!d to the r/1111\'l{l' rwl$ (/011git11d111u/), Thcfiit'lorfor forces perpendictt!ar to the rm{ is 0.20 * tlw INI/ISl'Ctsc trarc/i11g loads (lrollc:v, cab,
hooks and lifted loa,h}. Forces shall b,• applied at top of rail and may be dis1rib11tcd among rails ofm1dt1p!e rail cranes am/ shafl be dislnlm!edwith due regard/or la1ero/
stiffness of Ille strucn1res supporting lhese /'ails.

A load per li11a1/ me/er (kN!m} 10 be applied hori::omally at right angles to tlw top rail.

]11/ermediate rails, pa11dfi!!crs and tlwir connectiOII.\ shall be capable of 11·i1f1s1c111ding a load of 1.2 kPa applied hori=o111all.1· al right angles over the ell/ire fributary area,
including openings and spaces betl\"ee11 rails. Reactions due to !his loading need not be combinedwi/111/10.H' of Nole 7.

A hori::011/al /oad applied al right angles fO the vc/1ic/e barrier at a height of ./50 mm above the parking .rn1face. The force may be dislribured o~·era J00-111111 square.
11
' Thl' mounting of handrail.s shall be such that the completed handrail and s11pporli11g slrucflwe arc capable of ,nthstanding a load of at leas/ 890 N appfil'd in any directio11
al any poilll 011 !he rail. These loads shall not be assumed lo act cw1111/alive~r ll'ith Nole 9.
11
Vertical 11wmbl'rs ofsloragc racks shall be prolectcdfrom impact forces of operating l'(jllipmenl, or racks shall be designed so tha1fi1il11re of one ,·erlical membcr wil! 1101
can~e collapse of more than the bqvor bc{\'S direclly supported by /hat member.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-'l 9

/J The J.J-kN load is robe applied lo any singlejire sprinklC'r supporl point but 1101 simu//a11eo11s~1' to all s11pportjoi111s.

205.4 Roof Live Loads 205.4.4 Special Roof Loads

205.4.1 General Roofs to be used for special purposes shall be designed for
appropriate loads as approved by the building official.
Roofs shall be designed for the unit live loads, L,., set forth Greenhouse roof bars, purl ins and rafters shall be designed
in Table 205-3, The live loads shall be assumed to act to cany a 0.45 kN concentrated load, Lr, in addition to the
vertically upon the area projected on a horizontal plane. unifonn live load

205.4.2 Distribution of Loads 205.5 Reduction of Live Loads

Where uniform roof loads are involved in the design of The design live load determined using the unit live loads as
structural 111e1nbers arranged to create continuity, set forth in Table 205-1 for floors and Table 205-3, Method
consideration may be limited to full dead loads on all spans 2, for roofs 1nay be reduced on any 1ne1nber supporting
in combination with full roof live loads on adjacent spans 1nore than l 5 1n2 , including flat slabs, except for floors in
and on alternate spans. places of public assembly and for live loads greater than
4.8 kPa, in accordance with the following equation:
:Exception:
R = r(A - 15) (205-1)
fj,_t/ternate span /oacling need not be consideret.i ivhere the
'.ll11iforn1 ro<~f live load is 1. 0 kPa or n1ore.
The reduction shall not exceed 40 percent for members
For those conditions where light-gage metal preformed receiving load from one level only, 60 percent for other
structural sheets serve as the support and finish of roofs, members or R, as determined by the following equation:
roof structural 1ne1nbers arranged to create continuity shall
be considered adequate if designed for full dead loads on
all spans in con1bination ,vith the inost critical one of the R = 23.1(1 + D/L) (205-2)
following superimposed loads:
where
1. The uniform roof live load, L,, set forth in Table 205-
3 on all spans. A = area of floor or roof supported by the member, m2
D = dead load per square meter of area supported by the
2. A concentrated gravity load, L,., of9 kN placed on any member, kPa
span supporting a tributary area greater than l 8 in2 to L = unit live load per square meter of area supported by
create 1naxin1un1 stresses in the men1ber, \Vhenever the member, kPa
this loading creates greater stresses than those caused R = reduction in percentage,
by the uniform live load. The concentrated load shall r = rate of reduction equal to 0.08 for floors. See Table
be placed on the member over a length of0.75 m along 205-3 for roofs
the span. The concentrated load need not be applied to
1nore than one span sitnultaneously. For storage loads exceeding 4.8 kPa, no reduction shall be
made, except that design live loads on colun1ns 1nay be
3. Water accumulation as prescribed in Section 206.7. reduced 20 percent.

205.4.3 Unbalanced Loading The live load reduction shall not exceed 40 percent in
garages for the storage of private pleasure cars having a
Unbalanced loads shall be used where such loading will capacity of not tnore than nine passengers per vehicle.
result in larger n1embers or connections. Trusses and
arches shall be designed to resist the stresses caused by unit
live loads on one-halfofthe span if such loading results in
reverse stresses, or stresses greater in any portion than the
stresses produced by the required unit live load on the
entire span. For roofs \Vhose structures are co1nposed of a
stressed shell, framed or solid, wherein stresses caused by
any point loading are distributed throughout the area of the
shell, the requirements for unbalanced unit live load design
may be reduced 50 percent.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-20 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

205.6 Alternate Floor Live Load Reduction L0 = unreduced design live load per square meter of area
supported by the member (Table 205-1)
As an alternate to Equation 205-1, the unit live loads set
forth in Table 205- l may be reduced in accordance with The influence area A1 is four times the tributary area for
Equation 205-3 on any n1ember, including flat slabs, a colu1nn, t\VO tin1es the tributary area for a bean1, equal to
having an influence area of 40 1n2 or 111ore. the panel area for a two-way slab, and equal to the product
of the span and the full flange \Vidth for a precast T-bea1n.

L = Lo [o.zs + 4.57 (~)] (205-3) The reduced live load shall not be less than 50 percent of
the unit live load L0 for 1ne1nbers receiving load fro1n one
level only, nor less than 40 percent of the unit live load L 0
\Vhere
for other 1ne1nbers.
A1 = influence area, 111 2
L = reduced design live load per square 1neter of area
supported by the member

Table 205-3 Minimum Roof Live Loads I

Method I Method 2
Tributm Area (m2 ) Maxi1nu1n
ROOF SLOPE O to 20 20 to 60 Over 60 Unifonn Rate of Reduction
Load 2 Reduction, R
Uniform Load (kPa) (kPa) r (percentage
)
3
l. Flat or rise less than l-unit vertical in
3-unit horizontal (33.3% slope). Arch 1.00 0.75 0.60 l.00 0.08 40
and do1ne \Vith rise less than 1/8 of span.
2. Rise !-unit vertical to less than 3-unit
vertical in 3-unit horizontal (33.3% to
less than I 00% slope). Arch and dome 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.75 0.06 25
with rise l/8 of span to less than 3/8 of
span.
3. Rise I-unit vertical in ! -unit horizontal
( I 00% slope) and greater. Arch or 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60
dome with rise 3/8 of span or greater.

4 No reductioJ1 JJer1nitted
4. Awnings except cloth covered. 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

5. Greenhouses, lath houses and

5 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
agricultural buildings.
I
For special-pwpose roofs, see Section 205.4.4.
1
See Sections 205.5 and 205.6 for live-load reductions. The rate of reduction r in Equation 205-1 shall be as indicated
in the table. The ,naxilnzan reduction, R, shall not exceed the value indicated in the table.
3
A flat roof is any roof with a slope less than I-unit vertical in 48-zmit horizontal (2% slope). The live loadjorjlat ,·oafs
is in addition to the ponding load required by Section 206. 7.
1
• See de.finition in Section 202.
5
See Section 205.4.4 for concentrated load requiren1ents .for greenhouse roof 111en1bers.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-21

206.4 Anchorage of Concrete and Masonry Walls

Concrete and 1nasonry walls shall be anchored as required

General by Section 104.3.3. Such anchorage shall be capable of
resisting the load combinations of Section 203.3 or 203.4
In addition to the other design loads specified in this using the greater of the wind or earthquake loads required
chapter. structures shall be designed to resist the loads by this chapter or a 1ninimun1 horizontal force of 4 kNhn
specified in this section and the special loads set forth in of wall, substituted for E.
Table 205-2. See Section 207 for design wind loads and
Section 208 for design earthquake loads. 206.5 Interior Wall Loads

206.2 Other Loads Interior \Valls, pennanent partitions and te1nporary

partitions that exceed 1.8 m in height shall be designed to
Buildings and other structures and portions thereof shall be resist all loads to which they are subjected but not less than
designed to resist all loads due to applicable fluid a load, l, of 0.25 kPa applied perpendicular to the walls.
pressures, F, lateral soil pressures, H, ponding loads, P, The 0.25 kPa load need not be applied simultaneously with
and self-straining forces, T. See Section 206.7 for ponding \Vind or seisn1ic loads. The deflection of such \Valls under
loads for roofs. a load of 0.25 kPa shall not exceed 1/240 of the span for
walls with brittle finishes and 1/120 of the span for walls
Impact Loads with flexible finishes. See Table 208-13 for earthquake
design require1nents where such require1nents are 1nore
The live loads specified in Sections 205.3 shall be assumed restrictive.
to include allo,vance for ordinary impact conditions.
Provisions shall be 1nade in the structural design for uses Exception:
and loads that involve unusual vibration and i1npact forces.
See Section 206.9.3 for impact loads for cranes, and Flexible,.folding or JJortable partitions are not required to
Section 206.10 for heliport and helistop landing areas. nzeet the !oaci and deflection criteria but 1nust be anchored
to the sup11orting structure to 1neet the provisions of this
206.3.l Elevators coc/e.

All elevator loads shall be increased by I 00% for impact. 206.6 Retaining Walls

206.3.2 Machinery Retaining walls shall be designed to resist loads due to the
lateral pressure of retained material in accordance \Vith
For the purpose of design, the ,veight of 1nachinery and accepted engineering practice. Walls retaining drained soil,
moving loads shall be increased as follows to allow for where the surface of the retained soil is level, shall be
hnpact: designed for a load, H, equivalent to that exe1ied by a fluid
weighing not less than 4.7 kPa per meter of depth and
I. Elevator n1achinery 100% having a depth equal to that of the retained soil. Any
surcharge shall be in addition to the equivalent fluid
2. Light 111achinery, shaft- or n1otor-driven 20% pressure.

3. Reciprocating n1achinery or power-driven units 50o/o Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at
least 1.5 times the lateral force and overturning by at least
4. Hangers for floors and balconies 33% 1.5 titnes the overturning moment, using allo\vable stress
design loads.
All percentages shall be increased where specified by the
1nanufacturer. 206.7 Water Accumulation

All roofs shall be designed with sufficient slope or camber

to ensure adequate drainage after the long-term deflection
from dead load or shall be designed to resist ponding load,
P, combined in accordance with Section 203.3 or 203.4.
Ponding load shall include water accumulation from any
source due to deflection.
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-22 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

206.8 Uplift on Floors and Foundations 206.9.4 Lateral Force

In the design ofbasen1ent floors and si1nilar approxi1nately The lateral force on crane run\vay bea1ns with electrically
horizontal ele111ents belo\v grade, the up\vard pressure of powered trolleys shall be calculated as 20% of the sum of
water, where applicable, shall be taken as the full the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist
hydrostatic pressure applied over the entire area. The and trolley. The lateral force shall be assumed to act
hydrostatic load shall be measured from the underside of horizontally at the traction surface of a run\vay beam, in
the construction. Any other upward loads shall be included either direction perpendicular to the beam, and shall be
in the design. distributed with due regard to the lateral stiffness of the,.
run\vay beatn and supporting structure.
Where expansive soils are present under foundations or
slabs-on-ground, the foundations, slabs, and other 206.9.5 Longitudinal Forces
con1ponents shall be designed to tolerate the 111ove1nent or
resist the up\vard loads caused by the expansive soils, or The longitudinal force on crane run\vay bea1ns, except for_
the expansive soil shall be ren1oved or stabilized around bridge cranes \Vith hand-geared bridges, shall be calculated
and beneath the structure. as I0% of the maxi1nun1 wheel loads of the crane. The-'
longitudinal force shall be assumed to act horizontally at
206.9 Crane Loads the traction surface of a run\vay beam, in either direction
parallel to the beam.
206.9.1 General
206.10 Heliport and Helistop Landing Areas
The crane load shall be the rated capacity of the crane.
Design loads for the run\vay bea1ns, including connections In addition to other design requiretnents of this chapter,c
and support brackets of1noving bridge cranes and 1nonorail heliport and helistop landing or touchdown areas shall be
cranes shall include the 111aximu111 \Vheel loads of the crane designed for the follo\ving loads, con1bined in accordance
and the vertical impact, lateral, and longitudinal forces with Section 203.3 or 203.4:
induced by the 111oving crane.
I. Dead load plus actual weight of the helicopter.
206.9.2 Maximum Wheel Load
2. Dead load plus a single concentrated impact load, L
The maximum wheel loads shall be the wheel loads covering 0.10 m2 of 0.75 times the fully loaded weigh
produced by the weight of the bridge, as applicable, plus of the helicopter if it is equipped with hydrnulic-tyJ
the sum of the rated capacity and the weight of the trolley shock absorbers, or 1.5 times the fully loaded weigh
with the trolley positioned on its runway where the of the helicopter if it is equipped with a rigid or skid
resulting load effect is 1naxi111un1. type landing gear.

206.9.3 Vertical Impact Force The dead load plus a uniform live load, L, of 4.8 kPa. Tl
required live load 1nay be reduced in accordance \Vi
The 111axin1u1n wheel loads of the crane shall be increased Section 205.5 or 205.6.
by the percentages shown belo\v to detennine the induced
ve11ical i1npact or vibration force:

I. Monorail cranes (powered) 25%

2. Cab-operated or remotely operated bridge

cranes (powered) 25%

3. Pendant-operated bridge cranes (powered) 10%

4. Bridge cranes or 111onorail cranes with

hand-geared ridge, trolley and hoist Oo/o

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-23

enclosed simple diaphragm buildings less than 18 m

in height.

Specifications • Section 207D discusses Other Structures anti Building

Appurtenances: A single section is detiicated to
I,i!dings and other vertical structures shall be designed deter111ining 1vind loads on non-building structures
id constructed to resist wind loads as specified and such as signs, rooftop structures, and tolvers.
presented in Sections 207A through 207F.
• Section 207E discusses about Co111ponents anti
Antenna to,vers and antenna supporting structures shall be Cladding. This code addresses the determination of
designed and constructed to resist wind loads as specified con1ponent anti cladding loads in a single section.
and presented in ANSI/TIA-222-G-2005, entitled as Ana(vtical and simplified methods are provided based
-,.'Structural Standards for Steel Antenna To1-vers and on the building height. Provisions for open buildings
Antenna Supporting Structures and ANSI/TIA-222-G- l- and building appurtenances are also addressed.
entitled as "Structural Standards for Steel Antenna
To1vers and .4ntenna Supporting Structures -Addendzan 1. • Section 207F discusses about Wind Tunnel Procedure.

General Requirements 207 A.I Procedures

207A.LI Scope

·1.t>e1,orr,wll ancl la_yout of the 1vind loacl provisions in this Buildings and other structures, including the Main Wind-
been significantly revisedJi-om NSCP 2001 and Force Resisting System (MWFRS) and all components and
20 l O editions. The goal was to improve the cladding (C&C) thereof, shall be designed and constructed
'i>~ga11izt1tio•n, clarity, and use of the wind load provisions to resist the ,vind loads detennined in accordance ,vith
'bv cr.,at,'ng incliviclual sub-sections organized according to Section 207A through 207F. The provisions of this section
major subject areas. The wind load define basic wind para1neters for use with other provisions
are noH' 11resented in Sections 207A through contained in this code.
as opposed to prior eclitions, Yi/here the provisions
contained in a single section. Co1111nenta1J'.'

,'lection 207r1 provhies the basic ivind cfesign The procedures specified in this code provide wind
para,neters that are applicable to the various. lVind pressures and fo1·ces for the design of MWFRS andfor the
loacl cletcr111ination ,nethodologies outlinecl in Sections design of components and cladding (C&C) of buildings
2078 through 207F. Items covered in Section 207A and other structures. The proceclures involve the
include definitions, basic lVind speed, exposure cfeter111ination of1,vind clirectionalit;1 anti veloci(v JH-C!ssu1·e,
categories, internal pressures, enclosure the selection or cfcter111ination ofan appropriate gust effect
classification, gust-effects, and topographic factors, factor, and the selection o._f appropriate pressure or .force
an-1ong others.•4 general description ofeach section is coqfficients. The procedure allows for the level of
provided belo1v: structural reliability required, the effects of d(ffi,ring wind
exposures, the ;,peed-up ejfects of certain topographic
• Section 207B discusses about Directional Procedure features such as hills and esca1pn1ents, and the size and
fi!r Enclosed, Partially Enclosed, and Open Buildings geo111ehy of the building or other structure under
ofAll Heights: The procedure is the former "buildings consideration. The procedure differentiates between rigid
11{ all heights method" in NSCP 2010 (.4SCE 7-05), and.flexible buildings and other structures, and the results
Method 2. A simplified procedure, based on the general{v envelop the 111ost critical load conditions jhr the
Directional Procecfure, is providedfor buildings up to design of MWFRS as well as C&C.
48m in height.
The pressure and force coefficients provided in Sections
• Section 207C discusses about Envelope Procedure for 2078, 207C, 207D, and 207E have been assembled.fi-om
Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Low-Rise Buildings: the latest boundmy-layer wind-tunnel andfit!l-scale tests
This procedure is the former "low-rise buildings ancl fro,n previouszy available literature. Because the
method" in NSCP 2010 (ASCE 7-05) Method 2. This bozaular;1-layer 1-vincf-tunnel results 1-vere obtained _for
section also incorporates NSCP 2010 (.4SCE 7-05) spec/fie types of building, such as low- or high-rise
Method I for MWFRS applicable to the MWFRS of buihfings and buildings having specific tvpes ofstructural

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-24 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

.fi-cuning syste,ns, the designer is cautioned against 207C, Part 2) and the Ana(vtical Procedure
incliscrin1inate interchange of values an1011g the _figures Components and Cladding (Section 207E).
and tables.
Lilnitations. The JJrovisions given under Sectioii--
207A.1.2 Permitted Procedures 207A.1.2 app(v to the majori(v of site locations and.
buildings and structures, but for son1e projects, these'.
The design ,vind loads for buildings and other structures, provisions ,nay be inadequate. Exan1JJles of sitC-
including the MWFRS and C&C elements thereof, shall be locations and buildings and structures (or JJortionii~
detennined using one of the procedures as specified in this thereof) that ,nay require other approved standarcls,;-,
mticle. An outline of the overall process for the special studies using applicable recognized literatur(/
detern1ination of the ,vind loads, including section pertaining to ,vind effects, or using the lvind tunnel
references, is provided in Figure 207 A. l- l. procedure ofSection 207F include:

I. Site locations that hai-·e channeling effects or 1vakeSi

Conune11ta1:v: fi·o,n up1vind obstructions. Channeling effects can;
be caused by topographic features (e.g., a 111ountaiti
The design wind loads for buildings and other gorge) or buildings (e.g., a neighboring tall
structures, including the MWFRS and C&C elements building or a cluster of tall buildings). Wakes can
thereof, shall be detern1ined using one ofthe proceifures be caused by hills or by buildings or
as specified in this article. An outline of the overall structures.
process for the deterrnination of the 1vind loads,
including section references, is provided in Figure 2. Buildings ,vith unusual or irregular geo,netri
207A.1-1. shape, including barrel vaults, and other building.1:
whose shape (in plan or vertical cross-section),
This version o_fthe 1vinli load standard provides several differs signijicantZv fi'om the shapes in Figures.
procedures (as illustrated in Table 207A.1-1) f,'0111 207B.4-1, 207B.4-2, 207B.4-7, 207C.4-1, an "
1vhich the (iesigner can choose. 207£.4-1 to 207£.4-7. Unusual or irregularl'
geornetric shapes include buildings ,vith ,nultiple_~;;
For MWFRS: setbacks, curved facalies, or irregular plans',
resulting fro111 significant indentations
1. Directional Procedure for Buildings of All Heights projections, openings through the building,
(Section 207B) 1nulti-to1ver buildings connected by bridges.

2. Envelope Procedure for Low-Rise Buildings 3. Buildings 1vith response characteristics that result
(Section 207C) in substantial vortex-induced and/or torsional
dyna,nic effects, or dyna111ic effects resulting .fi·o,n
3. Directional Procedure"for Building Appurtenances aero-elastic instabilities such as flutter
and Other Structures (Section 207D) galloping. Such dynamic effects are difficult
anticipate, being dependent on ,nany factors,
4. Wind Tunnel Procedure for All Buildings and Other should be considered '.vhen any one or ,nore
Strnctures (Section 207FJ following apply:

For Components and Cladding: i. The height of the building is over 120 m.
ii. The height of the building is greater than
1. Ana(vtical Procedure for Buildings and Building
ti111es its ,ninilnzan ~ffective '.Vhith Bmin•
Appurtenances (Section 207£)
defined below.
2. Wind Tunnel Procedure/or All Buildings and Other iii. The lowest natural fi'equency of the bu,i/dimr,\
Structures (Section 207F) =
is less than n 1 0.25 Hz.
iv. The reduced velocity
A "simplified method"for which the designer can select
1vind pressures directly fro,n a table 1vithout any v
--=-'-> 5
calculation, when the building meets all the
n1Bmin
require,nents for apJJlication of the 1nethod, is provided
for designing buildings using the Directional Procedure
(Section 207B, Part 2), the Envelope Procedure (Section

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-25

4. Wind Tunnel Procedure for all buildings and all other

structures as specified in Section 207F.
z 0.6h
the nzean hourly velocity at height Z 207A.1.2.2 Components and Cladding

The 1ninin1un1 effective 1vidth Bmin is de.fined as the Wind loads on components and cladding on all buildings
minimum value of L, h;B;/'f, h; considering all wind and other structures shall be designed using one of the
directions. The sununations are JJe1forn1ed over the following procedures:
height Clfthe lntildingfor each 1:vbui direction, hit is the
}u::l,i;;ht above grade oflevel i, and Bi is the 11,fr.ith at level 1. Analytical Procedures provided in Parts l through 6.
f nornud to the ivind direction. as appropriate, of Section 207E; or

Bridges. cranes, electrical trans1n1ss1on lines, 2. Wind Tunnel Procedure as specified in Section 207F.
,guyed 111asts, higlnvay signs and lighting structures,
te!ecnn11nu11ication to1vers, and flagpoles. 207A.2 Definitions

f'Vhen unclertaking cietailed stucfies o.f the dyna,nic The following definitions apply to the provisions of
. response to 1rindforces, the fiu1dan1e11tal fi·equencies of Section 207:
the structure in each direction under consideration
/;houhl be establishecl using the structural properties APPROVED is an acceptable to the authority having
and dejorn1ational characteristics of the resisting jurisdiction.
elenzents i11 a proper~v substantiated analysis, and not
utilizing approxitnate equations baset.i on height. BASIC WIND SPEED, Vis a three-second gust speed at
l Om above the ground in Exposure C (see Section
Shielt!ing. Due to the lack of reliable ana(vtical 207 A. 7.3) as determined in accordance with Section
\procedures for predicting the effects of shielding 207A.5.1.
)-J]rovicled by buildings and other structures or by
'({Opographic features, reductions in veloci~v pressure BUILDING, ENCLOSED is a building that does not
<due to shielding are not JJertnitted under the provisions comply with the requirements for open or partially
:'.::Of this chaJJler. lfoH1ever, this does not preclzule the enclosed buildings.
i'.;:ctetertnination qfshie!tling effects and the corresponding
, ;, __reductions in velocizv pressure by ,neans o_l the lVind BUILDING ENVELOPE is a cladding, roofing, exterior
'flunnel procedure in Section 207F. walls. glazing. door assemblies, window assemblies.
skylight assemblies, and other components enclosing the
Main Wind-Force Resisting System building.
(MWFRS)
BUILDING AND OTHER STRUCTURE, FLEXIBLE
Wind loads for MWFRS shall be determined using one of are slender buildings and other structures that have a
the follo\ving procedures: fundamental natural frequency less than l Hz.

l. Directional Procedure for buildings of all heights as BUILDING, LOW-RISE are enclosed or partially
specified in Section 2078 for buildings meeting the enclosed buildings that comply with the following
require1nents specified therein; conditions:

2. Envelope Procedure for low-rise buildings as specified I. Mean roof height h less than or equal to l 8m.
in Section 207C for buildings meeting the
requirements specified therein; 2. Mean roof height h does not exceed least horizontal
ditnension.
3. Directional Procedure for Building Appmtenances
(rooftop structures and rooftop equipment) and Other BUILDING, OPEN is a building having each wall at least
Structures (such as solid freestanding walls and solid 80 percent open. This condition is expressed for each wall
freestanding signs, chimneys, tanks, open signs, lattice by the equation A 0 2: 0. 8Ag.
frameworks, and trussed towers) as specified in
Section207D; or

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition, 2015

2-26 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

where: the gross area of that wall in which A 0 is

identified, in m2
A0 total area of openings in a wall that receives
positive exte111al pressure, in m2
..
Section 207A-General Requirements: Use to detcnninetbe basic parameters for

,.,.,.
determining ,vind loads on both MWFRS and C&C. 1l1ese basic parameters arc:
Basic \Vind Speed, V, see Figure 207A.5-1A, B orC
\Vind directionality factor, Ka, see Section 207A.6

,.,. Exposure category, see Section 207A.7

Topographic factor, Ki:t, see Scction207A.8

,.,. Gust Effect Factor, sec Section 207 A.9

Enclosure classification, see Section 207A.10
Intemnl pressure coefficient, (GCp1), see Section 207A-l 1

..
I
I \Vind londs on the MWFRS may be
determined by:
I
Wind loads on the C&C may be
determined by:
I
Section 207B: Directionol procedure for .. ...
H buildings of ult heights Section 207E:
- Envelope procedure in Parts land 2, or
- Directional proeedurc in Parts 3, 4 nnd 5
Section 207C: Envelope procedure for lo,v rise
~ - Building appurtenances (roof overhangs
H buildings ond parapets) in Part 6

- Section 207D: Directional procedure for

building appurtcm.anccs (roof overhangs and parapets)
and other structures Section 207F: Wind tunnel procedure

-
.. ~ for any building or other structure

Section 207F: Wind tunnel pro<:edure for any

building or other structure
....

Figure 207 A.1-1

Outline of Process for Determining Wind Loads. Additional Outlines and User Notes are Provided at the Beginning of each
Chapter for more Detailed Step-By-Step Procedures for Determining the Wind Loads

These conditions are expressed by the following equations: ·

BUILDING, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED is a building
that complies with both of the following conditions:
1. A0 > 1. 10A 0 ;
1. The total area of openings in a wall that receives
positive external pressure exceeds the sum of the areas
2. A0 > 0.37 m 2 or O.OlAg, whichever is
of openings in the balance of the building envelope A 0 ,I Ag; ,,:; 0.20
(walls and roof) by more than 10 percent.
where:
2. The total area of openings in a wall that receives
positive external pressure exceeds 0.37 1112 . are as defined for Open Building
the sum of the areas of openings in the
or 1 percent of the area of that wall, whichever is smaller, building envelope (walls and roof) not
and the percentage of openings in the balance of the including A 0 , in 1112
building envelope does not exceed 20 percent. the sum of the gross surface areas of the
building envelope (walls and roof) not
including Ag, in m 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-29

ts can be part of the MWFRS when they act as For typical door and window systems supported on three
ls or roof diaphragms, but they may also be or more sides, the effective \Vind area is the area of the door
ihdividual con1ponents. The engineer needs to or \vindo\v under consideration. For simple spanning doors
priate loadings for design of co1nponents, which (e.g., horizontal spanning section doors or coiling doors),
ire certain co1nponents to be designed for 1nore large specialty constructed doors (e.g., aircraft hangar
~ ..tvpe of loading, for example, long-span roof doors), and specialty constructed glazing systems, the
sh;uld be designed for loads associated with effective wind area of each structural co,nponent
s and individual members of trusses should also be composing the door or \VindO\V systen1 should be used in
'for component and cladding loads (Mehta and calculating the design \Vind pressure.
/ 1998). Examples of cladding include wall
_iigs, curtain \Valls, roof coverings, exterior windo\VS MAIN WIND-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM
and operable) and doors, and overhead doors. (MWFRS) can consist of a structural frame or an
asse111blage of structural eletnents that \vork together to
RAGM in wind load applications has been added transfer \Vind loads acting on the entire structure to the
7-10. This definition, for the case of untapped ground. Structural elements such as cross-bracing, shear
·'decks, differs somewhat from the definition used in \Valls, roof trusses, and roof diaphrag,ns are part of the
611 12.3 of ASCE 7-10 because diaphragms under Main Wind-Force Resisting System (MWFRS) when they
,Jciads are expected to re1nain essentially elastic. assist in transferring overall loads (Mehta and Marshall
1998).
TIVE WIND AREA, A is an effective wind area
rea of the building surface used to determine (GCp). WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGIONS are defined to alert
ea does not necessarily correspond to the area of the the designer to areas requiring consideration of n1issi'le
ihg surface contributing to the force being considered. impact design. These areas are located within tropical
cases arise. In the usual case, the effective wind area cyclone prone regions where there is a high risk of glazing
correspond to the area tributary to the force failure due to the impact of wind-borne debris.
nent being considered. For exan1ple, for a cladding
the effective ,vind area 1nay be equal to the total area 207 A.3 Symbols and Notations
panel. For a cladding fastener, the effective wind
is the area of cladding secured by a single fastener. A The following symbols and notation apply only to the
,lion n1ay receive wind from several cladding panels. In provisions of Section 207A through 207F:
_Case, the effective \Vind area is the area associated \Vith
wind load that is transferred to the mullion. A effective \Vind area, in 111 2
Ar ~ area of open buildings and other
second case arises where con1ponents such as roofing structures either non11al to the \Vind
ls, wall studs, or roof trusses are spaced closely direction or projected on a plane
!her. The area served by the component may become normal to the wind direction, in 111 2
and natTO\V. To better approximate the actual load the gross area of that wall in which A 0
bution in such cases, the width of the effective wind is identified, in m 2
used to evaluate (GCp) need not be taken as less than the sum of the gross surface areas of
€:-third the length of the area. This increase in effective the building envelope (walls and roof)
nd area has the effect of reducing the average wind not including Ag, in 111 2
•ssure acting on the component. Note, ho\vever, that this total area of openings in a wall that
ective wind area should only be used in determining the receives positive external pressure, in
Cp) in Figures 207E.4-1 through 207E.4-6 and 207E.4- 111 2
:The induced wind load should be applied over the actual the sum of the areas of openings in the
~a tributary to the component being considered. building envelope (walls and roof) not
including A 0 , in 111 2
_or' 1nembrane roof systems, the effective \Vind area is the total area of openings in the building
a of an insulation board (or deck panel if insulation is envelope in 1112
, } used) if the boards are fully adhered (or the membrane As gross area of the solid freestanding
1.s.adhered directly to the deck). If the insulation boards or wall or solid sign, in m 2
pwmbrane are mechanically attached or partially adhered, a width of pressure coefficient zone, in
~e effective \vind area is the area of the board or 111embrane 111
e.cured by a single fastener or individual spot or row of
'.adhesive.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-30 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

B horizontal dimension of building h mean roof height of a building or

measured nonnal to \Vind direction, in height of other structure, except that
m eave height shall be used for roof
111ean hourly wind speed factor in angle (J less than or equal to 10°, in 111
Equation 207A.9-16 from Table roof eave height at a particular wall, or
207A.9-1 the average height if the eave varies
3-s gust speed factor from Table along the wall
207A.9-1 height to top of parapet in
force coefficient to be used in 2078.6-4 and 207E.7-1
determination of wind loads for other I, intensity of turbulence
structures Equation 207 A.9-7
net pressure coefficient to be used in multipliers in Figure 207A.8-1
determination of wind loads for open obtain K,,
buildings \Vind directionality factor
external pressure coefficient to be Table 207 A.6-1
used in detennination of \Vind loads velocity pressure exposure coefficient
for buildings evaluated at height z = h
c turbulence intensity factor in K, velocity pressure exposure coefficient·
Equation 207A.9-7 from Table evaluated at height z
207A.9-1 K,, topographic factor as defined in
D diameter of a circular structure or Section 207 A.8
metnber, in 111 L horizontal diinension of a building
D' depth of protruding elements such as measured parallel to the wind
ribs and spoilers, in 111 direction, in 111
F design \Vind force for other structures, distance upwind of crest of hill or
inN escarpment in Figure 207 A.8-1 to
G gust-effect factor \vhere the difference in ground
Gr gust-effect factor for MWFRS of elevation is half the height of the hill
flexible buildings and other structures or escarpment, in 111
(GCrl product of external pressure Lr horizontal diinension of return corne
coefficient and gust-effect factor to be for a solid freestanding wall or soli
used in detennination of \Vind loads sign from Figure 207D.4-1, in m
for rooftop structures L, integral length scale of turbulence. in.;
product of external pressure m
coefficient and gust-effect factor to be f integral length scale factor
used in detennination of \Vind loads Table 207 A.9-1, m
for buildings reduced frequency
product of the equivalent external Equation 207A.9-!4
pressure coefficient and gust-effect approximate lower bound
factor to be used in detennination of frequency (Hz) from
wind loads for MWFRS of low-rise 207A.9.2
buildings fundamental natural frequency, Hz ,
product of internal pressure design pressure to be used ii'
coefficient and gust-effect factor to be detennination of \Vind loads fo_'
used in detennination of \Vind loads buildings, in Nim 2
for buildings wind pressure acting on leeward fl.le
co1nbined net pressure coefficient for in Figure 2078.4-8, in Nim 2
a parapet Pnet net design ,vind pressure
peak factor for background response Equation 207E.5-1, in Nim 2
in Equations 207 A.9-6 and 207 A.9-10 PnetlO net design wind pressure for Exposur
peak factor for resonant response in 8 at h = 10 m and I = 1. 0 frm
Equation 207A.9-10 Figure 207E.5-1, in Nim 2
peak factor for \Vind response in cotnbined net pressure on a para
Equations 207 A.9-6 and 207 A.9-10 from Equation 2078.4-5, in Nim2
H height of hill or escarpment in Ps net design ,vind pressure frot
Figure 207 A.8-1, in m Equation 207C.6-1, in Nim2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-31

simplified design wind pressure for p damping ratio, percent critical for
Ps10
Exposure B at h = 10 m and buildings or other structures
I = 1.0 from Figure 207C.6- l, in € ratio of solid area to gross area for
N/m 2 solid freestanding wall, solid sign,
\Vind pressure acting on \vind\vard open sign, face of a trussed tower, or
Pw lattice structure
face in Figure 2078.4-8, in N/m 2
background response factor fro1n integral length scale power Jaw
Q exponent in Equation 207 A.9-9 from
Equation 207 A.9-8
q velocity pressure, in N/111 2 Table 207 A.9-1
velocity pressure evaluated at height adjustment factor for building height
q,.
z = h, in N/m2 and exposure from Figures. 207C.6-1
velocity pressure for internal pressure and 207E.5-1
q,
deten11ination, in N/m 2 value used in Equation 207 A. 9-15
velocity pressure at top of parapet, in (see Section 207 A.9.4)
Nhn2 e angle of plane of roof from horizontal,
velocity pressure evaluated at height z in degrees
Qz
above ground, in Nh112
R resonant response factor fro1n 207A.4 General
Equation 207A.9-12
values from Equations 207A.9-15 207A.4.1 Sign Convention
reduction factor fro1n
Equation 207 A.11-1 Positive pressure acts toward the surface and negative
R,, value from Equation 207A.9-13 pressure acts away from the surface.
s vertical di1nension of the solid
freestanding wall or solid sign from 207 A.4.2 Critical Load Condition
Figure 2070.4-1, in m
r rise-to-span ratio for arched roofs Values of external and internal pressures shall be co1nbined
v height-to-width ratio for solid sign algebraically to determine the most critical load.
v basic wind speed obtained from
Figure 207 A.5-1 A through 207 A.5- 207A.4.3 Wind Pressures Acting on Opposite Faces of
I C, in mis. The basic wind speed Each Building Surface
corresponds to a 3-s gust speed at IO
m above the ground in Exposure In the calculation of design wind loads for the MWFRS and
Category C for components and cladding for buildings, the algebraic
v, unpartitioned internal volu111e, 111 3 sum of the pressures acting on opposite faces of each
v, mean hourly wind speed at height z building surface shall be taken into account.
mis
w width of building in Figures 207E.4-3 Con11nenta1:v:
and 207E.4-5A and 207E.4-5B and
width of span in Figures 207E.4-4 and Section 207A.4.3 is includecf in the code to ensure that
207E.4-6, in m internal anti external pressures acting 011 a built.ling
x distance upwind or downwind of crest surface are taken into account by deter111ining a net
in Figure 207 A.8-1, in m pressure Jron1 the algebraic su111 of those pressures. For
height above ground level, in 111 additional ittforn1ation on the application of the net
equivalent height of structure, in 111 cotnponents and cladding wind 11ressure acting across a
nominal height of the atmospheric rnultilayered building envelope syste,n, including
boundary layer used in this code. air-permeable cladding, refer to Section C207E.1.5.
Values appear in Table 207A.9-1
exposure constant fro1n Table
207A.9-1
a 3-s gust-speed po\ver la\v exponent
from Table 207A.9-l
a reciprocal of a from Table 207 A. 9-1
a mean hourly wind-speed power Jaw
exponent in Equation 207 A.9-16 from
Table 207 A. 9-1
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume 1, 7th Edition, 2015
2-32 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207A.5 Wind Hazard Map

2. A1ultiple ,naps ren1ove inconsistencies in the use o
207 A.5.1 Basic Wind Speed in1portance factors that actual~v should va,:i,· ivitli
location and bet1veen tropical c_vclone-prone and
The basic wind speed, V, used in the detennination of non-tropical cyclone-prone regions for Occupanc
design \Vind loads on buildings and other structures shall Catego1:1' ill, JV and V structures and acknoivlec(t;€
be determined from Figure 207 A.5-1 as follows, except as that the de,narcation betrveen tropical c:vclone a1u(:
provided in Section 207A.5.2 and 207A.5.3: 11011-tropical c:vclone 1vinds change ivith
recurrence interval.
For Occupancy Category III, IV and V buildings and other
structures - use Figure 207 A.5-1 A. 3. The neH' n1aJJS establish u11iforn1i(v in the return'
11eriod .for the design-basis irincls, and they 1nor
For Occupancy Category II buildings and other structures clear{v convey that il?forn1ation.
- use Figure 207 A.5-IB.
4. The neH' n1aJJS, b_v providing the desig111vind SJJet!({:
For Occupancy Category I buildings and other structures direct(v, 111ore clear(v i1?for1n 01v11ers and thei,;
- use Figure 207 A.5-1 C. consultants about the storn1 intensities .for ivhich
designs are pe1.forn1ed.
The \Vind shall be assu111ed to con1e frotn any horizontal
direction. The basic \Vind speed shall be increased \Vhere Selection of Retum Periods. In the development qf the~
records or experience indicate that the \Vind speeds are design wind speed map used in Section 207 NSCP 2010,);
higher than those reflected in Figure 207A.5-1. the Wind Load Subconunittee evaluated the 1vincih
itnportancefactor, lw, that had been in use since 1982.-:l
Co1111ne11ta1:v: The task conunittee recogni:::ed that using a uH{forni/1
value of the ivind ilnportance factor JJrobab(v H'as notC:
This edition qf NSCP departs ji-0111 prior editions by appropriate because risk varies 11·ith location alona
0 thet-,
<

JJroviding 1vi11d ,naps that are direct~v OJJp/icable for coast.

{/::;
deter111ining pressures }Or strength £fesign approaches. _;){'

Rather than using a single ,nap H'ith ilnportance factors To detern1ine the return periods to be used in the neu::f
a1uf a loacf.factorfor each building occupanc_v category, ,napping aJJproach, the task conunittee neecfed to ,neet"'::
in this edition there are clifferent ,naps }Or d[fferent 1vith PAGASA scientists, gather historical records and)
categories of building occu11ancies. The updated ,naps evaluate representative return periocis for ivind !J]Jeed5 ':<
are based 011 a new and more complete a11a/ysis of determined i11 accordance with Section 207 NSCP 20101
tropical cyclone characteristics (Vicke1:v et al. 2008a, and earlier, u•herein deter111ination of pressures:;:
2008b a11d 2009) pe,formed o,-er the past 10 years. apJJropriate for strength design started n·ith 111appedJ
1vind speeds, but involve,! n1ultiplication by ilnJJortance -!
The decision to n1ove to 1nultiple-stre11gth design ,naps factors and a 1vind load factor to achieve 11ressures that::
in conjunction 1vith a lVind load.factor o.f 1.0 instead of 1vere ap11ropriate for strength design. Further,nore, fr~
using a single ,nap used 1vith an ilnportance and a load rvas assunzed that the variabili(v oj· the lvind speed'.!
jClctor of I. 6 relied on several factors bnportant to an don1inates the calculation of the 1vi11cl load factor. The_;
accurate lvind specification: strength design 1vilul load, W r, is given as:
(C207A.5-1}
!. A strength design 1vi11cl speed ,nap brings the lvind
loading approach in line ivith that used.for seisn1ic
loads in that the_v both essential(v elirninate the use
of a load/actor/or strength design.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-33

1.7

1.6

1.5

0
0
1.4
""
M
::,

""--
- DURST
::, 1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0
1 10 100 1000 10000
GUST DURATION. sec

Figure C207 A.5-1

Maximum Speed Averaged overt s to Hourly Mean Speed

L\1:hti,·e CF is a bzdhling, co111ponent, or structure specific

'·1101fllcient that includes the effects of things like and from Equation C207A.5-4, the re/um period T
;:,::building height, building geo1ne11:i1. terrain, ancf gust associated 1t1ith the strength t.!esign ivilul SJJCet.f is:
{[actor as cotnputed using the procedures outlined in
_'.::)YSl~P 2010. V 50 is the 50-year return periocl design T = o. 00228 exp( 10)wLF) (C207A.5-5)
\1rind speed. W LF is the 1,rind load factor, and / is the
ii/hnportance fllctor. ·
. Using the wind loadfactor of 1.6 as specified in Section
207 NSCP 2010, from Equation C207A.5-5 we get
tfftarting ivith the no,ninal return periocf o.f 50 years, the
"' ratio of the ivilul SJJeed for an.v return periocl to the 50-
T = 709 years, ant.I therejbre V design = V 109/-JWLF ;:::::;
tJ1e'ar return JJeriod ivind speed can be co,nputecl .fron1 V 700 / )WLF. Thus for Occupancy Categm:v IV
();eterka and Shahid (1998): structures, the basic ivind speed is associated it·ith a
return period o.f 700 years, or an annual exceeclance
Vr/V 50 = [0.36 + 0.11n(12T)] (C207A.5-2) probabili!V o/0.00!4.

tvhere T is the re/urn period ill .vears ant.I vT is /he T- The importance.factor used in Section 207 NSCP 20!0
;\vear return period 1vi1u/ 5peed. The strength t.!esign 1vind a11ll earlier for the co1nputation <?( ivind loads .for the
::,;-_loacl, W r, occurs ·when: design of Occupancy Categmy I and II structures is
de.fined so that the no111inal 50-.vear return period non-
(C207A.5-3) troJJical cyclone ivind speed is increased to be
representative of a I 00-year return perioci value.
Fol/01ving the approach used above to estin1ate the
(Thus,
resulti11g e.ffective stre11gth design return JJCriod
associated ivith a 50-year basic design SJJeed, in the case
Vr/Vs 0 = [0.36 + 0.11n(12T)] (C207A.5-4) of the I 00-.vear return periocl basic iv ind 5peed in the
=)WLF non-tropical cyclone-prone regions, ive find that:

T = 00228 exp[ 10(V1o0 /Vso))Wid (C207A.5-6)

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-34 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

where for V 100 /V50 computedJi-om Equation C207A.5- Sin1ilar(v, if a lVind SJJeed is based upon Pa = 0.00143
4 with WLF - 1.6, we find T - 1,697 years. In the (700-:vear 111ea11 recurrence interval). there exists a
clevelopn1ent o.f Equation C207A.5-6, the tern1 3.5% probability that this speed will be equaled or
(V 100 /V 50 ) W LF replaces the W LF used in exceeded cluring a 25-year period, and a 6. 9%
Equation C207A.5-5. effective~v resulting in a higher probability of being equaled or exceeded in a 50-year
loacl .factor for Occupanc_v Catego1:v I, II ancl III period.
structures equal to W LF(V 10 0/V5 0 )2. Thus for
Occupancy Catego1:i· I and II structures, the basic ivincf So,ne JJroducts hai·e been evaluated and test rnethocls
speed is associated ivith a return JJeriocl of I, 700 ).tears, have been cfeveloped based on design 1vind speeds that
or an annual exceedance probabilitJ' of 0. 000588. are consistent ll'ith the 1111factored load effects tJ7Jically
Sirnilar~v. the 25-.vear return periocl irind SJJeed used in Allowable Stress Design. Table C207A.5-6
associated ·with OccuJJanc)' Catego1:r III. IV and V provides conversion fron1 the strength design-base,!
buildings equates to a 300-year return period 1vind cfesign H'ind 5pee,ls used in the ASCE 7-10 desig111vi11d
speed with a wind Joadfactor of 1.0. speed maps and the Section 207 NSCP 2010 design wind
speecis used in these product evaluation reports and test
JVbul S11eeds. The H'ind !1peed ,naps o.f Figure 107A.5-J ,nethods. A colunzn o.f values is also JJrovided to al/oiv
JJresent basic H'incl speecls fbr the entire archipelago of coordination with ASCE 7-93 design wind speeds.
the Philippines. The H'ind speec/s corre5pond to 3-sec
gust speeds at 10 111 above ground}Or exposure catego1:v 207A.5.2 Special Wind Regions
c.
Mountainous terrain, gorges, and special wind regions
Serviceability Wint! S11eetls. For applications of sho\vn in Figure 207 A.5- l shall be examined for unusual
serviceability, design using 1naxinuun like/_v events, or wind conditions. The authority having jurisdiction shall, if
other applications, it ,nay be desired to use 1vind SJJeeds necessary, adjust the values given in Figure 207 A.5-1 to
associated ii•ith rnean recurrence intervals other than account for higher local \Vind speeds. Such adjust,nent
those gil'en in Figures 207A.5-IA to 207A.5-IC. To shall be based on ,neteorological inforn1ation and an
accon1plish this, previous editions o..f NSCP 2010 estilnate of the basic \Vind speed obtained in accordance
provilled tables 1vith JClctors that enabled the user to with the provisions of Section 207 A.5.3.
,uljust the basic tlesign ivind SJJeed (previous/_'v having a
return perioll of50 years to 1vind speetls associated ivith Con1111entalJ':
other return periods.
Although the wind speed map of Figure 207A.5-I is valid
For ap11lications a.I serl'iceabili(v, design using for 111ost regions of the coun/JJ-'. there are special region{
111axhn1un like/_v events, or other GJJJJlications, Appendix in iv/zich H'in,i speed a110111alies are knoH'll to exist. Sonze of:
C'presents 111aps o..f11eak gust 11·iJu.l speeds at 10111 above these SJJecial regions are notetl in Figure 207A.5-l. 1Vind:i'.
ground in E.\posure C conclitions .for return periocis o.f blo1ring orer ,nountain ranges or through gorges or rive1i'
JI), 25, 50, and JOO years. valle_vs in these special regions can £!evelo1J speed, that ari< _,
substantial/_v higher than the i·alues indicatecl on the nu.tp,-
The prohabili(v P n that the 1rincl speecl associateci 1vith 1Vhen selecting basic 1vbu.l speetl\' in these s11ecial regions,''
a certain annual probabili(v Pa lvill he equaleli or use o..l regional cli111atic clata and consultation 1rith a lvin,(
exceetlecl at least once during an e.\JJosure period o.l n engineer or 111eteorologist is advised
years is given b_v:
It is also possible that a11on1alies in 1vind spee,is exist on
P,, =1 (1 - Pa)" (C207A.5-7J 111icro111eteorological scale. For exa111ple, lvind SJJeecl-up
over hills a,ul escarp111e11ts is addressee/ in'
Section 207A.8. TVind speeds over conzplex terrain ,nay h~;,
As an exa111JJle, (la 1vi11d speecl is basecf llJJon Pa= 0.02 better detern1inecl by H'ind-tunnel studies as clescribe,I ii(
(50-.vear 111ea11 recurrence interval), there exists a Section 207F. Acijustme111s of wind speeds should be made.
probabilifv of 0.40 that this speed will be equaled or at the 1nicron1eteorological scale on the basis of 1vind;
exceedecf during a 25-year 11eriod, and a 0. 64 engineering or 1neteorological advice and used in
11robabili(v o.f being equaled or exceeded in a 50-.vear accordance ivith the 11rovisions of Section 207A.5.3 ivhen:i
JJeriod. such acljus/Jnents are lvarranted Due to the co1nplexi(V cif
,nountainous terrain and valley gorges in f{aH'aii, there_
are to11ographic ivind speed-up effects that cannot be

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-35

solely by Figure 207A.8-I (Applied Research If 1neteorological data are used to justifJ; a 1vind speed
2001). lower than 177-lan!h 700-yrpeak gust at JO m, an analysis
ofsa,npling error is required to de111onstrate that the 1vind
Estimation of Basic Wind Speeds from record could not occur by chance. This can be
Regional Climatic Data acconzplished by shoiving that the difference beflveen
predicted speed and 177 km/h contains two to three
-areas outside tropical cyclone-prone regions, regional standarcl deviations ofsa111pling error (Silniu anti Scanlan
Jifuatic data shall only be used in lieu of the basic wind 1996). Other equivalent methods may be used
eeds given in Figure 207 A.5-1 when (I) approved
treine-value statistical-analysis procedures have been 207A.5.4 Limitation
ployed in reducing the data; and (2) the length of record,
µling error, averaging time, anen101neter height, data Tornadoes have not been considered in developing the
ity, and terrain exposure of the anemo1neter have been basic wind-speed distributions.
'.~en into account. Reduction in basic wind speed belovv
"that offigure 207 A.5-1 shall be permitted. 207 A.6 Wind Directionality

Ju tropical cyclone-prone regions, wind speeds derived The wind directionality factor, Kd, shall be determined
fi:om simulation techniques shall only be used in lieu of the from Table 207 A.6-1. This directionality factor shall only
basic wind speeds given in Figure 207 A.5-1 when be included in determining wind loads when the load
\~pproved si1nulation and extreme value statistical analysis combinations specified in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 are used for
-Procedures are usect. the design. The effect of wind directionality in determining
wind loads in accordance with Section 207F shall be based
'fll-"areas outside tropical cyclone-prone regions, \Vhen the on an analysis for wind speeds that conforms to the
basic wind speed is estimated from regional climatic data, requirements of Section 207 A.5.3.
tlie basic wind speed shall not be less than the wind speed
JfSS:ociated with the specified mean recurrence interval, and Co11unenta1y:
the estimate shall be adjusted for equivalence to a 3-s gust
ind speed at l Om above ground in Exposure C. The data The wind load/actor 1.3 in ASCE 7-95 included a "wind
'(lflalysis shall be perfonned in accordance \Vith this section. directionality factor" of 0.85 (Ellingwood 1981 and
Ellingwood et al. 1982). This factor accounts for two
effects: (1) The reduced probability of maximum winds
coming ji"Oln any given direction· and (2) the reduced
using regional clbnatic data in accordance 1vith the probabili(y of the maximum pressure coefficient occurring
)ions q(Section 207A.5.3 and in lieu a/the basic wind for an;, given 1vind direction. The lVind directionalityfactor
given in Figure 207A.5-1, the user is cautione,l that (identified as Kd in the code) is tabulated in Table 207A.6-
t fiu.:tors, velocity pressure exposure coefficients, 1 for c!ifferent structure types. As ne1v research beconzes
iffect factors, pressure coefficients, and force available, this factor can be directly modified. Values for
ients qf this code are intended for use with the 3-s the factor were establishedji·om references in the literature
ed at I Otn above ground in open counhy. It is ancl collective co1111nitteejuclg111e11t. The Kd value for round
1y, therefore, that regional clifnatic data based on chifnneys, tanks, and sirnilar structures is given as 0.95 in
tJ!erent averaging tin-1e, .for exa111ple, hour~v 1nean or recog11ition of the fact that the ltiind load resistance ,nay
~st mile, be adjusted to reflect peak gust speed, at I Om not be exactly the sa,ne in all directions as inzplied by a
:t1q_grountl in open counhJ'. value of 1.0. A value o/0.85 might be more appropriate if
a triangular trussed fi·arne is shrouded in a round cover. A
'fig local data. it should be emphasized that sampling value of 1.0 might be more appropriate for a round
,s__can lead to large uncertainties in SJJecification ofthe chhnney having a lateral load resistance equal in all
S:peecl Satnpling errors are the errors associated 1vith directions. The designer is cautioned by the footnote to
.ilnited size of the climatological data samples (years Table 207A. 6-1 and the statement in Section 207A.6, where
cord. of annual extremes). It is possible to have a reference is made to the fact that this factor is on!y to be
error in lVind speed at an individual station 1vith a used in conjunction 1vith the load cou1binations specified
length of 30 years. While local records of limited in Sections 2.3 and 2.4 ofASCE 7-10.
must be used to define wind speeds in special
care and conservatisnz should be exercised in

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition. 2015

2-36 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207A.7 Exposure coefficient actual(v decreases (i.e., the sea s111:face

beco111es aeroc{vnan1ica!Zv s111oother) as the 1vind speecl
For each wind direction considered, the up,vind exposure increases fi1rther (Powell et al. 2003) or as the tropical
shall be based on ground surface roughness that is cyclone radius decreases (Vicke1y et al. 2008b). The
detennined fron1 natural topography, vegetation, and consequences of these studies are that the sutface
constructed facilities. roughness over the ocean in a tropical cyclone is
consistent ivith that of exposure D rather than exposure
("on1nu.>nta1:i·:
C. Consequent(v, the use o.f e:rposure D along the
tropical c.vclone coastline is non1 required.
The descriptions of the siaface roughness categories
anll e.,11osure categories in Section 207A. 7 hai,e been
For Exposure B the tabulated values of Kz correspond
expressetl as.far as possible in easi~v understood ·verbal
10 Zo - 0.2 Ill, which is be/ow the (vpical value qf0.3 111,
tern1s that are strfficientZ,v precise for 1110s! practical
H·hereas .for Exposures C and D they correspond to the
applications. Up1vint.i szaface roughness conditions
required for Exposures B and D are shoH-'n
!)-pica! value o.rZo, The reason for the d!fference in
Exposure B is that this catego,y o.f terrain, H'hich is
schematical!v in Figures C207A. 7-1 and C207A. 7-2,
applicable to suburban areas, often contains open
respective(v. For cases lvhere the des~gner ivishes to
patches, such as higlnva_i-'S. JJarking lots, and plc~ving
1nake a n1ore detailed assesstnent of the szojl1ce
fields. These cause local increases in the lvind !Jpeeds at
roughness categoJJ' anll exposure catego1:i', the
their eclges. B.r using an exposure coefficient
_fol/01,ving 1nore 111athe1natical description is o.ffere£f.for
corres1Jo1uling to a lol-\'er than !)pica! value ofz 0 , sonu!
guidance (lr1-ri11 2006). The grouncl su,.face roughness is
a!lol-vance is ,nade for this. The alternative H'ould be to
best 1neasured in tern1s ofa roughness length para1neter
introduce a 11un1ber of exceptions to use of Exposure B
callee/ z 0 . Each of the s1u:face roughness categories B
in suburban areas, 1vhich v.-'ould add an undesirable
through D correspond to a range of values of thL\'
/ei·el of complexity.
paranieter, as does the e\'en rougher catego1:v A used in
previous versions o.f the code in heavi~v built-up urban
The value o.fz 0 .for a particular terrain can be estbnated
areas but ren1ovecl in the present edition. The range of
.fl·orn the (lpical dilnensions oj· szuface roughness
z 0 in 1neters (111) .for each terrain catego,:i,• is gi'ven in
ele111e11ts and their spacing on the ground area using all
Table C207A. 7-1. Exposure A has beeu included in
Table (~207A. 7-1 as a reference that ,na_v be use_ful 1,vhen empirical relationship, due to Lettau (1969), which is:
using the rVind Tunnel Procedure. Further if!for111ation
Sob
vn values oj'z0 in different types o,(terrain can be.found z 0 = O.SH 0 b - (C207A.7-l)
in Simiu and Scanlan (1996) and Table C207A.7-2 Aob
based 011 Davenport et al. (2000) and Wieringa el al.
(2001). The roughness classijirntions in Table C207A.7- Hob the average height of the roughness in
2 are not intended to replace the use oj' e.\posure the UJJV.-'ind terrain
categories as required in the cocle .for structural design Sob the average vertical frontal area per
pu17Joses. Holvever, the terrain roughness obstructioll JJresented to the 1rind
classifications in Table C207A. 7-2 may be related to Aob the average area o.f ground occupiecl by
ASCE 7 exposure categories b.v co111JJaring z 0 values each obst111ction, inclucling the OJJCll
between Table C207A. 7-1 and C207A.7-2. For example, area surrounding it
the z 0 values for Classes 3 and 4 in Table C207A. 7-2
.fall 1,vithin the range o.f z 0 values .for E.\posure C in Vertical fi'ontal area is dqfined as the area of the
Table C207A. 7-1. Similar!v. the z 0 values.for Classes 5 projection of the obstruction onto a vertical plane
and 6 in Table C207A.7-2 fi11! within the range ofz 0 nor,nal to the 1,vincl clirection. The area Sob 1na:v be
values/or Exposure Bin Table C207A.7-l. esthnated l~v sununing the aJ>proxilnate vertical frontal
areas of all obstructions 1vithin a selected area of
Research described in Powell et al. (2003), Donelan et upwind fetch and dividing the sum by the number of
al. (2004). and Vicke,,· el al. (2008b) showed that the obstructions in the area. The average height Hob ,nay
drag coefficient over the ocean in high H'inds in tropical be estilnated in a si111ilar H'a.v by averaging the
cyclones did not continue to increase 1vith increasing inclividual heights rather than using the .fi·ontal areas.
wind speed as previous!v believed (e.g., Powell 1980). Likeivise Aob 1na,.v be estinrated by dividing the si=e o._f
These sllulies sho1,ved that the sea s111face drag the selected area o.f up1vi11d fetch by the nun1ber of
coefficient, anti hence the aerodynan1ic roughness of the obstructions in it.
ocean, reached a ,naxinuun at 1nean n·ind speeds of
about 30111/s. There is so1ne evidence that the drag

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-37

deter111ination is defined as an "open JJatch. "An open

As an exa1nple, [(the upu indfetch consists JJriJnarily of
1 patch is defined as an opening greater than or equal to
single fa111i(v hornes ivith t;,pical height Hob = 6111, approxilnately 50 111 on each side (i.e., greater than
vertical_frontal area (including sonze trees on each lot) 50 m by 50 m). Openings smaller than this need not be
of 100111 2• and ground area per home of 1,000111 2, then considered in the deternzination of the exposure
zo is calculated to be z 0 = 0.5 x 20 x 100/1,000 = category.
0.3n1, ivhichjG!ls into exposure category B according to
Table C207A. 7-1. The ejject of open patches ofswface roughness C or D
on the use of exposure category B is sho1vn pictorially
Trees and bushes are porous and are defor111ed b_v in Figures C207A.7-3 and C207A. 7-4. Note that the plan
strong H'inds, ivhich relfuce their effective frontal areas location of any open patch may have a different effect
(ESDU. 1993). For con[fers and other evergreens 110 for differelll wind directions.
,nore than 50 percent of their gross frontal area can be
taken to be effective in obstructing the lvind For Aerial photographs, representative of each exposure
deciduous trees and bushes no rnore than 15 percent of l)pe, are included in the con11nenta1}' to aid the user in
their gross frontal area can be taken to be effective in establishing the proper exposure for a given site.
obstructing the wind. Gross fi'ontal area is d~fined in Obvious(v, the proJJer assessn1ent of exposure is a
this context as the projection onto a vertical plane ,natter of good engineering judgrnenl. This fact is
to the wind) of the area enclosed by the particularZv true in light of the possibility that the
em:e1<1pe of the tree or bush. exposure could change in one or ,nore lvind directions
due to firture de111olition and/or developn1ent.
(j992) estimated that the majority of buildings
(m•r!ums as 111uch as 60 percent to 80 percent) have an
'{e;rpa•sw·e category corresponding to Exposure B. While 207A.7.1 Wind Directions and Sectors
relative(v sin1JJle definition in the code ivill nor111al(v
::s1rjjh:c for most practical applications, oftentimes the For each selected wind direction at which the wind loads
is in need of additional information, are to be determined, the exposure of the building or
%b,1rticul'arl'v with regard to the (fleet of large openings structure shall be determined for the two upwind sectors
clearings (e.g., large parking lots, j;·eelvays, or tree extending 45° either side of the selected wind direction.
:,:te,Cirii•1.rz.,.J in the otherwise "nor,nal" ground szu:face The exposure in these two sectors shall be determined in
r,J;.oui:lmess B. The following is offered as guidance for accordance with Sections 207A.7.2 and 207A.7.3, and the
situations: exposure whose use would result in the highest wind loads
shall be used to represent the winds from that direction.
simple definition ofExposure B given in the body of
code, using the szaface roughness catego,y
refi,•1ition, is shown pictorialZv in Figure C207A.7-1.
definition applies for the swface roughness B
_ndition prevailing 800 111 uplvind ivith insufficient
open patches" as defined in the following text to
:,qualify the use ofExposure B.

, opening in the szuface roughness B large enough to

ve a significant effect on the exposure catego,}1

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-38 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

. ....
-:~\.,.
·.,.·
r

~.
.. -~·. 0~' r ·
4~ - ~- •~ ""'""
.J ,..IJ
~

.~
~-
,, -
-.. '°'
Notes: Not
I. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in kilometers per hour at IO m above ground for Exposure C category. I.
2. Linear interpolation between contours is permitted. 2.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area. 3.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions. 4.
5. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 15% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability= 0.00333, MRI = 300 years). 5.
6. Results are from PAGASA. 6.

Figure 207A.5-1A Basic Wind Speeds for Occupancy Category III, IV and V Buildings and Other Structures

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-39

Notes:
I. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in kilometers per hour at IO m above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation between contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
). 4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
5. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0.00143, MRI = 700 years).
6. Results are from PAGASA.

F igure 207 A.5- lB Basic Wind Speeds for Occupancy Category II Buildings and Other Structures
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-40 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

,:.
,
...

Cl
-ti
'- ~

Notes:
l. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in kilometers per hour at IO m above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Lin ear interpolation between contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
S. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 3% probability of exceedance in SO years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0.000588, MRI = 1700
years).
6. Results are from PAGASA.
Figure 207A.5-1C Basic Wind Speeds for Occupancy Category I Buildings and Other Structures

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-41

BUILDING OR
WIND F h,;; 18m, d 1 e: 450 m OTHER STRUCTURE
For h > 18m, d, e: greater of 790 m or 20h
/
ANY ROUGHNESS ROUGHNESS B T h ANY ROUGHNESS

Figure C2UIA.7-I
Upwind Surface Roughness Conditions Requires for Exposure B.

BUILDING OR
WIND d, e: greater of 1500 m or 20h OTHER STRUCTURE

ANY ROUGHNESS ROUGHNESSD ANY ROUGHNESS

(a)

BUILDING OR
WIND
d, 2: greater of 790 m or 20h, and OTHER STRUCTURE
d 2 ,;; greater of 180 m or 20h

ANY ROUGHNESS ROUGHNESSD ROUGHNESS BAND/OR C ANY ROUGHNESS

h

<r--------:l'l,<E-( ----'>1)1
(b)

Figure C207A.7-2
Upwind Surface Roughness Conditions Required for Exposure D, for the Cases with
(a) Surface Roughness D Immediately Upwind of the Building, and (b) Surface Roughness Band/or C Immediately
Upwind of the Building

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition, 2015

2-42 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 207 A.6-1

Wind Directionality Factor, l(d

Structure Type Directionality Factor Kd*

Buildings
Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.85
Components and Cladding 0.85

Arched Roofs 0.85

Chimneys, Tanks, and Similar Structures

Square 0.90
Hexagonal 0.95
Round 0.95

Solid Freestanding Walls and Solid

0.85
Freestanding and Attached Signs

Open Signs and Lattice Framework 0.85

Trussed Towers
Triangular, square, rectangular 0.85
All other cross sections 0.95

*Directiouality Factor Kd has been calibrated 1vith con1bi11atio11s of loads

specified in Section 203. This factor shall only be applied when used in
conjunction 1vith load co,nbinations SJJecified in Sections 203.3 and 203.4.

207A.7.2 Surface Roughness Categories 207A.7.3 Exposure Categories

A ground Surface Roughness within each 45° sector shall Exposure B: For buildings with a mean roof height of less
be determined for a distance upwind of the site as defined than or equal to 9 m, Exposure B shall apply where the
in Section 207 A. 7.3 from the categories defined in the ground surface roughness, as defined by Surface
following text, for the purpose of assigning an exposure Roughness B, prevails in the upwind direction for a
category as defined in Section 207A.7.3. distance greater than 450 m. For buildings with a mean roof
height greater than 9 m, Exposure B shall apply where
Surface Roughness B: Urban and suburban areas, wooded Surface Roughness B prevails in the upwind direction for
areas, or other terrain with nu1nerous closely spaced a distance greater than 790 m or 20 times the height of the
obstructions having the size of single-family dwellings or building, whichever is greater.
larger.
Exposure C: Exposure C shall apply for all cases where
Surface Roughness C: Open terrain with scattered Exposures B or D do not apply.
obstructions having heights generally less than 9 m. This
category includes flat open country and grasslands. Exposure D: Exposure D shall apply where the ground
surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness D,
Surface Roughness D: Flat, unobstructed areas and water prevails in the upwind direction for a distance greater than
surfaces. This category includes smooth mud flats, salt 1500 m or 20 times the building height, whichever is
flats, and unbroken ice. greater. Exposure D shall also apply where the ground
surface roughness itnmediately upwind of the site is
exposure B or C, and the site is within a distance of 180 m
or 20 times the building height, whichever is greater, from

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-43

n Exposure D condition as defined 111 the previous of sectors one or hvo is used to detertnine full x and y
loading individually, and then 75 percent a/these load,
are to be aJJJJlied in each direction at the san1e tin1e
f'Qr a site located in the transition zone bet\veen exposure according to the requirements of Section 207B.4.6 and
'3iitegories. the category resulting in the largest wind forces Figure 207B.4-8. The procedure defined in this section
for detern1ining 1,vind loads in each design direction is
'shall be used. not to be confused 1vith the detern1ination of the lVind
directionality factor K d· The K dfactor determinedfiwn
Section 207A.6 and Table 207A.6-l applies ji.,r all
_f1nediate ex11osure betiveen the preceding design wind directions. See Section C207A. 6.
'i\€s:f,S pernzitte,l in a transition zone proviclecl that it
, led by a rational'analysis 1nethod clefinecl in the Wind loads for cladding and low-rise buildings elements
literature, are deter111inecl using the upvvind exposure for the single
siujGce roughness in one of the eight sectors of
'i07A.7.4 Exposure Requirements Figure C207A. 7-5 that gives the highest cladding
pressures.
'/ NORTH I NORTHEAST
:«};LI)_
;}~J1e provision in Section 207A.5.1 requires that a
tt~_tructure be designed for 1,vinds fron1 all directions. A
tional procedure to deter,nine directional ,vind loads
ji>llows. Wind load for buildings using Section
I and Figures 207B.4-l, 207B.4-2 or 207B.4-3 EAST
deter111ined for eight ,vind directions at 45°
ervals. ,vith four/ailing along prin1a1:v building axes BUILDING OR
shown in Figure C207A.7-5. For each of the eight OTHER STRUCTURE
:ectlons, u11v.1ind e)q;osure is detern1i11ed for each of
45° sectors. one on each side of the ,vind direction
, The sector ,vith the exposure giving highest loads
be usecl to define ·wind loads for that direction. For
'q1i1p/e, for 1,vinds fro111 the north, the exposure frorn Figure C207 A.7-5
_'ror one or eight, vvhichever gives the higher load, is Determination of Wind Loads
~-d. For ,vine/ frorn the east, the exposure fi·o1n sector from Different Directions
or three, 1,vhichever gives the highest load, is used.
1vind con1ing fi·o1n the northeast, the ,nos/ exposed

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume 1. 7th Edition, 2015

2-44 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

BUILDING OR OTHER
STRUCTURE

WIND

SURFACE ROUGHNESS
q
TYPES

B Cor D B Cor D B Cor D B

LENGTH OF OPEN 1 ~ - . . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : __ _ _. , . . /

PATCHES

X =1000 m

"OPEN PATCHES" -OPENINGS<: 50 m x 50 m

di, dz,_, d, 2 50 m
d 1 + dz + _+ d 1 ,,; 200 m
TOTAL LENGTH OF SURFACE ROUGHNESS B 2 800 m
WITHIN 1000 m OF UPWIND FETCH DISTANCE

Figure C207 A.7-3

Exposure B with Upwind Open Patches

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-45

BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURE

::!30 m

OPEN PATCHES NOT

QUALIFYING FOR
WIND DIRECTION
CONSIDERED.

QUALIFYING OPEN
PATCHES FOR
WIND DIRECTION
SHOWN.

S30 m I

NOTE: ALL OPENINGS

SHOWN ARE "OPEN
PATCHES" (OPENINGS
~50mx50m)WITH
SURFACE
ROUGHNESS CORD.

50 m WIDE RADIAL LINE

IN DIRECTION OF WIND

WIND DIRECTION
BEING CONSIDERED

Figure C207A.7-4
Exposure B with Open Patches

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition. 2015

2-46 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207A.7.4.1 Directional Procedure (Section 207B) mean sea level (30.5 111 + [3.22 x 10. 7 111}) within the 3.21-
lan radit1s specified.
For each wind direction considered, wind loads for the
design of the MWFRS of enclosed and partially enclosed A wind tunnel stuc(v by Means et al. ( 1996) and observation
buildings using the Directional Procedure of Section 207B of actual wind damage has shown that the affected height
shall be based on the exposures as defined in Section His less than previously specified. Accordingly, Condition
207 A.7.3. Wind loads for the design ofopen buildings with (5) 1vas changed to 4.5 111 in Exposure C.
monoslope, pitched, or !roughed free roofs shall be based
on the exposures, as defined in Section 207A.7.3, resulting Buildings sited on the upper half of an isolated hill or
in the highest wind loads for any wind direction at the site. esca1p111ent 1naJ' experience significantly higher ivind
SJJeeds than buildings situated 011 lei1el ground. To account
207A. 7.4.2 Envelope Procedure (Section 207C) for these higher 1vind speeds, the velocity pressure
exposure coefficients in Tables 2078.3-1, 207C.3-1,
Wind loads for the design of the MWFRS for all low-rise 207D.3-J, and 207£.3-1 are multiplied by a topographic
buildings designed using the Envelope Procedure of factor, K,,, determined by Equation 207.4.8-1. The
Section 207C shall be based on the exposure category topographic .feature (2-D ridge or esca1711nent, or 3-D
resulting in the highest \Vind loads for any \Vind direction axis.vnunetrical hill) is described b_v tH'O paran1eters, Hand
at the site. L1,. H is the height qf the hill or difference in elevation
betH'een the crest and that of the llJJlvind terrain. L1t is the
207 A. 7.4.3 Directional Procedure for Building distance upH'ind of the crest to lvhere the ground elevation
Appurtenances and Other Structures is equal to ha/fthe height olthe hill. l( zt is determined/ram
(Section 2070) three ,nultipliers, K 1 , K 2 , and K 3 , 1rhiclz are obtaineilfron1
Figure 207.4.8-1, respective(v. 1(1 is related to the shape
Wind loads for the design of building appurtenances (such ofthe topographic feature and the nzaxinnun speed-up near
as rooftop structures and equip1nent) and other structures the crest, K 2 accounts for the reduction in speed-up 1vith
(such as solid freestanding \Valls and freestanding signs, distance up1vind or dolvnvvind of the crest, and K 3
chiinneys, tanks, open signs, lattice fra1ne\vorks, and accounts for the reduction in speed-up 1vith height above
trussed towers) as specified in Section 2070 shall be based the local ground s111face.
on the appropriate exposure for each wind direction
considered. The multipliers listed in Figure 207.4.8-1 are based on the
asst11nption that the 1vind approaches the hill along the
207A.7.4.4 Components and Cladding (Section 207E) direction ofnzaxinuan slope, causing the greatest SJJeed-up
near the crest. The average maximum upll'ind slope of the
Design wind pressures for components and cladding shall hill is a11proxilnately H /2L1t, and 1neasuren1ents have
be based on the exposure category resulting in the highest shown that hills with slopes of less than about
wind loads for any wind direction at the site. 0.10 (H/L,. < 0.20) are unlike(v to produce sign!ficant
speed-up of the wind. For values of H / L,. > 0.5 the
207 A.8 Topographic Effects speed-up effect is assumed to be independent ofslope. The
!lpeed-uJJ principal(v affects the 1nea11 1vind speed rather
Conunenta,r: than the a111plitude of the turbulent .fluctuations, and this
fact has been accounteif.(or in the values o.f K 1 , K 2 . and
As an aid to the designer, this section ivas reivritte11 in K 3 given in Figure 207.4.8-1. Therefore, values of Kz,
ASCE 7-98 to specify when topographic effects need to be obtained Ji-om Figure 207.4.8-1 are intended for use with
apJJ!ied to a particular structure rather than 1vhen they do velocity 11ressure exposure coefficients, Kh and K 2 • 1vhich
not as in the previous version. In an effort to exclude are based Oil gust speeds.
situations 1vhere little or no topographic effect ex;sts,
Condition (2) was added to include the fact that the It is not the intent a/Section 207.4.8 to address the general
topographic feature should JJrotrude significant~v above case of vv·ind.fion' over hilly or co111plex terrain for ivhiclz
(by a/actor of two or more) upwind terrain features b~fore engineering judg111ent, expert ad1•ice, or tlze Wini! Tunnel
it becon1es a factor. For exan1ple, if a significant upn1i11d Procedure as described in Section 207F ,na.v be required.
terrain feature has a height of 10 ,n above its base elevation Background material on topographic speed-up effects may
and has a top elevation of 30 n1 above 1nean sea level then be found in the literature (Jackson and Hunt 1975, Lemelin
the topographic feature (hill, ridge, or escmpment) must et al. 1988, and Walmsl~v et al. 1986).
have at least the H specified and extend to elevation 52 ,n

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-47

-The designer is cautioned that, at present, the code 2. The hill, ridge, or escarpment protrudes above the
contains no provision for vertical rvind speed-up because height of upwind terrain features within a 3.2-km
of a topographic effect, even though this plze110111enon 1:'i radius in any quadrant by a factor of l\vo or more.
knoi-vn to exist ancf can cause adclitional uplift on roofs.
Additional research is required to quantijj, this effect 3. The structure is located as shown in Figure 207 A.8-1
be.fore it can be incorporated into the code. in the upper one-halfof a hill or ridge or near the crest
of an escarpn1ent.
207A.8.1 Wind Speed-Up over Hills, Ridges, and
Escarpments 4. H/L1, ~ 0.Z.

Wind speed-up effects at isolated hills, ridges, and 5. H is greater than or equal to 4.5 m for Exposure C and
escarp1nents constituting abrupt changes in the general D and 18 m for Exposure B.
topography, located in any exposure category, shall be
included in the design when buildings and other site 207 A.8.2 Topographic Factor
conditions and locations of structures 1neet all of the
follo\ving conditions: The wind speed-up effect shall be included in the
calculation of design wind loads by using the factor Kz,:
!. The hill, ridge, or escarpment is isolated and
unobstructed upwind by other similar topographic
features of comparable height for l 00 times the height Kz, = (1 + K1 + l{z + K,) 2 (207 A.8-1)
of the topographic feature (1008) or 3.2 km,
\Vhichever is less. This distance shall be n1easured where K 1, K 2 , and K 3 are given in Figure 207A.8-l.
horizontally from the point at which the height H of If site conditions and locations of structures do not meet all
the hill, ridge, or escarpment is detennined. the conditions specified in Section 207 A.8.1 then
Kz, = 1. 0.

Y(.)

ESCARPMENT 2-D RIDGE OR 3-D AXISYMMETRICAL HILL

Figure 207 A.8-1

Topographic Factor, Kz,

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition, 2015

2-48 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 207 A.8-1

Topographic Multipliers for Exposure C

K, Multiolier K, Multiolier K, Multiolier

3-D All 3-D
H/L,, 2-D 2-D x/L,, 2-D z/L,, 2-D 2-D
Axisym. Other Axisym.
Ridge Escarp. Escarp. Ridge Escarp.
Hill Cases Hill
0.20 0.29 0.17 0.21 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
0.25 0.36 0.21 0.26 0.50 0.88 0.67 0.10 0.74 0.78 0.67
0.30 0.43 0.26 0.32 1.00 0.75 0.33 0.20 0.55 0.61 0.45
0.35 0.51 0.30 0.37 I.SO 0.63 0.00 0.30 0.41 0.47 0.30
0.40 0.58 0.34 0.42 2.00 0.50 0.00 0.40 0.30 0.37 0.20
0.45 0.65 0.38 0.47 2.50 0.38 0.00 0.50 0.22 0.29 0.14
0.50 0.72 0.43 0.53 3.00 0.25 0.00 0.60 0.17 0.22 0.09
3.50 0.13 0.00 0.70 0.12 0.17 0.06
4.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.09 0.14 0.04
0.90 0.07 0.11 0.03
1.00 0.05 0.08 0.02
I.SO 0.01 0.02 0.00
2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
1Vores:

1. For values of H / L1i, x/ L1i and z/ L1z other than those shown, linear interpolation is permitted.
2. For!!...> 0.50, assume!!...= 0. 50 for evaluating K 1 and substitute ZH for L11 for evaluating K 2 and K 3.
L1, lh
3. Multipliers arc based on the assumption that wind approaches the hill or escarpment along the direction ofmaxinu1m slope.
4. Notation:

H Height of hill or escarpment relative to the upwind terrain, in meters.

L,, Distance upwind of crest to where the difference in ground elevation is half the height of hill or escarpment, in meters.
K1 Factor to account for shape of topographic feature and maximum speed-up effect
K, Factor to account for reduction in speed-up with distance upwind or downwind of crest.
K, Factor to account for reduction in speed-up with height above local terrain.
x Distance (upwind or downwind) fro1n the crest to the building site, in meters.
z Height above ground surface at building site, in meters.
µ Horizontal attenuation factor.
y Height attenuation factor.
Equations:
Kzt = (1 +Ki+ 1<2 + /(3) 2
K 1 determined frotn table below
K2 = (1 - .!c!.)
Jllh
/(
3
= e-yz/L1,

K /(H/L )
Hill Shape Ex osure y Upwind Do,vn,vind
B c D of Crest of Crest
2-dimensional ridges
( or valleys with negative) 1.30 1.45 1.55 3.00 I.SO 1.50
Hin Ki/(H/L,,)

2-diinensional escarp1nents 0.75 0.85 0.95 2.50 I.SO 4.00

3-dimensional axisy111metrical hill 0.95 I.OS 1.15 4.00 1.50 I.SO

Figure 207 A.8-2

Parameters for Speed-Up Over Hills and Escarpments

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-49

207A.9 Gust Effects <f>(z) thefimdamental model shape

(z/h)<
C'o1n1nenta1:i·: ( the mode exponent
p air density
NSCP 2001 contains a single gust effect factor of0.85 Cfx 1nean along-\vind force coefficient
fiw rigid buildings. As an option, the designer can 111 1 modal 111ass
/nco,porate specific features of the ivind environrnent
and building size to 1nore accurate(v calculate a gust f'µ(z)<f> 2 (z)dz
effect factor. One such JJrocedure is located in the bod.v
of the standard (Solari 1993a and 1993b). A procedure µ(z) mass per unit height
is also includedfor calculating the gust ejfectfactorfor K (1. 65)a /(a+ ( + 1)
flexible structures. The rigid structure gust factor is O
percent to JO percent lolver than the sbnple, but and Vz is the 3-s gust speed at height Z. This ca11 be
conservative. value of0.85 per111itted in the code ivithout =
evaluated by I\ b(z/33) 11 V, where Vis the 3-s gust
calculation. The procedures for both rigid and flexible speed in Exposure Cat the reference height (obtained
structures (I) provide a superior n1odel for flexible .fi'0/11 Figure 207A.5-I); b and a
are given in
structures that disJJlaJ:s the peak.factors gQ and gR and Table 207A.9-I.
(2) cause the.flexible structure ·value to n1atch the rigid
structure as resonance is renzoved A designer isji·ee to RMS A/011g-Wi11d Acceleration. The rms along-wind
use any other rational procedure in the approved acceleration a,(z) as a fimction of height above the
literature, as statecl in Section 207A.9.5. ground szaface is given by:

The gust effect factor accounts for the loading e.ffects in

the along-lvind direction due to 1vind turbulence- a.,, (z ) = 0. 85<f>(z)pBhCrxfri
m,
I,KR
structure interaction. It also accounts for along-ivind
loading effects due to d_vnan1ic a1n1;lificationforflexible
, huihfings and structures. It does 1101 include allo1vances (C207A.9-2)
--for across-ivind loading effect.,;;, vortex shedding,
instabili(v due to galloping or flutter, or t~v11a111ic ivhere Vz is the 111ean hour{v lvhul speecl at height Z. 111/s:
torsional effects. For structures susceptible to loading
q[fects that are not accounted for in the gust ~fleet
- z )ii
fc1ctor, infor111atio11 shouhf be obtainetlj,·0111 recog11izef} v, = -(
b 33 V (C207A.9-3)
/literature (Karee,n 1992 and 1985, Gurley and Kareen1
./993, Solari 1993a and 1993b, and Kareem and Smith
where band a are defined in Table 207A. 9-1.
1994) or.fi'O!n wind tunnel tests.
A-fll.t·bnu111 Alo11g-JVi11d Acceleration. The 111axiuuo11
Along-Wind Response. Based on the preceding
alo11g-1vind acceleration as a function of height above
definition ~f the gust effect factor, predictions of along
the ground sz11face is given bJ,:
1viJul response, for exa111ple, ,naxilnun1 displacen1ent,
root-n1ean-square (r1ns), and JJeak acceleration, can be
1nade. These response con1ponents are needed for XmaxCz) = g,a,(z) (C207A. 9-4)
survivabilitv and serviceabilitv lhnit states. In the
'·follolving, ;xpressions for evall~ating these along-tvind 0.5772
g, = ,./2 !n(n1 T) + --;==== (C207A.9-5)
response co1npo11ents are given. ,./Z ln(n 1 T)
~ftLti111111n Along-JVind Displace111e11t. The ,naxinuun
lvhere T = the length of tilne over lvhich the 1ninitn1u11
\.'along-1vi11d displacenzent X 1nax(z) as a fz111ctio11 of
acceleration is con1puted, usually taken to be 3, 600 s to
height above the grozuul su,face is given b.v:
reJJresent 1 hour.

Approxbnate Fundan1ental Frequency. To esthnate the

</>(z)pBhCrxfri KG d.v11arnic response of structures, kno1vleclge of the
(C207A. 9-1 J
2m 1 (2mi 1 ) 2 fimdamental ji-equency (lowest natural fi'equency) ofthe
structure is essential. This value 1voulcl also assist in
where detern1ining if the dynan1ic response estin1ates are
necessa,~v. Most co1nputer codes used in the ana(vsis of
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-50 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

structures -i,,vould JJrovide estilnates of the natural of the building is ,nost in1portant; hence the height.;
.frequencies of the structure being ana~v=et.i. Holrever, 1veighted average is appropriate. This 111ethod is an
.for the preU1ni1u.11:i' design stages son1e e1npirical appropriate first-order equation .for a<.ldressing
relationships.for building period Ta (Ta = 1/n1 ) are buihlings ivith setbacks. Explicit calculation o.f gust
available in the earthquake chapters of ASCE 7. effect .factor per the other n1ethods given in Section
HoH·ever, it is noteH'Orthy that these expressions are ]07A. 9 can still be pe1formed.
based oil reco1111nendations .for earthquake design 1vith
inherent bias to1rard higher estin1ates of.funda,nental Observationfron1 lvi11d tunnel testing ofbuildings 1vhere ,
frequencies (Goel and Chopra 1997 and 1998). For fi'equency is calculated using ana(vsis softivare reveals ;
H'ind design applications these values n1ay be the fol/01ving expression .for.frequenc,v. appropriate .for
unconservative because an estin1ated frequenc:v higher buildings less than about 120 m in height, applicable to
than the actual frequency lvoulcl yield loiver values o.f all buildings in steel or concrete:
the gust effect factor anti concon1itant~v a lo1t1er design
lvind JJressure. Ho1vever, Goel and Chopra (1997 and
1998) also cite lower bound estimates qffrequency that n1 = 100 / H (111) average value (C207A. 9-6)
are n1ore suited for use in 1vind applications. These
lo1rer-bound exJJressions are nolv gi"ven in Section
207A.9.2; graphs of these expressions are shon'n in n 1 = 7 5 / H (111) lower bound value (C207A.9-7)
Figure C207A. 9-1. Because these expressions are based
on regular buildings, lhnitations based on height and
slenderness are required. The effective length Leff, uses
a height-weighted average qf the along-wind length of
the building for slenderness evaluation. The top JJortion

100

I
75
I
- -E<1uation 207A.9-2:22.2/H"0.8
60
\ ---·Equation 207A.9-3:43.5/H"0.9

g \\ --Equlltion 207A.9-4:75!1-1
~
.c 45
\ ~
""
·;;;
:c: ' ''
11.
""c
:§
·;;
30
\
.._\ ,,
"' I,
',[',,,, I"- ,,...,
15 '
- -.-·-·-....- ..,.
•,
I"-
h

0
0.000 0.500 I.000 1.500 2.000 2.500

Approximate Natural Frequency (hertz)

Figure C207 A. 9-1

Equations for Approximate Natural Frequency vs. Building Height

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-S·J

C207A. 9-7 for the lower bound value is

/Y)1,,ovided in Section 207A. 9.2. n1 = [..l/(2rrh2 )h/(EI/m) (C207A.9-12)

iinMa•d "'" fi11/-sc,1/emeasurements ofbuildings under the where h is the height, and E, I, and m are calculated
1-vind, the follo1-ving expression has been for the cross-section at the base. ,l depends on the wall
!.col·'ovos,,d for wind applications (Zhou and Kareem thicknesses at the tip and base, et and eb, and e.x.ternal
Zhou, Kijewski, and Kareem 2002): dia111eter at the tip and base, dt anti db, according to the
followingformula:
f,, 1 =150/H (C207A. 9-8)
-4d')] [ 6. 65 ]
fi"eqmmcy expression is based on older buildings ,l =[1. 9exp (<4 + 0. 9 + (!;)°"666
overestirnates the fi·equency co1n1non in U.S.
?c,ms.tru,ctilm for smaller buildings less than 120 m in
but becornes ,nore accurate for tall buildings (C207A.9-13)
IaPP,,·h,rthan 120 min height. The Australian and New
cZ<w/tmdSta·ndl1rdAS.!N2'.S 1170.2, Eurocode ENVJ991- Equation C207A.9-12 reduces to Equation C207A.9-11
Hong Kong Code of Practice 011 Wind Effects for unifor111 1nasts. For fi·ee-standing lattice to1-vers
tr2•11n,11 and others have adopted Equation C207A. 9-8 {lvithout added ancillaries such as antennas or lighting
bu,ildzng rypes and all heights. fi"ames) (Standards Australia 1994):

;{Jj'ec,mt studies in Japan involving a suite of buildings

loiv-a,nplitude e~Ycitations have led to the
n1 =150ow./h2 (C207A.9-14)

//fi1/lc1winr! expressions for natural fi·equencies of

(bu•lld,'ngs (Sataka et al. 2003): 1vhere w a is the average 1vidth of the sh1rcture in 1n and
h is tower height. An alternative formula for lattice
=220 / H (m)(concrete buildings) (C207A. 9-9) towers (with added ancillaries) (Wyatt 1984) is:

= 164/H(m) (steel buildings) (C207A.9-JO) 111-

- (LN)2/3
-
(Wb)l/2
- (C207A. 9-15)
H H

ex,.,re,esitms based on Japanese buihiings result in rvhere wb = to1-ver base 1vitlth an,i LN = 270 111 for
32/i,ffl,her 1'i·e11uencv estimates than those obtai11edfi"0111 the square base towers, or 230 mfor triangular base towers.
expression given in Equations C207,,L9-6
C207A. 9-8, particularly since the Japanese Structural Da,nping. Structural c.iarnping is a rneasure
set has litnited observations .for the n1ore flexible ofenergy dissipation in a vibrating structure that results
J,ij,ftl/clinirs sensitive to wind effects and Japanese in bringing the structure to a quiescent state. The
lct•?nsfru,cticm tends to be stiffer. damping is defined as the ratio of the energy dissipated
in one oscillatio11 cycle to the 111axinnan an1ount of
ca,uu.eve•re,1 mas1·sorpoles ofun{for,n cross-section energy in the structure in that cycle. There are as ,nany
bending action dominates): structural da1nping 111echanis111s as there are ,nodes o.f
converting nzechanical energy into heat. The 111ost
(C207A.9-J I) bnportant 1nechanisn1s are ,naterial da,nping and
inte,.facial damping.

El is the bending stiffi1ess ofthe section and m is In engineering practice, the danzping 111echanis1n is
I[!l''e .,na:is/1111it height. (This formula may be used for often approxirnateci as viscous da111ping because it leads
1-vith a slight taper, using average value o.fEI and to a linear equation of ,notion. This darnping nzeasure,
(ECCS 1978). in tern1s of the da,nping ratio1 is usually assigned based
on the construction rnaterial, for exa,nple, steel or
ap,on,xi;•nate formula for cantilevered, tapered, concrete. The calculation of dynamic load effects
;tstrcul,er (ECCS I 978) is: requires da,nping ratio as an input. In ·wind
applications, da,nping ratios of 1 percent and 2 percent
are (vpically used in the United States for steel and
concrete buildings at serviceability levels, respectively,
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition. 2015
2-52 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

while ISO ( 1997) suggests I percent and 1.5 percent for earthquake engineering, is used/or the ivind loads, as it
steel anc:l concrete, res11ective(v. Da111ping values for is less sensitive to deviations fi·onz a linear 111ode shape
steel su1111ort structures .for signs, chilnneys, and torvers ivhile still providing a gust effect factor generally equal
1nay be 111uch lower than buildings and ,nay fall in the to the gust factor calculated by the Section 207 NSCP
range qf0.15 11ercent to 0.5 J?ercent. Da,nping values of 2010 standard. This equivalence occurs on(v for
special structures like steel stacks can be as lo1v as 0.2 structures 1vith linear ,node shape and unifornz 1nass
percent to 0. 6 percent and 0.3 percent to 1.0 percent for clistribution, assz11nptio11s tacitly ilnplied in the previous
unlinet1 and linetl steel chilnne.vs, respectively (ASME formulation ofthe gust effect/actor, and thereby permits
1992 and CIC/ND /999). These values may provide a s1nooth transition .fi·o111 the existing procedure to the
so111e guitlance .for design. Da,nping levels useti i111t•ind forn1ulation suggestetl here. For a 111ore detailed
load applications are sn1aller than the 5 percent discussion on this ivind loading procedure, see ISO
ckunping ratios conunon in seisn1ic applicatio11s because ( I 997) and Sat aka et al. (2003 ).
buihlings subjected lo n•intl loads respond essential~v
elastical~v lVhereas buildings subjected to design level Along-Wind Equivalent Static Wind Loading.
earthquakes respond inelastical(v at higher da1nping The equivalent static ivind loading for the 111ean. wl
levels. background, and resonant co,nponents is obtained using
(
the procedure outlined in the following text.
)
Because the level of structural response in the
serviceabili(v and survivability states is d(fferent, the lvfean 11.Jfnd load co,nponent P1 at the Ith floor level is
dan11,ing values associatet.l ivith these states 111a.v differ. given by:
Further, ,iue to the nzunber of n-1echanis111s responsible
.for dan1ping, the lilnitetl fit!l-scale data ,nantfest a (C207A.9-/6)
dependence on/actors such as ,naterial, height. and (vpe
ofstructural s.vstern and foundation. The Co1111nittee on ,vhere
Dan1J1ing o.fthe Architectural Institute ofJapan suggests
j = floor level
ci(fferent da111ping values for these states based on a
Zj height qf the ft/' floor above the ground
large da11111ing database described in Sataka et al.
(2003). level
qi = velocity pressure at height z 1
In addition to structural tfa,nping, aerodyna,nic er external pressztre coej]icient
darnping n1ay· be experienced b.v a structure oscillating G 0. 925(1 + 1. 7 Bvl,)- 1 is the gust
velocity factor A
in air. In general, the aerodynarnic dan1ping
a
contribution is quite sn1all con1pared to the structural
da,nping, ant.l it is positive in lo1v to 111oderate ivind
Peak background wind load component PBi at the ft/' a
.fl.oar level is given sin1ilar(v b,,v:
speecls. De11endi11g on the structural shape. at so,ne
ivbul velocities, the aerodyna,nic da,nping n-za_v beco,ne
negative, 1vhich can lead to unstable oscillations. In
these cases. reference should be 111ade to recognized (C207A.9-!7)
literature or a ivilul tunnel stucZv.

Alternate Procedure to Calculate Wind Loads. lVhere

The concept of the gust effect factor implies that the
effect of gusts can be adequate!v accounted for by 1 71
0. 925 ( · ' gQQ )
nzultip(ping the ,nean 1vbui load distribution ivith height 1 + 1. 7gvl,
l~v a single factor. This is an aJJproxbnation. If a ,nore is the background co1npo11e11t of the gust
accurate representation of gust effects is required, the effect factor.
alternative procedure in this section can be used It
takes account of the fact that the inertial forces created Peak resonant vvind load co,nponent PRJ at the Ith floor
by the building's ,nass, as it ,naves u1uier 1vind action, level is obtained by distributing the resonant base
have a d('f}'erent distribution with height than the ,nean bending 111on1ent response to each level
wind loads or the loads due to the direct actions ofgusts
(ISO 1997 and Sataka et al. 2003). The alternate
.fornzulation o.l the equivalent static load distribution (C207A.9-/8)
utilizes the peak base bending 1no111ent and e.\presses it
in tern1s of inertial forces at d(fferent building levels. A
base bending 1non1ent, instead of the base shear as in

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-53

the building height. Additional background can be fozmd

in ISO (1997) and Sataka et al. (2003).
(C207A.9-19)
Example: The following example is presented to
illustrate the calculation of the gust effect factor. Table
C207A.9-1 uses the given information to obtain values
- MGn (C207A.9-20)
Mn=~ ji'om Table 207A.9-I. Table C207A.9-2 presents the
G calculated values. Table C207A.9-3 summarizes the
calculated displace,nents and accelerations as a
function of the height, z.
M= I
}=1,n
Pizi (C207A.9-21)
Given Values:
Basic wind speed at reference
150 !an/h
1-vhere height in exposure C
Ct-< 1.3
CMj = vertical !oaci distribution factor
peak resonant conzponent of the base Da,nping ratio 0.01
Mn
bending ,nornent response Mode exponent 1.0
Wj portion of the total gravity load of the
building located or assigned to level j Type ofexposure B
n = total stories ofthe building Building height It = 183 m
<Pi first structural ,node shape value at level j
Building width B = 30.5111
M = ,nean base bending produced by 1nean
wind load Building depth L 30.5111
Building natural ji'equency n 1 0.2Hz
O. 925 ( 1. 71,gnR )
Gn
1 + 1. 7gvlz Building density 12 lb/ft3
is the resonant co,nponent of the gust 192.0817
effect factor. kg/111 3
1.2369
.-4lr densit;1
Alo11g-Wi11d Response. Through a simple static kg/m 3
ana!vsis the peak-building response along-wind
direction can be obtained by: Table C207A.9-1
Calculated Values
(C207A.9-22) 9.14 ft
1/3
1-vhere T T' 0 , and fn = n1ean, peak backgroun,i, and
1 c = 0.3
resonant response con1ponents of interest, for exanzple,
shear forces, n101nent, or displace,nent. Once the
b 0.45
equivalent static wind load distribution is obtained, any = 0.25
response co111ponent including acceleration can be 0.84
obtained using a sitnple static ana(vsis. It is suggested
that caution ,nus! be exercised when co,nbining the a 1/7
loads instead of response according to the preceding l 97.54m
expression, for exa,nple,
{ 1

(C207A.9-23)

because the background and the resonant load

conzponents have norrnally different distributions along

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-54 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Rn 0.6!0
Table C207A.9-2
1} 5.113
Calculated Values
v 40.23 mis Rh 0.176

z 109.73 m 1J 2.853

1, 0.201 RL 0.289

L, 216.75 m Rz 0.813
Q2 0.616 Gt 1.062
32.95 mis K 0.501
Vz
v, 47.59 mis m, 10.88x106
kg
N, 1.31 3.787
BR
Rn 0.113

1J 0.852

Table 207A.9-3
.4/ong-1,vind Response - Exan1ple
RMS Acc.* RMS Acc.* Max:Acc.* Max Acc.*
Floor Zj (m) <P1 Xmaxj
(mls 2) (mg) (mls 2) (mg)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 18.29 0.10 0.03 0.00 0.41 0.02 1.6
JO 36.58 0.20 0.06 0.01 0.83 0.03 3.1
15 54.86 0.30 0.09 0.01 1.24 0.05 4.7
20 73.15 0.40 0.13 0.02 1.66 0.06 6.3
25 91.44 0.50 0.16 0.02 2.07 0.08 7.8
30 109.73 0.60 0.19 0.02 2.49 0.09 9.4
35 128.02 0.70 0.22 0.03 2.90 0.11 11.0
40 146.3 0.80 0.25 0.03 3.32 0.12 12.6
45 164.59 0.80 0.28 0.04 3.73 0.14 14.1
50 182.88 1.00 0.31 0.04 4.14 0.15 15.7

Aerodynamic Loatls on Tall Builtlings-An across-1vind and torsional responses in the ear~v design
I11teractive Database. Under the action of 1,vind tall stages. The database consists of high Ji-equency base
buildings oscillate silnultaneous(v in the along-1vind, balance 111easuren1ents involving seven rectangular
across-rvind, anti torsional directions. H1hile the along- building models. with side ratio D / B, where D is the
1vind loads have been successful~v treated in ter1ns of depth of the building section along the oncoming wind
gust loading factors based on quasi-steady and strip direction) Ji-om 113 to 3. three aspect ratios for each
theories. the across-1vind and torsional loads cannot be building ,node! in hvo apJJroach jlo1vs, na111eZv,
treated in this ,nanner, as these loads cannot be related BL 1 (a= 0. 16) and BL 2 (a = 0. 35) corresponding to
in a straigh(for~varli ,nanner to .fluctuations in the an OJJen and an urban environn1ent. The data are
approach jlov,,,1..ds a result, ,nost current codes and accessible 1vith a user-friend£v Java-based aJ7plet
standards provide little guidance for the across-1vind through the 1vorlcAvide Internet conununity at
and torsional response ISO (1997) and Sataka et al. http://aerodata.ce.1ul.edu/inte1facelinte1face.htn1l.
(2003).
Through the use o.f this interactive portal, users can
To provide son1e guidance at the prelilni11a1J' design select the geo111el!J and ditnensions of a ,node! building
stages of buildings, an interactive aerot~vnanzic loatfs fron1 the available choites and specify an urban or
database for assessing c~vna,nic 1vind-induced loads on suburban condition. Upon ,ioing so. the aerodyna,nic
a suite o.f generic isolatetf buildings is introduced. loa,l .5,pectra for the along-1vind. across-1vind, or
Although the ana(vsis based on this e..-rperinzental torsional directions is displa.ved 1vith a Java inte,face
database is not intended to replace 1vind tunnel testing per1nitting users to specifi.' a reduced frequency
in the final design stages, it provides users a (building frequency x building dilnension/ 1vind
111ethodology to approxilnate the previousZv untreated veloci(v) of interest and auto1natically obtain the

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-55

corresponding :,pectral value. When coupled lvith the Low-Rise Buildings, as defined in 207 A.2, are permitted to
supporting H'eb docu111e11tation. exanlJJles, and concise be considered rigid.
analvsis procedure, the database JJrovides a
corn/Jrehensive tool for co111putation of lvind-iluiuced 207A.9.2.1Limitations for Approximate Natural
response o.ftall buihiings, suitable as a clesign guide in Frequency
the preli111ina1J' stages.
As an alternative to performing an analysis to detennine
£,:a1n1,le: An exan1ple tall building is used to n 1 , the approximate building natural frequency, n 1 , shall
den1onstrate the analysis using the database. The be permitted to be calculated in accordance with Section
builcling is a square steel tall building 1vith size H x W 1 207A.9.3 for structural steel, concrete, or masonry
W 2 = 200 x 40 x 40 m and an average radius of buildings n1eeting the follo\ving require1nents:
gyration of I 8 111.
l. The building height is less than or equal to 91 m, and
The rhree fun£ia1ne11tal ,node frequencies, f 1 , are 0.2,
0.2, and 0.35 Hz in X. Y, and Z directions, respectively; 2. The building height is less than 4 times its effective
/he ,node shapes are all linear, or P is equal to 1.0, and length, Leff·
there is no n1odal coupling. The building density is equal
to 250 kg! 111 3 This building is located in Exposure A or The effective length, Leff, in the direction under
close to the BL 2 lest condition of the Internet-based consideration shall be determined from the following
database (Zhou et al. 2002). In this location equation:
(E.,11osure A}, the reference 3-sec design gust speed at a
50-ycar recurrence interval is 63 mis [ASCE 7-98},
which is equal to 18.9 ,n/s upon conversion to 1-h 1nean
wind speed with 50-yr MRI (207 x 0.30 = 62 mis). For (207A.9-1)
serviceabilit_,v requiren1e11ts, 1-h 111ean 1,vind speed lvith
JO-yr MRI is equal to 14 mis (207 x 0.30 x 0.74 = 46). The summations are over the height of the building
f'or the sake of illustration on(v, the first ,node critical
struclllral damping ratio, ;; 1 , is to be 0.01 for both \Vhere
survlvability and serviceabilizv design. h; is the height above grade oflevel i
L; is the building length at level i parallel to the
[Ising these aerodyna,nic t.fata and the procedures \Vind direction
provided on the Web and in ISO (1997), the wind load
gf{(!cts are evaluated and the results are presented in 207A.9.3 Approximate Natural Frequency
Table C207A.9-4. This table includes base moments and
acceleration response in the along-lvilui direction The approximate lower-bound natural frequency (nu), in
obtained by the procedure in ASCE 7-02. Also the Hertz, of concrete or structural steel buildings meeting the
bui!t!ing experiences 1nuch higher across-lvind load conditions of Section 207A.9.2.I, is permitted to be
'ff..ffects 1-vhen con1pareci to the along-1vind response for determined from one of the following equations:
"'ihis exa1n11le, lvhich reiterates the signtficance oj. lvind
/load~· and their effects in the across-1vind liirection. For structural steel n101nent-resisting-frame buildings:

207A.9.J Gust Effect Factor nu= 22. 2/h 0 ·8 (207A.9-2)

The gust-effect factor for a rigid building or other structure

For concrete moment-resisting frame buildings:
is permitted to be taken as 0.85.

207A.9.2 Frequency Determination na = 43. 5/h0 ·9 (207A.9-3)

To determine whether a building or structure is rigid or

For structural steel and concrete buildings with other
flexible as defined in Section 207 A.2, the fundamental
lateral-force-resisting systems:
natural frequency, n,, shall be established using the
structural properties and defonnational characteristics of
the resisting elements in a properly substantiated analysis. na = 75/h (207A.9-4)

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-56 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

For concrete or 1nasonry shear wall buildings, it is also 1

permitted to use: Q= (207 A.9-8)
1 + 0. 63 (B + h)o.63
L,
(207A.9-5)
where B and h are defined in Section 207 A.3 and L, is the wl
\vhere mtegral length scale of turbulence at the equivalent heiaht
0 as
given by: in
n 2
=100 '\' (!!:..) A,
Cw A L, h·
B i=1 '
(
1 + 0.83 (~:) 2] (207A.9-9)

ln Si:
\vhere

h mean roof height (m)

n nutnber of shear \Valls in the building In which f and E are constants listed in Table 207A.9-1.
effective in resisting lateral forces in the
direction under consideration 207 A.9.5 Flexible or Dynamically Sensitive Buildings
base area of the structure (m2 )
or Other Structures
horizontal cross-section area of shear ,vall
"i" (1n2) For flexible or dynamically sensitive buildings or other
length of shear wall "i" (m) structures as defined in Section 207 A.2, the gust-effect
height of shear wall "i" (m) factor shall be calculated by:
\\
207A.9.4 Rigid Buildings or Other Structures 11
For rigid buildings or other structures as defined in Section 2
207 A.2, the gust-effect factor shall be taken as 0.85 or (207A.9-IO)
calculated by the fommla: !1
2
_
G - 0. 925
(1 + 1. 7gQlzQ)
l
(207A.9-6) gQ and gv shall be taken as 3.4 and gn is given by:
r.
p
1 + 1 · 7 gv z

1, =cc:) 1/6
(207 A.9-7)
gn =,Jz ln(3600n1)
0.577 (207 A. 9-11)
2

+ ',;==z=1n=,(3=6=o=o=n=1) '
(

ln Si:
R, the resonant response factor, is given by:

(207 A. 9-12)
where 1, is the intensity of turbulence at height z
z
where is the equivalent height of the structure defined as
R = -,---7_._4_7_N.::..,- ~
0. 6h, but not less than Zmin for all building heights h. Zmin (207 A.9-13)
" (1 + 10. 3N,)5/3
and c are listed for each exposure in Table 207 A.9-1; gQ
and gv shall be taken as 3.4. The background response Q
is given by: (207A.9-14)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-57

207A.10 Enclosure Classification

for 1/ > 0 (207A.9-1 Sa)
Conunenta,~v:

R, = 1 forq =0 (207A.9-15b) Accordingly, the code requires that a cleter111ination be

111ade of the a,nount of openings in the envelope to assess
where the subscript fin Equation 207 A.9-15 shall be taken enclosure classification (enclosed, partia/~y enclosecl, or
ash. B, and L, respectively, where h, B, and Lare defined open). "Openings" are specifical(v defined in this version
in Section 207 A.3. of the code as "apertures or holes in the building envelope
n1 fundamental natural frequency 1vhich allolv air to flo1v through the building envelope and
1vhich are designed as "open" during design 1vinds. "
R, R,. setting 1/ = 4. 6n 1 h/Vz
Exa,nples include doors, operable 1.vindo1vs, air intake
R, R 8 settingq = 4.6n1 B/i7, exhausts for air conditioning and or ventilation svste111s
R, RL setting 1/ = 15.4n1 L/i7,
gaps around doors, deliberate gaps in claddil;g, and
p damping ratio, percent of critical (i.e. for 2%
flexible and operable louvers. Once the enclosure
use 0.02 in the equation)
classification is known, the designer enters Table 207A.11-
Vz mean hourly wind speed (m/s) at height z
1 to select the apJJropriate internal pressure coefficient.
determined from Equation 207A.9-16:

_vz = -( z )" (88)

b 33 60 v
(207 A.9-16)
This version of the code has four ter111s applicable to
enclosure: 1vind-bor11e debris regions, glazing, ilnpact-
resistant glazing, and ilnpact protective syste111. "~Vind-
ln SI: borne debris regions" are specified to alert the designer to
areas requiring consideration of111issile itnpact design and
potential openings in the building envelope. "Glazing" is
defined as "any glass or transparent or translucent plastic
sheet used in lvindoH's, doors, skylights, or curtain i-valls."
"Impact resistant glazing" is specifically defined as
where b and a are constants listed in Table 207 A. 9-1 and
"glazing that has been shown by testing to withstand the
V is the basic wind speed in km/h.
ilnpact of test 1nissiles. " "bnpact protective sys terns" over
glazing can be shutters or screens designe,i to lvithstand
207A.9.6 Rational Analysis
i-vind-borne debris ilnpact. bnpact resistance of glazing
and protective syste111s can be testecl using the test 111ethod
In lieu of the procedure defined in Sections 207 A.9.3 and
specified in ASTM El 886-2005 (2005), with missiles,
207A.9.4, determination of the gust-effect factor by any
i111pact speeds, and pass/fail criteria specified in ASTM
rational analysis defined in the recognized literature is
El996-2009 (2009). Other approved test 111ethods are
permitted.
acceJJtable. Origins of111issile bnpact provisions contained
in these standards are summarized in Minor (1994) and
207A.9. 7 Limitations Twisdale et al. (1996).
Where combined gust-effect factors and pressure Attention is drawn to Section 207A.10.3, which requires
coefficients (GCp), (GCp;), and (GCpf) are given in glazing in Catego,y I, JI, Ill. and JV buildings in wind-
figures and tables, the gust-effect factor shall not be borne debris regions to be protected lVilh an bnpact
determined separately. protective syste,n or to be ,nade ofin-zpact resistant glazing.
The option of unprotected glazing was eli111inatedfor most
buildings in the 2005 edition of the standard to reduce the
an1ount of ivind and water darnage to buildings during
design lvind stor,n events.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-58 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 207A.9-l
Terrain Exposure Constants

Exposure a z, a b a b c f(m) € Zmin(m)*

B 7.0 365.76 1/7 0.84 1/4.0 0.45 0.30 97.54 1/3.0 9.14
c 9.5 274.32 119.5 1.00 1/6.5 0.65 0.20 152.4 1/5.0 4.57
D l 1.5 213.36 1/11.5 1.07 1/9.0 0.80 0.15 198.12 l/8.0 2.13
* Zmin = nzininuan height used to ensure that the equivalent height Z is greater of 0. 6h or Zmin· For buildings lVith
h $ Zmin, Z shall be taken as Zmin·

other cases. potential sources of debris ,nay be present,

Prior to the 2002 edition of the standard, glazing in the but extenuating conclitions can lon·er the risk. These
lower 18 m o/Catego1:v II. III, or IV buildings sited in extenuating conditions include the type of,naterials and
lVind-horne debris regions 1vas required to be protectec! surrounding construction, the le1/el ofprotection ojfered
lVith an ilnpact JJrotective systern, or to be ,nade of b.v surrozouiing exposure conditions, and the clesign
ilnpact-resistant gla::::ing, or the area o..f the glazing H'as wind speed. Therefore, the risk ,ifimpact may dijferji'Oln
assiuned to be open. Recogni::::ing that gla::::i11g higher those postulated as a result ofthe conditions specifical(v
than 1(;i 111 above grade n1ay be broken b.v 1vi11d-borne enu111erated in the code and the referenced ilnpact
tlebris ..,,.,,,J,en a debris source is present, a neH' provision sta,uiards. The conunittee recognizes that there are
1vas added in 2002. 1'Vith that neH' provision, aggregate vastly differing opinions. even lt:ithin the standar,!s
sw:fi1ced roofs on buildings within 450 111 of the ne\1' conunittee, regartling the significance of these
building need to be evaluated. For example, roof para111eters that are not fir!Zv considered in developing
aggregate, inclzuling gravel or stone used as ballast that standardi::ed debris regions or re..ferenced ilnpact
is not protected by a sufficient{v high J)arapet should be criteria.
consiclered as a debris source..Accordingly, the glazing
in the ne1v huihling, fi·on1 9 1n above the source building Recogni::ing that the de_finition of the lvind-borne debris
to grade 1,vould need to be protected 1,vith an i111_pact regions given in NSCP 2001 (ASCE 7-98) through
protective systen1 or be 1nade o.f bnpact-resistant NSCP 2010 (ASCE 7-05) was large!v based 011
glazing. {f loose roof aggregate is proposed for the nelr engineering judgrnent rather than a risk and reliabili(v
buihling, it too should be considered as a debris source ana{vsis, the clejinition of the rvind-borne debris regions
because aggregate can be blorvn a.ff the roo_f and be in ASCE 7-10 for Occupancy Catego1y III and IV
propelled into glazing on the leeward side of the builciings and structures has been chosen such that the
building. Although other {vpes ofwind-bome debris can coastal areas included in the 1vind-bor11e debris regions
ilnpact glazing higher than 18 ,n above grade, at these defined 1vith the nerv 1vinci s11eed ,naps are
higher elevations, loose roof aggregate has been the apJJroxilnateZv consistent ivith those given in the JJrior
1,re,!01ninate debris source in previous lVind events. The editions for this risk category. Tints, the nelv 1vi11d speed
requiren1ent,for protection 9 111 above the debris source contours that define the rvilui-borne ciebris regions in
is to account for debris that can be lifted during flight. Section 207A.I0.3.l are not direct conversions of the
The _follo1ving references provide .further inforn1ation rvin,i speed contours that are ciefinecl in NSCP 2010
regarcling clebris ,ia1nage to glazing: Beason et al. (ASCE 7-05) as shown in Table C207A.5-6. As a result
(1984), Minor (1985 and 1994), Kareem (1986), and qf this sh!fi, adjustments are needed to the Wind Zone
Behr and Minor (1994). designations in ASTM E 1996 for the determination of
the appropriate nzissile size for the ilnpact test because
Although lvind-borne debris can occur in just about any the Wind Zones are based 011 the NSCP 2010 (ASCE 7-
condition, the level o.f risk in co1nparison to the 05) wind speed maps. Chapter 6.2.2 of ASTM E 1996
postulated clebris regions and in1pact criteria ,nay also should be as follows:
be lower than that determined for the pwpose of
standar,ii::ation. For exa111ple, individual buildings 111ay 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified. select the wind
be site,i alvay fron1 likeZv ciebris sources that n·ould zone base,! on the basic ivind speed as.fol/01,vs:
generate sign(ficant risk o._filnpacts sin1ilar in ,nagnitude
to pea gravel (i.e., as sbnulated by 2 gra111 steel balls in 6.2.2. I Wind Zone I - 2 IO Aph :S basic wind speed <
in1pact tests) or butt-on 2 x 4 ilnpacts as requireli in 225 kph.
in1pact testing criteria. This situation describes a
condition o.f lolv vulnerabili~v onZv as a result of lilnited
clebris sources n'ithin the vicinity of the building. In

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - f\1inimun1 Design Loads 2-59

207A.10.3 Protection of Glazed Openings

6.2.2.2 Wind Zone 2 - 225 kph :S basic wind speed< 240 Glazed openings in Occupancy Category I, I!, III or IV
kph at greater than I. 6 kn1 .fron1 the coastline. The buildings located in tropical cyclone-prone regions shall be
coastline shall be ,neasured.frorn the 1nean high rvater protected as specified in this Section.
,nark.
207A.10.3.l Wind-borne Debris Regions
6.2.2.3 Wind Zone 3 - basic wind speed 2'. 240 kph, or
basic wind speed 2'. 225 kph and within 1.6 km of the Glazed openings shall be protected in accordance with
coastline. The coastline shall be ,neasuretl fron1 the Section 207 A. l 0.3.2 in the following locations:
n1ean high H-'ater ,nark.
I. Within 1.6 km of the coastal mean high water line
lloi+·ever, 1'Vhile the coastal areas included in the ivind- \Vhere the basic \Vind speed is equal to or greater than
borne debris regions {k:fined in the ne1v 1rind speed 58 mis, or
,naps.for Risk Category II are approxilnate(v consistent
with those given in NSCP 2010 (ASCE 7-05), significant 2. In areas where the basic wind speed is equal to or
re,luctions in the 1vind-borne debris regions for this risk greater than 63 111/s.
catego1}' occur in the area around Jacksonville, Florida,
in the Florida Panhandle, and inland fron1 the coast o.f For Occupancy Category Ill and JV buildings and
iYorth Carolina. structures, except health care facilities, the \Vind-borne
debris region shall be based on Figure 207 A.5-IA. For
The introduction o.f se11arate risk-based n1aps .for Occupancy Category III health care facilities and
d[fJ°erent risk categories provides a 111eans for achieving Occupancy Category II buildings and structures, the wind-
a 1nore risk-consistent approach .for defining 1vind- borne debris region shall be based on Figure 207 A.5- lB.
borne ,iebris regions. The approach selected 1vas to link Occupancy Categories shall be determined in accordance
the geographical tiejinition of the 1vind-borne debris with Section I 03.
regions to the 1vind ::.peed contours in the ,naps that
correspond to the particular risk catego1:v. The resulting Exception:
expansion oj' the 1vind-borne debris region for
()ccupancy Catego1:i' I and II buihlings and structures Glazing lo_catecl over 18-tn above the grouncl and-over 9- m
(wind-borne debris regions in Figure 207A.5-IC that above- _aggregate-.'iur;faced~roqft:;, _including roofs ~vlth
are not part o..f the lVind-borne debris regions definetl in gravel .or stone bctllasl, located within 450 m of the
Figure 207A.5-IB) was considered appropriate.for the building shall be permitted to be unprotected.
tn,es of buildings included in Occupancy Categ01:v I
and 11. A review of the types of buildings and structures 207A.10.3.2 Protection Requirements for Glazed
current{v inclzuied in Occupanc.v Catego1y III suggests Openings
that life safety issues 11·ould be ,nost ilnportant, in the
CXJJandec{ lvind-borne debris region. for health care Glazing in buildings requiring protection shall be protected
~facilities. Consequent{v, the conunittee chose to app{v \Vith an in1pact-protective systen1 or shall be itnpact-
the expanded 1vind-borne debris protection requirernent resistant glazing.
to this type qf Occupancy Categ01:v Ill facilities and not
to all Occupml(\' Catego1:1· Ill buildings and structures. Impact-protective systems and impact-resistant glazing
shall be subjected to missile test and cyclic pressure
207A. 10.1 General differential tests in accordance with ASTM E 1996 as
applicable. Testing to demonstrate compliance with ASTM
For the purpose of detennining internal pressure E 1996 shall be in accordance with ASTM E 1886. lmpact-
coefficients, all buildings shall be classified as enclosed, resistant glazing and i111pact protective systems shall
partially enclosed, or open as defined in Section 207 A.2. comply with the pass/fail criteria of Section 7 of ASTM
E 1996 based on the missile required by Table 3 or Table 4
207A. 10.2 Openings of ASTM E 1996.

A determination shall be made of the amount of openings

in the building envelope for use in determining the
enclosure classification.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume 1, 7th Edition, 2015

O CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

1zing and in1pact-protective systen1s in buildings and pressure coefficients can reach values o.f ±0.8 (or possihlv
tctures classified as Occupancy Category I in even higher 011 the negalii'e side). ~
ordance with Section l 03 shall comply with the

~
hanced protection" requirements of Table 3 of ASTM For JJartial(v encloset.l buildings containing a hu:ge
)96. Glazing and in1pact-protective systems in all other unpartitioned space, the re:,,ponse tilne o.f the internal
,ctures shall comply with the "basic protection"
uirements of Table 3 of ASTM El 996.
JJressure is increased, and this increase reduces the ahility
o_f the internal JJressure to respond to rapid changes in
I_::
Enclo
pressure al aJl OJJening. The gust .factor applicable to the
internal pressure is there.fore reduced. Equation ]07A. l J~
ser 1Vote: 1. 1vhich is based on Vicker;· tnuf Bloxhanz ( !992) and
Iririn and Dunn ( 1994), is JJrovided as a 1nea11s o_f,u(iusting
',e wind cones that are specified in ASTM E 1996 .for the gust factor .for this e..(f(,ct on structures H'ilh la1J;e P:
:e in deter,nining the Cl]Jp/icab/e nzissile si::e for the internal spaces, such as stadiun1s ancl arenas.
,pact test, have to be adjusted.for use 11•ith the 11·ilul
1eecl 111aps of this code and the corresponding 11'b1d- Because r~f the nature £?f tro11ical (rclone H'inds and
Jrne debris regions, see Section C207A.I0.3.2. CXJJosure to debris ha:::artlv (Afinor an(/ Behr 1993 ). gla:::.ing Notes:
locatetl heloH' 18 111 abo\'e the grozouf /ere/ o.f buildings
sited in 1vi11d-bor11e t!ehris regions has a lride(r va1:ving I. Pl
a11cl co111parative(r higher rulnerabili(r to breakage jl·on1 ar
IA.10.4 Multiple Classifications
1nissi!es. unless the ~£Jla:::ing can n·ithstan,f reasonahle 2. v
, building by definition complies with both the "open" nzissile loads and subsequent 1rind /oa,ling, or the gla:::ing SJ
I "partially enclosed" definitions. it shall be classified as is protcctet.f by suitable shullers. (See Section C'107A. 1Ojbr 3. 1
"open" building. A building that does not comply with tliscussion o.f gla:::ing above 18 111. fVhen gla:::ing is I,
1er the "open" or "partially enclosed" definitions shall breached by 1nissiles, tfei:elopnzent <~f higher internal
classified as an "enclosed" building. pressure ,nay result, 1rhich can overloacl the cladtling or
structure (( the higher JJressure H'as 1101 accounte£fji>r in
7A.11 Internal Pressure Coefficient
the lfcsign. Breaching o.f gla:::ing can also result i11 a
sign(f}cant a1no1111t o.f lrater h?flltration, lrhiclz t)']Jical(v
results in considerable ,knnage to the building and its
111111entary:
contents (Sur1:r ct al. 1977, Reinlzohl 198], a1uf Stubhs and 207/
Pen:r 1993).
internal pressure col:{ficient values in
rJle ]07A.l 1-1 H'ere obtainecl fro111 irind tunnel tests
The i,~fluence o_(co1n11art111entali:::atio11 011 the distrihutio11 For
,11hopoulos et al. 1979) and fii/1-scale data (Yeatts and
hta 1993). Even though the irind tunnel tests n·ere o.l increased internal pressure has not been researched. fl unp:
the SJJace bchituf brcachetf gla::ing is S<.!J,arated_fro,n the coe1
,ducted JJri111ari(v .for loH'-rise buihli11gs, the internal
rcnzaincfer (~f the building by a s1!fficie11tfr strong and rcd1
·ssure coefficient values are assu111ed to be valid /Or
reasonah(v airtight co111JJartn1ent, the increased internal
'h/ings o.f any height. The values (GCpt) = +0.18 anti
pressure H·ould likc(r he co1?fi11cd to that co1n11artn1enl.
18 arc fbr enclosed buil,Hngs. It is assu111ed that the R,
Hon·ever. {( the co1n1n.1rtn1e11t is hreaclzed (e.g., by an open
?,ling has no do111i11a11t OJJening or 01u!nings a,u.l that the
corridor t!oor or hy collaJJSe o.f the co111partJne11t irall}, the
all leakage paths that t!o exist are essential(r unlfOr,nly
increased internal pressure H'ill spread beyo1ul the initial
tribute,! 01•er the buihling 's envelope. The internal
co111;1art111e11t quite raJ>hf(v. The next co111par1111c11t 1nczr
'ssurc' col~[fich:nt values.for1u1rtial(r enclose,! huihlings contain the higher pressure. or it too couhl be breached.
·zu1u! that the buihfing; has a ,lo,ninant opening or
thereb.r alloiring the high internal pressure to continue to
:>J1i11gs. For such a building, the internal 1,ressure is
JJropagatc. Because o.fthe great anzount £~( air leakage that
·tale,/ by the exterior pressure at the OJJening ancl is
c~flen occurs al large hangar doors, t.lesigners o_f hangars
,tcal(l' increased substantial(v as a result. Net load,·, that
shouhl consilfer utili:::i11g the internal 11ressure coe.fficients
the co111bination o..f the internal anti exterior 1n·essures,
forpartial(r rnclosed buildings in Table 207A.1 l-1.
.' there.fore also sign{ficant(v increased 011 the bui/cling '
.faces that tlo not contain the OJJening. There.fore, higher
207A.l l.1 Internal Pressure Coefficients
Cp;) values ql +0.55 and -0.55 are applicah!e to this
\e. These values inchule a reduction .factor to account Internal pressure coefficients. (GC,,;), shall be determined
· the lack of 1,e,fect correlation betlreen the internal
from Table 207 A. I I-I based on building enclosure
:ssure an,{ the external JJressures 011 the building
classifications determined from Section 207 A. I 0.
ff.ices not containing the opening (lririn 1987 and Beste
d Cer,nak 1996). Taken in isolation, the internal

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-61

Table 207A.1 l-l 207B Wind Loads On Buildings-MWFRS

Internal Pressure Coefficient, (Gepi) (Directional Procedure)

Main Wind Force Resisting Con1111e11ta1:-i,1:

System and Components and All Heights
Clad din The Directional Procedure is the for1ner "buildings of all
heights" provision i11 Method 2 of NSCP 2010 (.4SCE 7-
Wans & Roofs 05) for MWFRS. A simplified method based 011 this
(Ge ;) Directional Procedure is provided.for buildings up to 49 111
in height. The Directional Procelfure is considerelf the
Open Buildings 0.00
trallitional approach in that the pressure coefficients
+0.55 re.fleet the actual loacfing 011 each su,:face of the buihling
Partially Enclosed Buildings
-0.55 as a .function (~{ lriluf direction. 11a1nef.i', H'hufs
+0.18 pe1pe1ulicular or J.Jarallel to the rillge line.
Enclosed Buildings
-0.18

Notes: 207B.1 Scope

I. Plus and 1ninus signs signify pressures acting to\vard 207B. I.I Building Types
and a\vay fro111 the internal surfaces, respectively.
2. Values of (Gepi) shall be used with q 2 or qi, as This chapter applies to the determination ofMWFRS wind
specified. loads on enclosed, partially enclosed, and open buildings
3. T\vo cases shall be considered to deten11ine the critical of all heights using the Directional Procedure.
load require111ents for the appropriate condition:
I. Part I applies to buildings of all heights where it is
1. a positive value of ( Gep;) applied to all internal
necessary to separate applied \Vind loads onto the
surfaces windward, leeward, and side walls of the building to
11. a negative value of (Ge1, 1) applied to all properly assess the internal forces in the MWFRS
internal surfaces 1ne1nbers.

207 A.11.l .1 Reduction Factor for Large Volume 2. Part 2 applies to a special class of buildings designated
Buildings, Ri as enclosed silnple diaphrag1n buildings, as defined in
Section 207 A.2, with h ~ 48 m.
For a partially enclosed building containing a single,
unpartitioned large voltune, the internal pressure 207B.1.2 Conditions
coefficient, (Ge1, 1), shall be multiplied by the following
reduction factor, Ri: A building \vhose design \Vind loads are detern1ined in
accordance with this chapter shall comply with all of the
following conditions:
R, = 1.0 or
I. The building is a regular-shaped building or structure
as defined in Section 207 A.2.

R 1 = 0.5
1+[1*. 1

'
g
< 1.0 (207A.l l-l) 2. The building does not have response characteristics
1naking it subject to across-\vind loading, vortex
shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter: or it
does not have a site location for \Vhich channeling
effects or buffeting in the wake ofupwind obstructions
,vhere warrant special consideration.
A0g total area of openings in the building
envelope (walls and roof), in m 2
Vi unpartitioned internal volun1e, in 111 3

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-62 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207B.1.3 Limitations Part I: Enclosed, Partially Enclosed, and Open

Buildings of All Heights
The provisions of this chapter take into consideration the
load magnification effect caused by gusts in resonance with 207B.2 General Requirements
along-wind vibrations of flexible buildings. Buildings not
meeting the requirements of Section 2078.1.2, or having The steps to determine the wind loads on the MWFRS for
unusual shapes or response characteristics shall be enclosed, pm1ially enclosed and open buildings of all
designed using recognized literature docu111enting such heights are provided in Table 207B.2-l.
wind load effects or shall use the wind tunnel procedure
specified in Section 207F.
User Note:
207B.1.4 Shielding
Use Part 1 ofSection 207B to deter,nine 1vi11d 11ressures
There shall be no reductions in velocity pressure due to 011 the MWFRS of enclosed, partially enclosed or an
apparent shielding afforded by buildings and other 011en building 1vith any general plan shape, building
structures or terrain features. height or roof geonzetJ:v that ,natches the figures
provided. These JJrovisions utilize the traditional "all
heights" nzethod (Directional Procedure) by calculating
1vind pressures usi11g SJJecific i.vind JJressure equations
applicable to each buildi11g szuface.

207B.2.1 Wind Load Parameters Specified in Section

207A

The following wind load parameters shall be determined in

accordance \Vith Section 207 A:

• Basic Wind Speed, V (Section 207 A.5)

• Wind directionality factor, Kd (Section 207A.6)
• Exposure category (Section 207A.7)

• Topographic factor, Kz, (Section 207A.8)

• Gust-effect factor (Section 207A.9)
• Enclosure classification (Section 207 A. l 0)
• Internal pressure coefficient, (GCp;)
(Section 207A.l l)

207B.3 Velocity Pressure

207B.3.1 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient

Based on the exposure category detennined in Section

207A.7.3, a velocity pressure exposure coefficient Kz or
K,., as applicable, shall be determined from Table 207B.3-
l. For a site located in a transition zone between exposure
categories that is near to a change in ground surface
roughness, intermediate values of l(z or K1t, between those
shown in Table 207B.3- l are permitted provided that they
are determined by a rational analysis method defined in the
recognized literature.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-63

Table 2078.2-1
Steps to Determine MWFRS Wind Conunenta1y:
Loads for Enclosed, Partially Enclosed and Open
8uildinas of All Heiohts The velocity pressure exposure coefficient J(z can be
obtained using the equation:
Determine risk categmy of building or other
structure, see Table I 03-1
2/a
2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the For 4.57111 :S (C207B.
applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.5- 2. 01 ( :c:) Z :S Zg 3-1)
IA, 8 ore l(z

3: Detennine \Vind load para1neters:

21
(C207B.
2. 01 ( 4
~ 57) For z < 4.57 111 3-2)
,.. Wind directionality factor, Kd , see
Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1
>" Exposure category, see Section 207A.7 in 1-vhich values a.la and Zg are given in Table 207A.9-J.
:,. Topographic factor, I<zt, see
These equations are no1v given in Tables 207B.3-J,
Section 207A.8 and Table 207 A.8-1
207C.3-l, 207D.3-l, and 207£.3-1 to aid the user.
",, Gust Effect Factor, G, see Section 207 A. 9
)..- Enclosure classification, see
Changes were implemented in NSCP 2001 (ASCE 7-98).
Section 207 A. IO
including truncation of /( 2 values for E.\posures A and B
,.. Internal pressure coefficient, (GCp;), see
below heights of 30 111 and 9 m, respective(v, applicable to
Section 207 A. I I and Table 207A.11-1
Compo11e11/s and Cladding and the Envelope Procedure.
Detennine velocity pressure exposure
Exposure A 1vas elitninateci in the 2002 edition of,-1SCE 7.
coefficient, K 2 or K1,, see Table 2078.3-1
Detennine velocity pressure qz or qh In the NSCP 2010 (.4SCE 7-05) standard, the Kz
Equation 2078.3-1 expressions \\'ere unchanged ji-0111 NSCP 2001 (ASCE 7-
98). Holl'ever, the possibili(v of inte,polating between the
Determine external pressure coefficient, Cp or standard eXJ}osures using a rational 1nethod H'as achled in
CN the NSCP 20 l O (ASCE 7-05) edition. One rational method
',- Figure 207B.4- l for \Valls and flat, gable, is provided in the following text.
hip, n1onoslope or 1nansard roofs
,.. Figure 2078.4-2 for domed roofs To a reasonable ap11roxi111ation, the en1pirical exponent a
,.. Figure 2078.4-3 for arched roofs and gradient height Zg in the prececling expressions
",, Figure 2078.4-4 for monoslope roof, (Equations C207B.3-l and C207B.3-2) for exposure
open building coefficient K 2 111ay be related lo the roughness length z 0
:.,.. Figure 2078.4-5 for pitched roof, open (where z 0 is defined in Section C207A. 7) by the relations
building
",, Figure 2078.4-6 for !roughed roof, open a= C1Zo -0.133 (C207B.3-3)
building
,.. Figure 2078.4-7 for along-ridge/valley
and
wind load case for 1nonoslope, pitched or
!roughed roof, open building
zu-
_ C z 0,125 (C207B.3-4)
Calculate wind pressure, p, on each building 2 0
surface
1-vhere
> Equation 2078.4-1 for rigid buildings
,. Equation 2078.4-2 for flexible buildings
,. Equation 2078.4-3 for open buildings Units ofz0 , zg Ct Cz
Ill 5.65 450

The preceding relationships are based on 1natching the

ESDU boundw;v layer model (Harris and Deaves 1981 and
ESDU 1990 and 1993) empirical(y with the power law
relationship in Equations C207B.3-l and C207B.3-2, the
ESDU model being applied al latitude 35° with a gradient
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-64 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

ivind (?f75 n1/s. {fz 0 has been deter111inecffor a 1u1rticular O forx>x 1

upwind fetch. Equations C107B.3-J through C207B.3-4
can he used to eraluate I( z, The corresponclence b<!tiveen In the preceding relationshiJJS
z 0 and the JJaran1eters a ancf Zg i1111,lied b_v these
relations/zips does not align exact~v ivith that described in
the con11nenta1r to ASCE 7-95 ancl 7-98. Hoivever, the
tf(ff'erences are relath·ely s1nall ancl not o..f 11ractical
consequence. The ESDU bouncla1:i' la.i,·cr ,node! has also Tiu! constant c 3 = 1.0 kn,. The length X1
been used to clerive the.fol/oiring silnp/{fied 1nethot1 (frlrin l( 33 ,d < K 33 ,u (1riluf going fi·o,n sn1oother terrain u1nvl
2006) of' ei·a!uating K 2 fblloiring a transition ,(ro111 one to rougher terrain doir,nrind) or X 1 = l 00 k111J.for l( 33,d
s,u:face roughness to another. For 1nore precise estilnates K 33 ,u (H'ind going fi·o111 rougher terrain l!JJH'ind t
the reacler is re._ferred to the original ESDU ,nodcl (lfarris sn1ootlu!r terrain cloH'llH'incl).
and Dcarcs 1981 and ESDU 1990 and 1993).
The ab(n·e t!escriJJtion is in ter,ns o,f a single roughne
!11 u11(for111 terrain. the ivi11d t,·a1,)cls a szdflcie11t t!istance change. Tiu: n1cthod can be extended to nntltiple roughne
over the terrain .for the planeta1:v boundtn:v layer to reach changes. The extension t!fthe 111ethod is best described
an equilihriu111 state. The ex;Josure coejficient ,·alues in an exa11111lc. Figure C207B.3-1 shon:s· H'iluf n ith an initia 1

Table 207B.3-J are inte1u.led.for this condition. SuJJJJose JJrqfile characteristic <~f Exposure D encou11tering a
that the site is a distance x 111iles doH·nn·ind qfa change in e.\JN.111se qf B roughness. _follo\red bJ-' a ji1rthcr e.\JJanse o
terrain. The equi!ibrhu11 ralue <?f the exposure coe,(ficient D roughness and then so,ne 111orc B roughness agai
at height z .for the terrain roughness £lon·1nvi11d l~f the ln:fbre it arrires at the building site. This situation is
change ivill be lfe11otccl by Kzd• and the equilihrizun i·alue re11rese11tatit·e (~( 11·i1uf.fro111 the sea _flon•ing o,·er an outer
.fbr the terrain roughness upivind o..f the change 11·ill be strzjl o.f lane!. then a coastal 11·ateriray, (111(1 then son1e:
£le noted by K zu· The lifect oj' the change in terrain suburhau roughness b('.(ore arriving al the building site,
roughness on the exposure coe,fficie11t at the site can be The ahore nu!lhod,fbr a single roughness change is first
reJJresentetl by a,!justing J( 2 d b.v an incren1ent LlK, thus usccl to conzpute the pro.file o.f K 2 al station 1 in f~igure,,
1
arriving at a corrected raluc K 2 .f()r the site. C207B.3-J. Call this pro.file K~ ). Tl,c value o,f'LlKfor theJ
transition betn·ecn stations 1 and 2 is then cfeter111inec{t
using the equilibrizan value o.l K 33 ,u .for the roug/111ess-~_
K 2 = Kzd + LlK (C207B.3-5) in1111ediatef.r u1-nvind of station l, i.e., as though the-I
roughness UJlH'ind o,f station I cxtencled to injini(v. This~
2
value o,f iJl( is then atfded lo the equilibriu111 value Ki ) oJ-''
In this l'XJJrcssion LJK is calculatell using: the exJJosu1Y! cof!.f/icient.for the roughness bellreen stations·\
1 and 2 to obtain the pr(~(ile l~fK 2 at station 2, 1l'hich ive
2
n·ill call Ki2 ). Note hon·cver. that the value of K~ ) in this,
(C207B.3-6) 1ray cannot be an.v loH·cr than
1
K;
). The JJrocess Ls: then
repeate,ff()r the transition b<!tH'ecn stations 2 anti 3. Thus,
LlK fbr the transition fi·o,n station 2 to station 3 is
calculated using the value o.f K 33 ,u .for the equilibrhun
prc!filc o,f the roughness inunetliatcf.v upiviluf o._f station 2,
and the value o,f K 33 ,d .f'or the equilibrh1111 pro.file of the
1vhere K 33,d and K 33 ,u arc re.\JJectirely the tfoir,nvind and roughness £knrnn·in,l o_(station 2. This value o.filK is then
3
UJJivind equilibrhun values o.f e.\JlOsure coc:[ficient at 10 111 ,ul,led to K:2 ) to obtain the prc!fi.le K~ ) at station 3, H'ith
height. and the.fimction F 4 "(x) is given by: 3
the linzitation that the value o,f I<i ) cannot be any higher
2
than K~ ).

(C207B.3-7J

For x 0 < x < x1

I for x < Xo

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-65

(D 0 Building
0. 6Zlx10-co.62-1.00J'-z.3

d,
• +~,1/ Site

From Equation C207B.3-7

= 0.00241 mi

F""(x) = log 10 ( 6._21)/ log 10 ( _6. 21 ) = 0.36

0 36 0 00241
Figure C207B.3-1
lYfultiple Roughness Changes Due to Therqforefi'Oln Equation C207B.3-6
Coastal 1VaterJvaJ'
0.82
;le I sin 1/c rou 1/zn<?ss chcuzac: SuJJJJose the bu ifcling ilK = (1. 00 - 0. 67) O. 0. 36 = 0. 15
67
1 high and its local surroundings art! suburban H'ith
ghness length z 0 = 0.3 111. I-Ioi\'ever, the site is 0.6 lun
Note that because lilKI is 0.15, which is less than the 0.38
nivind <Jf the cclge (~( the suburbs. beyont.f i1'hich the
1 terrain is characteristic (~{ open co1111t1J' H'ith z 0 =
value of IK33 .u - K 33 ,dl, 0.15 is retained. Final!v, fi-om
_ 111. From Equations C207B.3-l, C207B.3-3. and Equation C207B.3-5, the mlue ofK, is:
(J7B,3-4,j(n· thc open terrain
_ C z -0.133
K, = K,d + ill(= 0. 82 + 0.15 = 0. 97
- 1 0 6.62 9.5
xo. 066-0.133
Because the value 0.97.fbr Kz lies hetireen the ·values 0.88
=CzZo o.12s 1,273 276111 and 1.16, which would be derivedfi-0111 Table 207B.3-1 for
xo. 0660125 E.\JJosures B a1ui C' res11ectb,·e~v, it is an acceptable
interpulation. {fit falls helou· the ExJJosure B value, then
'ho,,vJ;,,.,, applyin,f{ Equation C'207B.3-J at 20 111 anll JO the Exposure B value o_f K z is to be us eel. The value K z =
0. 97 1nay be co111pareli lvith the ralue 1.16 that H'oulci be
required by the si111ple 792 ,n fl!tch length require111e11t qf
Section 207A.7.3.
1.16 and
The 111ost co1n111011 case o.fa single roughness change ivhere
an iute11,olatell value t?f K z is needecl is .for the transition
1.0 ji·onz Ex11os111·e C' to E.,JJosu1r! B, as in the exanzple just
described. For this JJarticular transition, using the (vpical
values (?fz 0 o.f0.02 ,n and 0.3 111, the precedingjOrnut!ae
can be sinzpl{/lell to:
6. 62x1. o-0.133 6.62

= CzZoo.12s 6 1
1, Z73x1. o 0·125 ]88 Ill K2 = K,d ( 1 + 0.146log10 ( -: )) (C207B.3-9J

66 2/6.19
K,<1 = Z. 01 ( 1, 273 ) 0. 77 and 1rhere xis in 111iles, and Kzd is co111puted us)ng a = 6.62.
l(zB lllUI Kzc are the exposure coe_fficients in the stantlarcl
E:qJosures C and B. Figure C207B.3-2 illustrates the
0.67 transitionfi·o,n terrain roughness(' to terrain roughness B
fi·o,n this expression. Note that it is acceptable to use the
(l}Jical z 0 rather than the /oiver liJnit .for E:q.1osure B in
Equation C207B.3-8 deriving this for111ula because the rate oj' transition of the
ivhuf pro.files is llepenclent Oil average roughness over
Xo sign[ficant distances, not local roughness anonzalies. The
potential e.ffCcts of local roughness anon1alies, such as
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015
2-66 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

parking lots and pla_ving fields, are covered b_v using the 1-vhere the exposure coefficient is required at the 15~
::.tandarti Exposure B value o.fexposure coe_fficient, K zB• as height. The exJJosure coe.fflcient at station 3 at 15 111 heig
a lott'CI' !hnit to the calculated value of K z· is calculated as shown in Table C207B.3-l.

Exan1p!e 2: MultiJJ!e Roughness Change St1JJpose u·e have The value o.fthe exposure coefficient at 15 n1 at station 3
a coastal U'aterH'(~V situation as illustrated in Figure seen ji-0111 the table to be 1.067. This is above that
C'207B.3-1, 1vhere the 1vind conzes fro,n open sea ivith Exposure B. which would be 0.81, but well below that
roughness type D, for 1,vhich 11'e assun1e z 0 = 0. 003 m, Exposure D, 1vhich n·oulti be 1.17, and sin1ilar to thatf(
and J?asses over a strip of land 1.61 kn1 ivide, rrhich is Exposure C. which would be 1.09. ·
coverecl in buildings that JJroduce (vpical B (ipe roughness.
i.e. z 0 = 0. 3 m. It then JJasses over a 3.22-knz H'ide strip
o_j' coastal a·ateriva:v 1rhere the roughness is again
characteri=etf l~v the 01.1e11 H'ater value z 0 = 0. 003 1n. It
Nm
cali
then trarels over 0.16 kn1 o.froughness ~vpe B (z 0 = 0.3 111
hejOre arriving at the site, station 3 in Figure C207B.3-1. rou
hei,
fi'o

207
300
TRANSITION FROM EXP. C, x - 0 km
Vel,
Z 0 = 0.02 mTO
calc
Z 0 = 0.30m
x = 0.08 km
q
E x = o. 32 km w
w
c
o2
(!) x = 0.80 km
w
6 x = 1.60 km
"'
<(
1-
:c
(!)
ii] 3 EXP. B
:c
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
K,

Figure C207B.3-2
Transitionfron1 Terrain Roughness C to Terrain Roughness B, Equation C207B.3.l-9 T
SI
0
a

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-67

Table C207B.3-J
Tabulated Exposure Coefficients

Transition fron1 sea to station 1 K10,u K10,d K1s,d FJK LIK1s Kc1)
z
1.215 0.667 0.758 0.220 0.137 0.895
Transitionji-on1 sea to station 2 K10,u K10,d K1s.d FtlK LIK1s Kc2J
z
0.667 1.215 1.215 0.324 -0.190 I.II I
Transitionfi·o,n sea to station 3 K10,u K10,d K,s,d FA!( LIK1s K(3J
z
1.215 0.667 0.667 0.498 0.310 1.067

1Vote: The equilibriu111 values o..f the exposure coefficients. K 10,u, K 10,d and K 15 ,d (do1vn1vinci value of K z at 15 1n), i.vere
calculated from Equation C207B-1 using a and z 8 values obtained fi'Oln Equations C207B-3 and C207B-4 with the
roughness values given. Then F JK is calculated using Equations C207B-7 and C207B-8, and then the value ofLIK at 15 111
height, LIK 1s, is calculated.fi'Oln Equation C207B-6. Finally, the exposure coefficient at 15 mat station i, K;i{ is obtained
j,"0111 Equation C207B-5.

207B.3.2 Velocity Pressure Co111111e11ta1:v:

Velocity pressure, q,, evaluated at height z shall be The basic lVind speet.l is converted to a veloci(v pressure
calculated by the following equation: 'lz in (Nlm 1) at height z by the use qf Equation 207B.3-
I.
q, = 0. 613K,K,,KdV2(N/m );V in mis
2
(2078.3-1)
The constant 0.613 reflects the rnass density c~lair.for
,vhere the standard atnzosphere, that is, ten1perature qf 15 °C
and sea level pressure o,.l !Ol.325 kPa, and dilnensions
\Vind directionality factor, see associated 1vith 1vind speed in ,nls. The constant is
Section 207 A.6 obtained as follows:
velocity pressure exposure coefficient, see
Section 2078.3. 1 constant JIJ[(l.225 kglnr1)1(9.81 mls1)J
K,, topographic factor defined, see [(mis)}' [9.81 Nlkgj
Section 207 A.8.2 0.613
v basic wind speed, see Section 207A.5
'lz velocity pressure calculated using
Equation 207B.3- l at height z
'lzt velocity pressure calculated using
Equation 207B.3-l at mean roof height h

The numerical coefficient 0.613 shall be used except where

sufficient climatic data are available to justify the selection
of a different value of this coefficient for a design
application.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-68 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

2078.4 Wind Loads-Main Wind Force-Resisting Table 207B.3-l

System Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, Kh and K 2
Main Wind Force Resisting System - Part I
2078.4.1 Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Rigid
Height above Exposure
Buildings
2round level, z
Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of buildings of all
Im) B c D
0 -4.5 057 0.85 1.03
heights shall be determined by the following equation:
6.0 0.62 0.90 1.08
7.5 0.66 0.94 1.12
(207B.4-l) 9.0 0.70 0.98 1.16
12.0 0.76 1.04 1.22
\Vhere
15.0 0.81 1.09 1.27
q qz for windward walls evaluated at 18.0 0.85 1.13 1.31
height z above the ground 21.0 0.89 1.17 1.34
q q It for leeward \Valls, side \Valls, and 24.0 0.93 1.21 1.38
roofs, evaluated at height h 27.0 0.96 1.24 1.40
q h for windward walls, side walls, 30.0 0.99 1.26 1.43
lee\vard \Valls, and roofs of enclosed 36.0 1.04 1.31 1.48
buildings and for negative internal 42.0 1.09 1.36 1.52
pressure evaluation in partially enclosed 48.0 1.13 1.39 1.55
buildings 54.0 1.17 1.43 1.58
qz for positive internal pressure 60.0 1.20 1.46 1.61
evaluation in partially enclosed buildings 75.0 1.28 1.53 1.68
where height z is defined as the level of 90.0 1.35 1.59 1.73
the highest opening in the building that 1.41 1.64 1.78
105.0
could affect the positive internal
120.0 1.47 1.69 1.82
pressure. For buildings sited in wind-
135.0 1.52 1.73 1.86
borne debris regions, glazing that is not
150.0 1.56 1.77 1.89
i1npact resistant or protected with an
impact resistant covering shall be treated Notes:
as an opening in accordance with Section
207A.10.3. I. The velocity pressure exposure coefficient K z, may be
determined from the following formula:
For positive internal pressure evaluation,
qi 1nay conservatively be evaluated at For 4.5 111 ,,:; Z ,,:; Zg For z < 4.5 m
height h(qi = q")
gust-effect factor, see Section 207 A.9 2/a
external pressure coefficient fro1n Kz = Z. 01 ( z/zg ) Kz = Z. 01 ( 4. 5/zg) 2/a
Figures 207B.4-l, 207B.4-2 and 207B.4-
3 2. a and Zg are tabulated in Table 207 A.9.1.
internal pressure coefficient fron1
3. Linear interpolation for intermediate values of height
Table 207A.11-1
z is acceptable.
q and qi shall be evaluated using exposure defined in
4. Exposure categories are defined Section 207A.7.
Section 207A.7.3. Pressure shall be applied simultaneously
on windward and leeward walls and on roof surfaces as
Co1111nenta1y:
defined in Figures 207B.4-l, 207B.4-2 and 207B.4-3.
Loads on Main Wind-Force Resisting Systen1s: In
The numerical constant of 0.613 should be used except
Equations 207B.4-I and 207B.4-2, a velocity pressure
where sufficient weather data are available to justify a
tern1 qi appears that is defined as the ''velocitJ' pressure
different value of this constant for a specific design
for internal pressure deter1nination. " The JJOsitive
application. The mass density of air will vary as a function
internal pressure is dictated by the positive exterior
of altitude, latitude, temperature, weather, and season.
pressure on the irindivard face at the point ivhere there
Average and extreme values of air density are given in
is an opening. The positive e.Yterior pressure at the
Table C207B.3-2.
opening is governed by the value of q at the level of the

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-69

not qJt. For positive internal pressure and judgn1ent fi·o111 1vind tunnel stzulies have been used
!'ah,wtion, q, n1a._v conservative/;, be evaluated at height to specijy either zero or slightly negative pressures
= q1i). For lolv buildings this does not ,nake 111uch (-0.18) depending on the negative pressure coefficient.
7ffere11ce, but for the example ofa 90-m tall building in These values require the designer to consider a zero or
B with a highest opening at 18 111, the slightly positive net lvind pressure in the load
/ifft1re;,1ce behveen q 90 and q 18 represents a 59 percent co111binalions a/Section 203.
in internal pressure. This difference is
sYi,nrcal'istic and represents an unnecessaJJ' degree of Table C207B.3-2
Accordingly. q, = q,. for positive Ambient Air Density Values/or Various Altitudes
pressure evaluation in partial(v enclosed
,)!ll'di11gs where height z is defined as the level of the
Altitude A111hie11t Air Te111perat11re
opening in the building that could affect the
rft,osil'ive internal pressure. For buildings sited in lVi11d-
{;i/im·ne debris regions, lvith glazing that is not in1pact Minb1111111 Average Ma:ri111u111
Meters
i;'f1isi,;:fa,'1t or protected lVith an in1pact protective systen1, (kglm 3) (kg/Jn 3) (kglm 3)
should be treated on the asszanption there lvill be an
0 1.1392 1.2240 1.3152
305 1.1088 1.187] 1.2720
The pressure coefficients for 610 1.0800 1.1520 1.2288
':i,t,fWi7111,, are se11arated into /lvo categories: 914 1.0512 1.1184 1.1888
1000 1.0432 1.1088 1.1776
Directional Procedure for buildings of all heights 1219 1.0240 1.0848 1.1488
(Figure 2078.4-1) as specified in Section 207Bfor 1524 0.9984 1.0544 1.1120
buildings 1neeting the require111ents specified 1829 0.9728 1.0224 1.0752
therein. 2000 0.9584 1.0064 1.0560
2134 0.9472 0.9920 1.0400
Envelope Procedure for low-rise buildings having 2438 0.9232 0.9632 1.0048
a height less than or equal to 18 m (Figure 207C.4- 2743 0.8976 0.9344 0.9712
I) as specified in Section 207C for buildings 3000 0.8784 0.9104 0.9456
111eeting the requiren1ents specified therein. 3048 0.8752 0.9072 0.9408

generating these coefficients. t1vo distinctZv different

'Ca,om·oa,ch,,s ,vere usecl. For the pressure coefficients
in Figure 207B.4-1, the more traditional approach
followed and the pressure coefficients reflect the
{ya,2tu,,d loading on each swji,ce of the building as a
I'liinction o/lvind direction; narnely, lvinds pe17;endicular
vm·a/lel to the ridge line. Observations in lvind tunnel
sholv that areas of ve,y lo,v negative pressure and
slightly JJOsitive pressure can occur in all roof
\}ctn,cllire's. particularly as the distance ji'Oln the
'i,)l'in,tw,1n{ e,iR:e increases and the lVind strea,ns reattach
the sio:face. These pressures can occur even for
icr,elative/v ,flat or lolV slope roof structures. Experience

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-70 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207

Th<
\Vit
det

N1
Figure C207B.4-J to
Application of Mini111u111 Wind Load ar
pl
th
Figure 2078.4-2. Fra111e loads 011 Llonze roo}S are cuiapted Figure 207B.4-3. The pressure andforce co~fjicient values
in these tables are uuchangedfiwn ANSI A58.l-1972. The F,
ji-0111 the Eurocode {1995). The loads are based 011 data
obtainecl in a nzodeled allnosJJheric bouncla1:i,·-la_ver floit' coe_fficients spec{fied in these tables are based on 1vind- h·
that does not fid(v con1p(v ivith requiren1ents for H:ind- tu11nel tests conclucted untler conditions o.f unifor,n _fioiv p
tu111u!l testing spec{fiecl in this colie (Bless111an 1971 ). and loH' turbulence, ancf their validi~r in turbulent p
]\
Loads for three do111cs (h 0 /D = 0. 5, f /D = 0. 5),(ho/ bounda1:i,1-la,.ver.floivs has yet to be co1nplete{v establishecl
D = O,f/D = =
0.5). and (hD/D O,f/D 0.33) are = Adcfitional pressure coefficients .for conditions not
rough(v consistent with data of Taylor (1991). who used an specified herein may be found in SIA (1956) and ASCE
affnospheric bounda,y la_ver as required in this code. Tvvo (1961).
load cases are de_finecl, one o_firhich has a linear variation
o,fpressure.fron1,4 to Bas in the Eurocode (1995) and one 207B.4.2 Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Flexible
in 1rvhich the JJressure at A is heh/ constant.fro,n 0° to 25°; Buildings
these IH'O cases are based 011 conzparison oj' the Eurocode
provisions with T,zvlor (I 991). Case A {the Eurocode Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of flexible
calculation) is necessaJJ' in 111any cases to define 1naxin1111n buildings shall be determined from the following equation:
UJJlift. Case B is necessary to prOJJerfv de.fine positi've
pressures .fOr so111e cases, irhich cannot be isolated H'ith
(2078.4-2)
current infor1nation. and ll'hich result in 1naxin111111 base
shear. For donzes larger than 60 111 in dia1neter the
designer shouhl consider use o..f lVind-tunnel testing. where q, q 1, Cp, and ( GCP 1) are as defined in Section
Resonant response is not considered in these 11rovisions. 2078.4.1 and Gr (gust-effect factor) is determined in
VJ/ind-tunnel testing should be usetf to consicfer resonant accordance with Section 207 A.9.5.
response. Local bending 1no111e11ts in the tio111e shell 1na.v be
larger than predicted b.v this n1ethocl tfue to the d{fference
bellveen instantaneous local JJressure distributions and
those predicted by Figure 207B.4-2. If the dome is
supported on i·ertical rvalls direct{v beloiv, it is appropriate
to consider the it'alls as a "chin1ne.v" using Figure 207D.5-
I.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-71

207B.4,3 Open Buildings with Monoslope, Pitched, or under the roof and restrict the 1vituljlo1v. Restricting the
Troughed Free Roofs floiv can introduce substantial UJJH'arli acting pressures
on the botto111 szaface of the roof, tints increasing the
The net design pressure for the MWFRS of open buildings resultant uplift load on the roof Figures 2078.4-4
with monoslope, pitched, or troughed roofs shall be through 2078.4-6 and 207£.8-1 through 207£.8-3 q!Jer
determined by the following equation: the designer two options. Option I (clear wind flow)
implies little (less than 50 percent) or no portion of the
cross-section below the roof is blocked. Option 2
p = q1,GCN (N/m2 ) (207B.4-3) (obstructed wind flow) implies that a significant portion
(more than 75 percent is typical!v referenced in the
\Vhere literature) of the cross-section is blocked b_v goods or
q 11 velocity pressure evaluated at 1nean roof ,naterials heloiv the roof. Clearly, values ivoulcl change
height h using the exposure as defined in fro111 one set of coefficients to the other .follo1rving sorne
Section 207 A.7.3 that results in the highest sort of sn1ooth, but as yet unknovi1n, relationship. In
wind loads for any wind direction at the developing the provisions included in this code, the
site 50 percent blockage value was selected for Option I.
G gust-effect factor from Section 207 A. 9 1vith the expectation that it represents a so111e1vhat
CN net pressure coefficient detennined fron1 conservative transition. If the designer is not clear about
Figures 207B.4-4 through 207B.4-7 usage of the space belon1 the roof or (f the usage couhf
change to restrict free air flo1v, then design loads for
Net pressure coefficients, CN, include contributions fro1n both options should be used.
top and bottom surfaces. All load cases shown for each roof
angle shall be investigated. Plus and minus signs signify
pressure acting toward and away from the top surface of 207B.4.4 Roof Overhangs
the roof, respectively.
The positive external pressure on the bottom surface of
For free roofs with an angle of plane of roof from windward roof overhangs shall be determined using
horizontal (J less than or equal to 5° and containing fascia CP = 0.8 and combined with the top surface pressures
panels. the fascia panel shall be considered an inverted determined using Figure 207B.4-l.
parapet. The contribution of loads on the fascia to the
MWFRS loads shall be determined using Section 207B.4.5 207B.4.5 Parapets
with qP equal to q,,.
The design wind pressure for the effect of parapets on
Conunenta,:v: MWFRS of rigid or flexible buildings with flat, gable, or
hip roofs shall be determined by the following equation:
Figures 2078.4-4 through 2078.4-6 and 207£.8-1
through 207£.8-3 are presented for wind loads on 207B.4-4
MWFRSs and components and cladding of open
buildings 1vith roofs as shov,-n, resJJectively. This work is
\Vhere
based on the Australian Standard AS] 170.2-2000, Part
2: Wind Actions, with modifications to the MWFRS Pp combined net pressure on the parapet due
]Jressure coefficients based on recent stuclies (Alflnan to the combination of the net pressures
and Uematsu and Stathopoulos 2003). from the front and back parapet surfaces.
Plus (and minus) signs signify net
Two load cases, A and 8, are given in Figures 2078.4-4 pressure acting toward (and away from)
through 2078.4-6. These pressure distributions provide the front (exterior) side of the parapet
loacl, that envelop the results fi'om detailed wind-tunnel velocity pressure evaluated at the top of
tneasure,nents o_f silnultaneous nor1nal forces and the parapet
moments. Application of both load cases is required to co1nbined net pressure coefficient
envelop the co1nbinations of 1naxinnun nortnal forces +1.5 for windward parapet
\'and 1110,nents that are appropriate for the particular -1.0 for leeward parapet
roqf shape and blockage configuration.

The roof wind loading on open building roofs is highly

deJJetulent upon whether goocfs or ,naterials are stored
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-72 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207B.4.6 Design Wind Load Cases 111ore uncler .full (not reduced) base shear. The liesigner
,nay 1Fish to app{v this level o.f eccentrici(v at .full 1vi11d
The MWFRS of buildings of all heights, whose wind loads /oa,iing for certain nzore critical buildings even though it
have been detennined under the provisions of this chapter, is not requirecf by the code. The present nzore nzoderate
shall be designed for the wind load cases as defined in torsional loacl require111ents can in JJart be just[fied by the
Figure 207B.4-8. .fact that the ciesign 1ri11dforces tend to be upper-bozauijbr
,nost co,11111011 building shapes.
Exce1Jtia11:
In buildings ivitlz sonze structural syste,ns, nzore severe
[Jui/dings rneeting the requiren,ents of Section D 1. I <~l loading can occur 1vhe11 the resultant }rind load acts
Appendix D. ASCE 7-10 need only be designedfor Case I diagonal(v to the building. To account for this ejfect and
and Case 3 of Fi1=,rure 2078,4-8. the .fact that 111an.i· buildings exhibit 1naxin1u111 reSJJonse in
the across-1vi11d direction (the standarcl current(v has no
The eccentricity e for rigid structures shall be 1neasured ana~rtical procedure .for this case). a structure slzoulcl be
from the geometric center of the building face and shall be capable of resisting 75 JJercent of the design ivind load
considered for each principal axis (ex, ey ). The apJJ!ied sinzultaneous(v along each principal axis as
eccentricity e for flexible structures shall be determined required by Case 3 in Figure 207B.4-8.
from the following equation and shall be considered for
each principal axis (ex, ey ): For .flexible buildings, c~vna,nic efj'ects can increase
torsional loading. Additional torsional locufing can occur
because o.f eccentrici(v betlveen the elastic shear center
2 and the center o.f nzass at each level of the structure.
eQ + 1. n1,j(gQQeQ) + (gnRen) 2 Equation 207B.4-5 accounts jar this (fleet.
e =----c=========~
2
1. n1,j(gQQeQ) + (gnRen) 2 It is ilnportant to note that sign{ficant torsion can occur on
!01r-rise buil<.lings also (lsyu,nov and Case 2000) cnul,
207B.4-5 there_fore, the 1vind loading require,nents o.f Section
\Vhere 207B.4.6 are now applicable to buildings ofa/1 heights.

eQ eccentnc1ty e as detennined for rigid As discussed in Section 207F, the lvind tunnel procedure
structures in Figure 207B.4-8 should ahva.vs be considered .for builcfings 1vith unusual
eR distance between the elastic shear center shapes, rectangular buildings 1vith larger aspect ratios,
and center of 1nass of each floor and dyna,nical(v sensitive buildings. The e_ffects of torsion
I,, gQ, Q, gn, and R shall be as defined in Section can ,nore accurate(v be deter,ninedfor these cases and.for
207A.9 the n1ore nor,nal building shapes using the H'ind tunnel
procedure.
The sign of the eccentricity e shall be plus or mmus,
\Vhichever causes the 1nore severe load effect. 207B.4. 7 Minimum Design Wind Loads

Con11ne11tary: The wind load to be used in the design of the MWFRS for
an enclosed or partially enclosed building shall not be less
Wind tunnel research (lsyumov I 983, Boggs et al. 2000, than 0.77 kN/m 2 multiplied by the wall area of the building
lsyumov and Case 2000. aud Xie and !Jwin 2000) has and 0.38 kN/m 2 multiplied by the roof area of the building
sholvn that torsional load is caused by no11-uniforn1 projected onto a vertical plane nonnal to the assu1ned \Vind
pressure on the different faces of the building Ji-om wind direction. Wall and roof loads shall be applied
flow around the building. i11te1:ference effects of nearby simultaneously. The design wind force for open buildings
buildings and terrain, and b.v dyna,nic e_ffects on ,nore shall be not less than 0.77 kN/m 2 multiplied by the area Ar·
flexible buildings. load Cases 2 and 4 in Figure 207B.4-8
SJJecifles the torsional loacling to 15 percent eccentricit;,· Co111n1e11tary:
utuler 75 percent of the 111axi11nun 1,vind shear for Load
Case 2. Although this is ,nore in line 1vith lvind tunnel This section SJJecifies a 1nini11ua11 ivind load to be applied
experience on square and rectangular buildings ivith hori=ontal(v on the entire vertical projection ofthe building
as11ect ratios up to about 2.5, ii 1110.v not cover all cases, as shown in Figure C207B.4-I. This load case is to be
even for synunetric and con11no11 building shapes ivhere applied as a separate loa,i case in addition to the 11or1nal
larger torsions have been observed For e:a.nnJJle, it1ind load cases specified in other portions of this chapter.
tunnel studies often sho1v an eccentrici(v of 5 percent or

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-73

ELEVATION

GABLE, HIP ROOF

q,GCp
q1,GCp
.L....;;.i.,..,..,.,."'7'1'.,.,...,+--i,.!

- - - - L---,=; i - - - - L,---,=;

PLAN ELEVATION ELEVATION

MONOSLOPE ROOF (NOTE 4)

i-----1;,----....; i------L------i

PLAN ELEVATION

MANSARD ROOF (NOTE 8)

Figure 2078.4-1
External Pressure Coefficients, Cp, Walls and Roofs Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition. 2015

2-74 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Wall Pressure Coefficients, C

Surface L/B c Use With
Windward Wall All values 0.8 q,
0-1 -0.5
Leeward Wal I 2 -0.3 q,,
2: 4 -0.2
Side Wall All values -0.7 q,,

Roof Pressure Coefficients, Cv, for use with q,,

Windward Leeward
Wind
An~ le, e (dei rees) An,Ie, e (dei rees)
Direction
h/L IO 15 20 25 30 35 45 2: 60 IO 15 2: 20
Normal -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0*
-0.3 -0.5 -0.6
to C".0.25 -0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 o.01e
Ridge -0.9 -0.7 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0*
-0.5 -0.5 -0.6
fore 2: 0.5 -0.18 -0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 o.01e
10° -1.3** -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 0.0*
-0.7 -0.6 -0.6
2:10 -0.18 -0.18 -0.18 0.0* 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.0ie
Normal Horizontal distance frotn
to windward edge
cp *Value is provided for interpolation purposes
Ridge Oto h/2 -0.9, -0.18
,,;o.5
fore< h/2 to h -0.9, -0.18 **Value can be reduced linearly \Vith area over ,vhich
10° and h to 2 h -0.5, -0.18 it is applicable as follows
Parallel > 2h -0.3, -0.18
to ridge Area (m 2) Reduction Factor
for all e Oto h/2 -1.3**, -0.18
,,; 9.3 m2 1.0
2:1.0
23.2 1n 2 0.9
> h/2 -0.7, -0.18
2: 92.9 m2 0.8
Notes:
l. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the surfaces, respectively.
2. Linear interpolation is permitted for values of L/B, h/L and e other than shown. Interpolation shall only be carried out
bet\veen values of the sa1ne sign. Where no value of the sa1ne sign is given, assun1e 0.0 for interpolation purposes.
3. Where t,vo values of CP are listed, this indicates that the ,vind,vard roof slope is subjected to either positive or negative
pressures and the roof structure shall be designed for both conditions. Interpolation for intermediate ratios of h/ L in this
case shall only be carried out between CP values of like sign.
4. For 1nonoslope roofs, entire roof surface is either a ,vind,vard or lee\vard surface.
5. For flexible buildings use appropriate Gr as determined by Section 207B.9.4.
6. Refer to Figure 207B.4-2 for domes and Figure 207B.4-3 for arched roofs.
7. Notation:
B horizontal din1ension of building, 1n, 1neasured nonnal to wind direction.
L horizontal dimension of building, m, measured parallel to wind direction.
h mean roof height in meters, except that eave height shall be used fore ,,; 10°
z height above ground, m
G gust effect factor.
q,. q,, velocity pressure, (N/m2 ), evaluated at respective height.
e Angle of plane of roof from horizontal, 0
8. For mansard roofs, the top horizontal surface and leeward inclined surface shall be treated as leeward surfaces from the
table.
9. Except for MWFRS at the roof consisting of moment resisting frames, the total horizontal shear shall not be less than that
determined by neglecting wind forces on roof surfaces.
I 0. For roof slopes greater than 80°, use CP = 0.8

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-75

A (hp ID= 015)

... A(!;, IO=O)

...
'1lA
A(hp JD J: 1.0)

a- .., C(hplO=O)

I~
0.0
~,
~.,
-0•
J -0,
·1.0
j -12

·1A
.,.
.,.
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Ratio of Rise lo Diameter, f/D

External Pressure Coefficients for Domes with a Circular Base

(Adapted from Eurocode, 1995)

Two load cases shall be considered:

Case A: C1, values between A and Band between Band C shall be dctern1ined by linear interpolation along arcs on the don1C purallcl to the wind
direction;
Case B: CP shall be the constant value of A for 9 $ 25°, and shall be determined by linear interpolation from 25° to Band from B to C.

Values denote Cp to be used with q{liD+f) where hD + f is the height at the top of the dome.
Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the surfaces, respectively.
CP is constant on the dome surface for arcs of circles perpendicular to the wind direction; for exan1plc, the arc passing through 8-8-8 and all arcs parallel
to 8-B-B.
For values of hD / D between those listed on the graph curves, linear interpolation shall be permitted.
9 = 0° on dome spring line, (} = 90° at dome center top point. f is measured from spring line to top,
The total horizontal shear shall not be less than that determined by neglecting wind forces on roof surfaces.
For f /D values less than 0.05, use Figure 2078.4-l.

Figure 2078.4-2
External Pressure Coefficients, Cµ, Domed Roofs Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-76 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Conditions Rise-to-span c
ratio, r Windward Center Lee,vard
uarter half uarter
Roof on elevated 0 < r < 0.2 -0.9 -0.7-r -0.5
structure 0.2 $ r < 0.3 * 1.Sr - 0.3 -0.7-r -0.5
0.3 $ r $ 0.6 2.75r - 0.7 -0.7-r -0.5
Roof springing from -0.7-r
0 <r $ 0.6 1.4r -0.5
round level

*1Vhen the rise-to-span ratio is 0. 2 :5 r :5 0. 3, alternate coefficients given by 6r- 2.1 shall also be used/or
the ,vindward quarter.
Notes:
I. Values listed are for the determination of average loads on main wind force resisting systems.
2. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the surfaces, respectively.
3. For wind directed parallel to the axis of the arch, use pressure coefficients from Figure 207B.4-l with wind directed parallel to ridge.
4. For components and cladding: {I) At roof perimeter, use the external pressure cocflicicnts in Figure 207E.4-2A, Band C with (J based on spring-line
slope and (2) for remaining roof areas, use exten1al pressure coefficients of this table 1nultiplied by 0.87.

Figure 2078.4-3
External Pressure Coefficients, Cp, Arched Roofs, 0.25 $ h/ L $ 1.0
Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-77

L L
0.5L O.SL O.SL 0.5L

Wind Wind
Direction
Direction~---
<=
'("' 180°

~/l;//////:~777777
Wind Direction, = 0° Wind Direction, 180° =
Load Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind
Case Flow Flow

A 1.2 0.3 -0.5 -1.2 -1.2 0.3 -0.5 -1.2

O' B -1.1 -0. l -1.l -0.6 -1.1 -0. l -1.1 -0.6
A -0.6 -1 -1 -1.5 0.9 1.5 -0.2 -1.2
B -1.4 0 -1.7 -0.8 1.6 0.3 0.8 -0.3
A -0.9 -l.3 -1.1 -1.5 l.3 1.6 0.4 -1.1
B -1.9 0 -2.1 -0.6 1.8 0.6 1.2 -0.3
A -.15 -1.6 -1.5 -1.7 1.7 1.8 0.5 -1
B -2.4 -0.3 -2.3 -0.9 2.2 0.7 l.3 0
A -1.8 -1.8 -1.5 -1.8 2.1 2.1 0.6 -1
B -2.5 -0.5 -2.3 -1.1 2.6 1.6 0.1
A -1.8 -1.8 -1.5 -1.8 2.1 2.2 0.7 -0.9
B -2.4 -0.6 -2.2 -1.1 2.7 I.I 1.9 0.3
A -1.6 -1.8 -1.3 -1.8 2.2 2.5 0.8 -0.9
B -2.3 -0.7 -1.9 -1.2 2.6 1.4 2.1 0.4

Cmv and CNL denote net pressures (contributions from top and boltom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of roof surfaces, respectively.
Clear wind Oow denotes relatively unobstructed wind llow with blockage less than or equal to 50o/o. Obstructed wind flow denotes objects below roof
inhibiting wind llow (> 50% blockage).
For values of 8 between 7 .5° and 45°, linear interpolation is permitted. For values of (J less than 7.5°, use load coefficients for 0".
Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface, respectively.
All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.

L horizontal di1nension of roof, measured in the along wind direction, 111

h mean roof height, m
y direction of wind, 0
(J angle of plane of roof from horizontal, 0

Figure 2078.4-4
Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Monoslope Free Roofs e :,; 45°, y = 0°, 180°
0.25 :S h/ L :S 1.0 Open Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-78 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Wind
Direction
=>oo
y ==
h

Roof Wind Direction, v = 0°, 180°

Angle Load Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
e Case CNw CNL CNw CNL
A I. I -0.3 -1.6 -I
7.5°
B 0.2 -1.2 -0.9 -1.7
A 1.1 -0.4 -1.2 -1
15°
B 0.1 -1.1 -0.6 -1.6
A 1.1 0.1 -1.2 -1.2
22.5°
B -0.1 -0.8 -0.8 -1.7
A 1.3 0.3 -0.7 -0.7
30°
B -0.1 -0.9 -0.2 -1.1
A 1.3 0.6 -0.6 -0.6
37.5°
B -0.2 -0.6 -0.3 -0.9
A I.I 0.9 -0.5 -0.5
45°
B -0.3 -0.5 -0.3 -0.7
Notes:

I. CNw and CNL denote net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of roof surfaces, respectively.
2. Clear wind now denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50o/o. Obstructed wind now denotes objects below roof
inhibiting wind flow(> SOo/o blockage).
3. For values of O between 7.5° and 45", linear interpolation is permitted. For values of O less than 7 .5°, use monoslopc roof load coefficients.
4. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towards and away fro1n the top roof surface, respectively.
5. All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
6. Notation:
L horizontal dimension of roof, 1neasurcd in the along wind direction, m
h mean roof height, 111
y direction of wind, 0
() angle of plane ofrooffroin horizontal, 0

Figure 2078.4-5
Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Pitched Free Roofs e $ 45°, y = 0°, 180°
0.25 $ h/ L $ 1.0 Open Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-79

Wind
Direction
=>oo
'Y =
h

Roof Wind Direction, v 0°, 180°=

Angle Load Clear Wind Flow Obstructed Wind Flow
e Case CNw CNL CNw CNL

A -l.l 0.3 -1.6 -0.5

7.5° 1.2 -0.9 -0.8
B -0.2
A -1.1 0.4 -1.2 -0.5
15° -0.6 -0.8
B 0.1 1.1
A -1.1 -0.1 -1.2 -0.6
22.5° 0.8 -0.8 -0.8
B -0.1
A -1.3 -0.3 -1.4 -0.4
30° 0.9 -0.2 -0.5
B -0.1
A -1.3 -0.6 -l.4 -0.3
37.5° 0.6 -0.3 -0.4
B 0.2
A -l.l -0.9 -1.2 -0.3
45° -0.3 -0.4
B 0.3 0.5

CNw and CNL denote net pressures (contributions fro1n top and bottom surfaces) for windward and leeward half of roof surfaces, respectively.
Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to SOo/o. Obstructed wind flow denotes objects below roof
inhibiting wind flow(> 50% blockage).
For values of (J between 7 .5° and 45°, linear interpolation is pcnnitted. For values of 6 less than 7 .5°, use monos!ope roof load coefficients.
Plus and n1inus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface, respectively.
All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
Notation:
L horizontal dimension of roof, 1neasured in the along wind direction, m
h mean roof height, tn
y direction of wind, 0
8 angle of plane of roof fro1n horizontal, 0

Figure 207B.4-6
Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Troughed Free Roofs e 5 45°, y =0°, 180°
0.25 5 h/ L 5 1.0 Open Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume 1, 7th Edition, 2015

2-80 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

L
7

I l;::::d
.__..;::,,,_(} ~dge
Distance
from
Windward
Edge
e
11 Wind Direction
y=90°
Wind Direction
r=90°
11 Wind Direction
'Y = 90°

Horizontal
Distance Clear Wind Obstructed
from Roof Angle Flo,v Wind Flow
Load Case
Windward e
Edge Cmv CNL
All Shanes A -0.8 1.2
,s; h
e < 45° B 0.8 0.5
All Shanes A -0.6 -0.9
> h, ,s; Zh e < 45° B 0.5 0.5
All Shanes A -0.3 -0.6
> Zh e < 45° B 0.3 0.3
Notes:
I. CN denotes net pressures (contributions from top and bottom surfaces).
2. Clear wind flow denotes relatively unobstructed wind flow with blockage less than or equal to 50°/o. Obstructed wind !low denotes objects below roof
inhibiting wind flow{> SOo/o blockage).
3. Plus and n1inus signs signify pressures acting towards and away from the top roof surface, respectively.
4. All load cases shown for each roof angle shall be investigated.
5. For monoslopc roofs with theta less than 5 degrees, CN values shown apply also for cases where gamma= 0 degrees and 0.05 less than or equal to h/ L
less than or equal to 0.25. See Figure 2078.4-4 for other h/L values.
6. Notation:
L horizontal dimension of roof, tncasured in the along wind direction, m
h mean roof height, 111. See Figures 2078.4-4, 2078.4-5 or 2078.4-6 for a graphical depiction of this ditncnsion.
y direction of wind, 0
9 angle of plane of roof from horizontal, 0

Figure 2078.4-7
Net Pressure Coefficient, CN Free Roofs e ,s; 45°, y = 90°, 270°
0.25 ,s; h/ L ,s; 1.0 Open Buildings

Association nf Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-81

l'LX
PWX "u
CASE1 CASE3
By
By

11.563 I' WY I
9.75PWY

ll.75l'LY IJ.$631' LX
IJ.56JPu•
M7 = 0.75 (Pwx+P1.JBxex Mr= 0. 75 (Pwr+PLY}Byey Mr= 0.563 (Pwx+P1.JBxex + 0.563 (Pwr+Pu)Byey
ex=± 0.15 Bx ey=±O.J5B, ex=±0.15Bx er=±0.15Br

CASE2 CASE4

Case 1: Full design \Vind pressure acting on the projected area perpendicular to each principal axis of the structure, considered
separately along each principal axis.

Case 2: Three quarters of the design wind pressure acting on the projected area perpendicular to each principal axis of the
structure in conjunction with a torsional 1no1nent as sho\vn, considered separately for each principal axis.

Case 3: Wind loading as defined in Case I, but considered to act simultaneously at 75% of the specified value.

Case 4: Wind loading as defined in Case 2, but considered to act simultaneously at 75% of the specified value.

Notes:
I. Design wind pressures for windward and leeward faces shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of 2078.4.1 and 207B.4.2 as applicable
for building of all heights.
2. Diagrams show plan views of building.
3. Notation:
Pwx,Pwy Windward face design pressure acting in the x, y principal axis, respectively.
PLx,Piy Leeward face design pressure acting in the x, y principal axis, respectively.
e(ex,ey) Eccentricity for the x, y principal axis of the structure, respectively.
Mr Torsional motnent per unit height acting about a vertical axis of the building.

Figure 207B.4-8
Design Wind Load Cases All Heights

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-82 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Part 2: Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings with 207B.5 General Requirements

h=48m
207B.5.I Design Procedure
This section has been added to ASCE 7-10 to cover the
conunon practical cases o..f enclosed si111ple diaphrag,n The procedure specified herein applies to the determination
buildings up to height h = 48 m. Two classes of buildings of MWFRS wind loads of enclosed simple diaphragm
are covered hv this 111ethod. Class 1 buildings have h $; buildings, as defined in Section 207 A.2, with a mean roof
18m with plan aspect ratios L/B between 0.2 and 5.0. height h ~ 48 m. The steps required for the determination
Cases A through Fare described in Appendix D, ASCE 7- of MWFRS wind loads on enclosed simple diaphragm
10 to allou• the designer to establish the lines o_fresistance buildings are shown in Table 2078.5-1.
l>f the MWFRS in each direction so that the torsional load
cases o.f Figure 207B.4-8 need not be considered. Class 2
builclings lurve 18m < h $; 48 111 lvith JJ/an aspect ratios User Note:
<if L/B between 0.5 and 2.0. Cases A through E l>f
Appendix D, ASCE 7-10 are described to allow the Part 2 of Section 2078 is a simplified method for
tlesigner to establish the lines o..fresistance of the A-flt'FRS determining the wind pressures for the MWFRS of
so that the to1sional load cases of Figure 2078.4-8 need enclosed, si,nJJle diaJJhrag,n buildings 1vhose height
not be considerecf. h is s; 4 n1. The 1vi11d pressures are obtained direct~v
.fro,n a table. The building ,nay be of any general plan
For the type qf builclings covered in this 1nethod, the shape and roof geon1e/Jy that ,natches the SJJecified
internal building pressure cancels out and need not be figures. This n1ethod is a sin1]J/(fication o.fthe traditional
considered.for the design o.fthe 1\fTVFRS. Design net lvind "all heights" method (Directional Procedure)
J?ressures .for rooft and lvalls are tabulated (.iirectl.v in contained in Part 1 a/Section 2078.
Tables 2078.6-1 and 2078.6-2 using the Directional
Procedure as ,lescribed in Part I. Guhielines .for
deter1nining the exterior pressures on 1rvind~rard, lee1vard,
and side walls are provided in footnotes to Table 2078.6-
1.

The requiren1ents in Class 2 buildings for natural Ind/ding

fi'equency (75/h) and structural damping (/3 =
1.S°/o critical) are necessary to ensure that the Gust Effect
Factor, Gf· which has been calculated and built into the
design proce,lure, is consistent 1rvith the tabulated
pressures. Theji·equency o/75/h represents a reasonable
lolver bound to values found in practice. If calculated
.frequencies are found to be loiver, then consideration
should be given to stiffening the building. A structural
damping value of 1.5 %, applicable at the ultimate wind
speeds as defined in the 11e1r 1rvilul speed ,naps, is
conservative for 1nost conunon building (vpes and is
consistent 1vith a da,nping value o.f 1% for the ultilnate
wind speeds divided by 1. 6 as contained in the NSCP 20 JO
(ASCE 7-05) wind speed map. Because Class 1 buildings
are limited to h ~ 18 m, the building can be assumed to
be rigid as defined in the glossm:v, and the Gust Effect
Factor can be assumed to be 0.85. For this class of
buildings fi·equency and dan1ping need not be considered.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-83

Table 2078.5-1 4. The topographic effect factor K zt = 1. 0 or the wind

Steps to Determine MWFRS Wind pressures detennined fron1 this section shall be
Loads Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings multiplied by K 2 , at each height z as determined from
( h :S48 m) Section 207A.8. It shall be permitted to use one value
of K 2 , for the building calculated at 0. 33/t.
Determine risk category of building or other Alternatively it shall be permitted to enter the pressure
structure, see Table I 03-1 table with a wind velocity equal to Vfl{;, where K 2 ,
Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the is determined at a height of 0. 33/t.
applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.5-
JA, Bore Class 2 Buildings:
Detennine ,vind load parameters:
l. The building shall be an enclosed simple diaphragm
;,., Wind directionality factor, Kd, see building as defined in Section 207 A.2.
Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1
;;., Exposure categ01y B, C or D, see 2. The building shall have a mean roof height 18 m
Section 207 A. 7 (18 m < h :S 48 m).

,.. Topographic factor, K 2 ,, see 3. The ratio of L/B shall not be less than 0.5 nor more
Section 207A.8 and Figure 207A.8-l than 2.0 (0. 5 :S L/ B :S 2. 0).
)"' Enclosure classification, see
Section 207A. IO 4. The fi.mdamental natural frequency (HeiiZ) of the
building shall not be less 75/h where his in meters.
Enter table to detennine net pressures on
walls at top and base of building respectively,
Ph , Po, Table 2078.6-1
5. The topographic effect factor K 2 , =
1. 0 or the wind
pressures detennined fro1n this section shall be
Enter table to detennine net roof pressures, multiplied by K,, at each height z as determined from
Pz, Table 2078.6-2 Section 207 A.8. It shall be permitted to use one value
of K,, for the building calculated at 0. 33h.
Detern1ine topographic factor, Kzt, and apply Alternatively it shall be permitted to enter the pressure
factor to wall and roof pressures (if
table with a wind velocity equal to V fl{;, where K,,
applicable), see Section 207 A.8
is determined at a height of 0. 33h.
Apply loads to walls and roofs
simultaneously. 2078.5.3 Wind Load Parameters Specified in Section
207A

2078.5.2 Conditions Refer to Section 207 A for determination of Basic Wind

Speed V (Section 207A.5) and exposure category
(Section 207A.7) and topographic factor K 2 , (Section
fn addition to the requirements in Section 2078. l.2, a
207A.8).
:!building whose design ,vind loads are detennined in
.~ccordance with this section shall meet all of the following
;conditions for either a Class I or Class 2 building (see 2078.5.4 Diaphragm Flexibility
Figure 2078.5-1):
The design procedure specified herein applies to buildings
having either rigid or flexible diaphragms. The structural
analysis shall consider the relative stiffness of diaphragms
and the vertical elements of the MWFRS.
The building shall be an enclosed simple diaphragm
building as defined in Section 207 A.2.
Diaphragms constructed of wood panels can be idealized
as flexible. Diaphragms constructed of untapped metal
The building shall have a mean roof height h :S 18 m.
decks, concrete fiUed metal decks, and concrete slabs, each
having a span-to-depth ratio of 2 or less, are permitted to
The ratio of L/ B shall not be less than 0.2 nor more
be idealized as rigid for consideration of \Vind loading.
than 5.0 (0. 2 :S L/ B :S 5. O).

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-84 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

2078.6 Wind Loads-Main Wind Force-Resisting H'all sznface is required, internal pressure 1nust be
System included as defined in Part I ofSection 1078.

2078.6.1 Wall and Roof Surfaces-Class 1 and 2 The clistribution of 1vall pressures be!lreen lrindlvarcl and
Buildings leeward wall sw:faces is usefi,l for the design qffloor and
roo..f c/iaphragn1 ele111e11ts like clrag strut collector becun\',
Net wind pressures for the walls and roof surfaces shall be as well asfor MWFRS wall elements. The values defined in
determined from Tables 2078.6-1 and 2078.6-2. Note 4 of Table 207B. 6-1 are obtained as follows: The
respectively, for the applicable exposure category as external pressure coc1ficient .for all 1rinchrard \Valls ls
determined by Section 207 A. 7. CP = 0.8/0r all L/B values. The lee1vard ivall CP value IS
(-0.5)for L/ B valuesfi-0111 0.5 to 1.0 and is (-0.3) for L/B
For Class 1 building with L/ B values less than 0.5, use = 2.0. ,Voting that the lecivardn·a/1 pressure is co11stantfi1r'
wind pressures tabulated for L/ B = 0. 5. For Class I the _full height o.f the building, the leelrard v,a!I pressure
building with L/ B values greater than 2.0, use wind can be calculatetl as a percentage o.f the P1t value in tlz(?
pressures tabulated for L/B = Z. 0. table. The percentage is 0.5/(0.8 + 0.5) x JOO= 38%for
L/ B = 0.5 to 1.0. The percentage is 0.31(0.8+0.3) x I 00 =
Net wall pressures shall be applied to the projected area of 27?/0 .for L/ B = 2.0. Jnte1polt1tion betlreen these t,vo
the building walls in the direction of the wind, and exterior JJercentages can be usecljOr L/B ratios bellreen 1.0 and_
side wall pressures shall be applied to the projected area of 2.0. The 1vi!ubrarcl 11·all 1n·essure is then calculated as th{!_
the building walls normal to the direction of the wind d(fference benreen the total net pressure fron1 the table
acting outward according to Note 3 of Table 2078.6-1, using the Ph and p 0 ralues and the constant leen•arcl 1val[
simultaneously with the roof pressures from Table 2078.6- pressure.
2 as shown in Figure 2078.6-1.
Sideira/1 pressures can be calculatecl in a sinzilar 1nan11ef
Where t\VO load cases are shown in the table of roof to the l1'indn·arcl (l/l(./ lee,rard n·all pressures by taking a
pressures, the effects of each load case shall be investigated JJercentage of the net ,val! JJressures. Tlze Cp value ,(or
separately. The MWFRS in each direction shall be side\\'alls is (-0.7). Tims, for L/B = 0.5 to 1.0, the
designed for the \Vind load cases as defined in Figure percentage is II. 7/(0.8 + 11.5) x JOO = 54%. For L/ B = 2.0,
2078.4-8. the percentage is II. 7/(11.8 + 0.3) x JOO = 64%. Note that
the sicleH·all pressures are constant up the.full height qftlu:'
E.rception.' hui!ding.

'The torsional load cases in Figure 2078,4-8 (Case 2 cuu! The pressures tabulated f'or this n1ethotf are baself on
(~ase 4) need not be considered/Or builclings 1-vhich 1neet silnplifying conservative assuuzptions 111acle to the d{fj'erent
the requiren,ents <~lAppentlix D. ASC'E' 7-JO, pressure coe_fficient (GCp) cases tabulated in Figure
207B.4-l, which is the hasisfor the traditional all heights
('on1111enta1:v: building procedure (ciefined as the Directional Procedure
in this code) that has been a JJart o.f the standarcl since
1Vall and ro°'lnet pressures are shcn'v'/1 in Tables 207B.6-J 1972. The external pressure coe_fficients Cvf0r ro£?f.\' have
a11cl 2078.6-2 anti are calculated using the external heen mnltiplied hy 0.85, a reasonable gust e[fectfi1ctor.fr1t'
1n·essure coe..[ficients in Figure 207B.4-l. Along u•ind net 1nost co1n111011 roo,f fi·an1ing. and then co111bined irith an
1vall JJressures are apJJliecl to the JJrojected area o..f the internal JH'essurc coe_fficientfiJr encloseLI buildings (plus d,:
builcling 1ralls in the clirection c~f tlze 11'ind, and exterior 1ninus 0.18) to obtain a net JJressure coejf,.cient to serve as
shleiva/1 JJressures are a11pliecl to the projectecl area o_(tlze the basis"for JJressure calculation. The linear 1rall 11ressure
huihling H'alls nornzal to the direction r~l tlze 1vind acting t.iiagran1 has been conceive,! so that the a11plied pressures,
outvrarcl. silnultaneous/._v 1vith the roof 1n·essures .fi·o,n fi·on1 the table produce the sanu: overturning 1no111e11t as the
Table 207B.6-2. Distribution o..f the net ii·a/1 Jlressures 111ore exact pressures .fi·onz Part 1 o.f Section 207B. For
betvveen 1vindn·arcl and lee1varcl 1vall s1u:faces is cle_fined in detern1i11ation of" the ,val! pressures tabulated. the actual
Note 4 qf Table 207B.6-l. The magnitude of exterior gust effect factor has been calculated .fro111 Equation
side,vall pressure is deternzined j,·0111 Note 2 o.f Table 207A. 9-10 based 011 building height, 1vind spee,I, exJJosure,
207B.6-J. It is to be noted that all tabulated pressures are fi·equency. atui the assunzed cla111ping value.
defined 1vithout consideration of internal JJressures
because internal pressures cancel out 1vhe11 considering
the net effect on the MWFRS of. simple diaphragm
builclings. fVhere the net 1vind pressure on any inclividual

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-85

207B.6.2 Parapets Con1111enta1:v:

The effect of horizontal wind loads applied to all vertical The effect of vertical wind loading on a windward roof
surfaces of roof parapets for the design of the MWFRS overhang is specified in Section 207B.4.4 of Part 1. A
shall be based on the application of an additional net positive pressure coefficiellf of +0.8 is specified This
horizontal wind pressure applied to the projected area of co,npares to a net pressure coefficient tabu/atell for the
the parapet surface equal to 2.25 times the wall pressures 1vinc/u:ard edge =one 3 o.f -1.06 (derived ji·on1
tabulated in Table 207B.6-l for L/ B = 1. 0. The net 0.85 x -1.3 x 0.8 - 0.18). The 0.85 factor represents the
pressure specified accounts for both the wind\vard and gust factor G, the 0.8 multiplier accounts for the effective
leeward parapet loading on both the windward and leeward 1vincl area re,fuction to the 1.3 value o.f Cp specified in
building surface. The parapet pressure shall be applied Figure 2078.4-1 of Part I, and the -(1.18 is the internal
sin1t1ltaneously \Vith the specified \Vall and roof pressures pressure contribution. The ratio of coefficients is 0.811. 06
shown in the table as shown in Figure 207B.6-2. The height = 0.755. Thus, a multiplier of 0. 75 011 the tabulated
h used to enter Table 207B.6-I to determine the parapet pressure for =one 3 in Table 207B.6-2 is specified.
pressure shall be the height to the top of the parapet as
shown in Figure 2078.6-2 (use h = "-,,).

Co111111enta1:i ·:

The q(fect ,?(parapet loadi11g 011 the MWFRS is specified i11

_Section 207B.4.5 ofPart I. The net pressure coe.fflcient_for
the ivinchvard JJarapet is +1.5 and for the leelrarcf paraJJet
is -!.!I. The combined effect of both produces a 11et
coe(ficie11t of +2.5 applied to the wi11dward swface to
t:rccou11t .for the cunnrlative effect on the MfVFRS in a
siJnple diaphragn1 building. This pressure coejf,cient
compares to a net pressure coefficient of 1. 3Gr for the
tabulated horizo11tal wall pressure Ph at the top of the
building. Asszoning a loH·er-bozoui gust .factor
Gf ::::: 0. 85, the ratio of the JJarapet JJressure to the H'all
pressure is 2.51(0.85 xJ.3) = 2.25. Thus, a value of 2.25 is
-assunu1d as a reasonable constant to app(r to the tabulated
wall pressure Ph to account for the additional parapet
loading 011 the MWFRS.

207B.6.3 Roof Overhangs

The effect of vertical wind loads on any roof overhangs

shall be based on the application of a positive wind
pressure on the underside of the windward overhang equal
to 75% of the roof edge pressure from Table 2078.6-2 for
Zone 1 or Zone 3 as applicable. This pressure shall be
applied to the windward roof overhang only and shall be
applied simultaneously with other tabulated wall and roof
pressures as shown in Figure 2078.6-3.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-86 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

0.ZL ~ B ~ SL

PLAN
CLASS 1 BUILDING
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT, h

h = 18m

ELEVATION

I
4
0. SL ,; B c, 2L
W
I WAI
SEE

CJ~ PLAN
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT, h
CLASS 2 BUILDING

h = 18to48 m

ELEVATION

Note: Roofform may be flat. gable. mansard or hip

Figure 2078.5-1
Building Geometry Requirements Building Class, h ,,; 48 m
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-87

SEE FIGURE 2078.6-2 FOR

PARAPET WIND PRESSURES ROOF PRESSURES
SEE TABLE 2078.6·2

MEAN ROOF HEIGHT h

WIND
WALL PRESSURES
B
SEE TABLE 2078.6·1
h

PLAN

ELEVATION

Figure 2078.6-1
Application of Wind Pressures Wind Pressures - Walls and Roof, h,,;; 48 m
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7th Edition, 2015

2-88 CHAPTER 2 - M1111murn Design Loads

---· Pp ·-----.-----
.
ADDITIONAL LOAD ON MWFRS FROM
ALL PARAPETS AND PARAPET
I SURFAC ES
I
I
- I
I MEAN ROOF HEIGHT h
. I
I
I
I
-- - I

p,, WALL
PRESSURE FROM
TABLE 207 B.6·1
AT HEIGHT h
h

Pp= 2. 25 TIMES THE PRES SURE

DETERMINED FROM TABLE 2078.6-1
FOR A HEIGHT MEASURED TOTHE
TOP OF THE PAPARET, hp

Figure 2078.6-2
Application of Parapet Wind Loads Parapet Wind Loads, h eo; 48 m
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-89

ROOF EDGE PRESSURE FROM TABLE

ZONES 1 OR 3 AS APPLICABLE

P1 ORp3

WIND DIRECTION

Povh = 0. 75p1 OR 0. 75p3 AS APPLICABLE, APPLIED AS

Povh
AN ADDITIONAL UPWARD LOADING (POSITIVE PRESSURE)
TO ROOF NEGATIVE EDGE PRESSURES SHOWN

Figure 207B.6-3
Application of Roof Overhang Roof Overhang Wind Loads. h cc; 48 m
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I. 7t11 Edition, 2015

 h
h

Po

PLAN WIND PRESSURE ELEVATION

Notes to Wall Pressure Table 2078.6-1:

I. From table for each Exposure (8, C or D), V, L/ Band h, determine Ph (top number) and Po {bottom number) horizontal along-wind net wall pressures.
2. Side wall external pressures shall be uniforn1 over the wall surface acting outward and shall be taken as 54°/o of the tabulated p 11 pressure for 0. 2 $
L/B $ 1. 0 and 64% of the tabulated p 11 pressure for 2.0 $ L/B $ 5. 0. Linear interpolation shall apply for 1. 0 < L/8 < 2.0. Side wall external
pressures do not include effect of internal pressure.
3. Apply along-wind net wall pressures as shown above to the projected urea of the building walls in the direction of the wind and apply external side wall
pressures to the projected area of the building wal!s normal to the direction wind, sin1ultaneously with the roof pressures frotn Table 2078.6-2.
4. Distribution of tabulated net wall pressures between windward and leeward wall faces shall be based on the linear distribution of total net pressure with
building height as shown above and the leeward cxtenm! wall pressures assumed uniformly distributed over the leeward wall surface acting outward at
38o/o ofp11 for 0.2:::;; L/B:::;; 1.0 and 27% ofph IOr 2.0:::;; L/B:::;; 5.0. Linear interpolation shall be used for 1.0 < l/8 < 2.0. The remaining net
pressure shall be applied to the windward walls as an external wall pressure acting towards the wall surface. \Vindward and leeward wall pressures so
determined do not include effect of internal pressure.
5. Interpolation between values ofV, hand L/B is permitted.

Notation:

L building plan dimension parallel to wind direction, m

B building plan din1ension perpendicular to wind direction, m
h mean roof height, m
P1i,Po along-\vind net wall pressure at top and base of building respectively, Pa

Figure 207B.6-l
Application of Wall Pressures Wind Pressures - Walls, h :S 48 rn
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER. 2 - Minimum Design

Table 207B.6-!
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Walls (kN/m2)
Exposure B
v (kph) 150 200 250 300 350
h (m),
0.5 1 2 0.5 l 2 0.5 l 2 0.5 l 2 0.5 I 2
LIB
l.24 l.22 1.09 2.39 2.36 2.15 4.03 3.96 3.63 6.25 6.11 5.61 9.14 8.90 8.17
48
0.83 0.82 0.67 1.6 l l.59 l.33 2.72 2.67 2.24 4.22 4.12 3.47 6.17 6.00 5.09
l.20 1.19 l.06 2.31 2.29 2.08 3.88 3.82 3.50 6.00 5.88 5.40 8.76 8.57 7.86
45
0.82 0.81 0.66 l.58 l.56 l.30 2.65 2.61 2.19 4.09 4.01 3.39 5.96 5.81 4.96
l. l 6 1.15 l.03 2.23 2.21 2.00 3.73 3.68 3.37 5.75 5.64 5.19 8.38 8.17 7.51
42
0.79 0.80 0.65 l.54 l.53 l.27 2.57 2.54 2.14 3.97 3.89 3.30 5.83 5.64 4.79
1.13 l.12 l.00 2.14 2.13 l.93 3.57 3.53 3.23 5.49 5.40 4.97 7.97 7.82 7.22
39
0.78 0.79 0.64 l.50 l.49 l.25 2.50 2.47 2.09 3.84 3.78 3.21 5.58 5.47 4.66
l.08 l.09 0.96 2.06 2.05 l.85 3.42 3.38 3.09 5.23 5.15 4.74 7.56 7.43 6.86
36
0.77 0.77 0.64 1.46 1.45 l.22 2.42 2.40 2.03 3.71 3.66 3.12 5.39 5.27 4.54
1.04 1.05 0.93 l.98 l.97 l.77 3.26 3.23 2.94 4.97 4.90 4.51 7.20 7.05 6.55
33
0.76 0.76 0.63 l.43 l.42 1.19 2.35 2.33 l.98 3.58 3.54 3.03 5.18 5.10 4.37
l.Ol l.00 0.89 l.90 l.88 l.69 3.10 3.08 2.80 4.70 4.65 4.27 6.79 6.64 6.15
30
0.73 0.74 0.61 1.39 1.38 1.16 2.27 2.26 l.92 3.45 3.41 2.93 5.01 4.86 4.23
0.97 0.96 0.86 l.85 l.80 l.60 2.94 2.92 2.65 4.43 4.39 4.02 6.51 6.28 5.72
27
0.73 0.72 0.60 1.35 l.34 1.13 2.20 2.19 l.86 3.32 3.28 2.83 4.75 4.62 4.08
0.93 0.92 0.81 1.71 l.71 l.52 2.77 2.76 2.49 4.16 4.13 3.77 5.93 5.88 5.41
24
0.71 0.72 0.60 1.31 l.31 1.10 2.12 2.11 I.SO 3.18 3.16 2.72 4.53 4.50 3.88
0.88 0.89 0.77 l.62 l.61 1.43 2.60 2.59 2.33 3.88 3.86 3.50 5.52 5.45 4.97
21
0.69 0.69 0.57 l.27 l.27 l.07 2.04 2.04 l.74 3.05 3.03 2.61 4.35 4.27 3.71
0.83 0.85 0.73 l.52 l.52 l.34 2.43 2.42 2.16 3.60 3.58 3.23 5.07 5.03 4.59
18
0.68 0.68 0.55 l.23 1.23 l.03 l.97 l.96 l.67 2.91 2.90 2.50 4.06 4.08 3.55
0.78 0.78 0.69 1.41 1.41 l.24 2.25 2.25 l.99 3.31 3.30 2.95 4.60 4.56 4.13
15
0.65 0.65 0.56 1.19 1.19 l.00 l.89 l.89 l.61 2.78 2.77 2.39 3.89 3.85 3.34
0.74 0.74 0.63 1.31 1.31 1.14 2.07 2.07 1.82 3.03 3.03 2.69 4.20 4.20 3.77
12
0.65 0.63 0.52 l.15 1.15 0.97 l.82 l.82 l.55 2.66 2.66 2.29 3.67 3.69 3.22
0.67 0.67 0.57 l.19 l.19 l.03 1.88 l.88 l.64 2.74 2.74 2.40 3.77 3.77 3.31
9
0.62 0.62 0.53 1.10 1.10 0.94 1.74 1.74 1.49 2.53 2.53 2.19 3.46 3.46 3.05
0.59 0.59 0.51 l.07 l.07 0.93 l.68 1.68 1.46 2.43 2.43 2.12 3.33 3.33 2.93
6
0.59 0.59 0.51 l.05 l.05 0.91 1.65 l.65 l.43 2.39 2.39 2.08 3.27 3.27 2.87
0.38 0.38 0.33 0.67 0.67 0.58 l.05 l.05 0.91 l.51 l.51 1.33 2.04 2.04 l.85
3
0.38 0.38 0.33 0.67 0.67 0.58 l.05 I.OS 0.91 l.51 1.51 1.33 2.04 2.04 l.85

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-92 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 2078.6-1
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Walls (kN/m 2 )
Exposure C

v (kph) 150 200 250 300 350

h(m), 2 0.5 I 2
0.5 I 2 0.5 I 2 0.5 I 2 0.5 I
LIB
1.58 1.58 1.42 3.10 3.06 2.75 5.21 5.11 4.62 8.04 7.85 7.10 11.72 11.40 7.10
48
1.16 1.16 0.97 2.28 2.25 1.89 3.83 3.76 3.19 5.92 5.77 4.89 8.66 8.36 4.89
1.56 1.55 1.38 3.01 2.97 2.68 5.06 5.04 4.49 7.79 7.61 6.89 1l.28 I 0.53 6.89
45
0.68 1.16 0.96 2.24 2.21 1.87 3.75 3.74 3.13 5.78 5.65 4.81 8.90 7.84 4.81
1.56 1.51 1.33 2.92 2.89 2.60 4.90 4.87 4.36 7.53 7.37 6.68 10.84 !0.3 I 6.68
42
1.18 1.13 0.94 2.19 2.17 1.85 3.67 3.65 3.07 5.65 5.53 4.71 8.16 7.77 4.71
1.48 1.48 1.29 2.83 2.81 2.52 4.73 4.66 4.22 7.26 7.12 6.46 10.5 10.28 6.46
39
1.13 1.12 0.94 2.15 2.13 1.81 3.59 3.53 3.01 5.50 5.39 4.62 7.93 7.78 4.62
1.43 1.43 1.27 2.74 2.72 2.44 4.56 4.50 4.07 6.98 6.85 6.23 10.09 9.85 6.23
36
1.10 I.IO 0.92 2.10 2.09 1.83 3.50 3.45 2.95 5.35 5.25 4.51 7.70 7.56 4.51
1.39 1.39 1.23 2.65 2.63 2.36 4.39 4.33 3.92 6.69 6.59 5.98 9.63 9.51 5.98
33
1.08 1.09 0.90 2.06 2.04 1.97 3.41 3.37 2.89 5.20 5.11 4.41 7.50 7.29 4.41
1.37 1.36 1.20 2.55 2.44 2.27 4.21 4.17 3.76 6.40 6.31 5.73 9.17 8.62 5.73
30
1.08 1.06 0.89 2.01 2.00 1.70 3.31 3.28 2.82 5.04 4.97 4.30 7.26 7.14 4.30
1.32 1.31 1.16 2.45 1.90 2.18 4.02 3.99 3.60 6.09 6.02 5.47 8.72 6.43 5.47
27
1.06 1.06 0.87 1.96 1.95 1.67 3.22 3.19 2.75 4.87 4.82 4.18 6.94 6.88 4.18
1.26 1.27 1.11 2.35 2.34 2.08 3.83 3.81 3.42 5.78 5.72 5.19 8.28 8.11 5.19
24
1.04 1.07 0.87 1.92 1.91 1.63 3.12 3.10 2.67 4.70 4.66 4.05 6.72 6.61 4.05
1.23 1.21 1.06 2.24 2.24 1.98 3.63 3.62 3.24 5.45 5.41 4.89 7.75 7.67 4.89
21
1.02 1.26 0.84 1.90 1.86 1.59 3.02 2.99 2.59 4.53 4.34 3.92 6.58 5.60 3.92
1.16 1.16 1.01 2.13 2.13 1.88 3.43 3.42 3.05 5.12 5.08 4.58 7.26 7.16 4.58
18
0.99 1.00 0.83 2.07 1.81 I.SS 2.92 2.75 2.51 4.36 3.05 3.77 7.21 1.94 3.77
1.10 1.07 0.99 2.01 2.01 1.76 3.22 3.21 2.85 4.77 4.75 4.25 6.70 6.71 4.25
15
0.98 0.96 0.81 1.76 1.76 I.SO 2.82 2.81 2.43 4.17 4.16 3.63 5.82 5.86 3.63
1.05 0.56 0.91 1.89 1.89 1.64 3.01 2.99 2.63 4.41 4.39 3.90 6.09 6.62 3.90
12
0.94 0.94 0.80 1.71 1.71 1.46 2.71 2.71 2.34 3.99 3.98 3.47 5.60 5.56 3.47
0.98 0.97 0.83 1.75 1.75 1.51 2.87 2.76 2.41 4.02 4.02 3.53 4.88 5.55 3.53
9
0.92 0.92 0.78 1.65 1.65 1.41 2.60 2.60 2.25 3.80 3.79 3.30 5.28 5.24 3.30
1.01 0.90 0.78 1.60 1.60 1.38 2.55 2.53 2.40 3.65 3.65 3.18 4.69 4.92 3.18
6
0.87 0.87 0.76 1.58 1.58 1.36 2.49 2.48 2.37 3.60 3.60 3.13 4.91 4.97 3.13
0.56 0.56 0.49 1.01 1.01 0.88 1.59 1.59 1.38 2.30 2.30 2.00 3.14 3.14 2.00
3
0.56 0.56 0.49 I.OJ 1.01 0.88 1.59 1.59 1.38 2.30 2.30 2.00 3.14 3.14 2.00

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-93

Table 2078.6-1
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Walls (kN/111 2 )
Exposure D

v (kph) 150 200 250 300 350

h (m), 2 0.5 I 2 0.5 1 2 0.5 1 2 0.5 I 2
0.5 I
LIB
1.80 1.80 1.59 3.50 3.45 3.08 5.87 5.75 5.15 9.00 8.79 7.86 12.98 12.66 11.27
48 8.24
1.39 1.36 1.16 2.70 2.66 2.25 4.52 4.43 3.76 6.93 6.77 5.74 JO.OJ 9.78
1.77 1.76 1.56 3.42 3.37 3.01 5.72 5.61 5.02 8.76 8.56 7.67 12.63 12.30 11.04
45
1.37 1.37 1.15 2.66 2.62 2.22 4.44 4.36 3.70 6.80 6.65 5.65 9.83 9.55 8.13
1.74 1.73 1.53 3.33 3.29 2.94 5.56 5.46 4.89 8.51 8.33 7.46 12.26 11.99 10.73
42 7.97
1.36 1.36 1.13 2.61 2.58 2.19 4.36 4.28 3.65 6.66 6.52 5.56 9.56 9.36
1.69 1.69 1.49 3.24 3.21 2.86 5.40 5.31 4.76 8.24 8.08 7.25 11.83 11.61 10.39
39
1.34 1.29 1.12 2.57 2.54 2.16 4.27 4.20 3.59 6.52 6.39 5.46 9.4 9.23 7.82
1.64 1.65 1.45 3.15 3.12 2.78 5.23 5.15 4.62 7.97 7.82 7.03 11.46 11.21 10.07
36
1.31 1.17 1.13 2.52 2.49 2.12 4.18 4.12 3.52 6.37 6.25 5.36 9.17 9.07 7.67
1.87 1.61 1.41 3.06 3.03 2.70 5.05 4.99 4.47 7.69 7.55 6.80 IO.SJ 10.77 9.77
33
l.31 1.29 1.16 2.47 2.45 2.08 4.08 4.03 3.46 6.21 6.10 5.26 8.93 8.73 7.44
2.78 1.57 1.38 2.96 2.94 2.62 4.87 4.82 4.32 7.39 7.28 6.55 9.40 !0.39 9.38
30
1.29 1.28 1.07 2.41 2.40 2.05 3.98 3.94 3.39 6.04 5.95 5.14 8.63 8.48 7.35
1.53 1.52 1.34 2.86 2.84 2.52 4.68 4.64 4.16 7.08 6.99 6.29 10.!5 9.96 8.94
27
1.25 1.26 1.06 2.35 2.35 2.01 3.88 3.84 3.32 5.87 5.79 5.02 8.35 8.26 7.14
1.48 1.47 1.28 2.75 2.74 2.43 4.49 4.45 3.98 6.76 6.68 6.01 9.62 9.51 8.60
24
1.25 1.24 1.05 2.31 2.30 1.97 3.78 3.75 3.24 5.69 5.62 4.89 8.07 7.94 6.95
1.43 1.43 1.24 2.64 2.63 2.32 4.28 4.26 3.80 6.42 6.36 5.72 9.13 8.97 8.12
21
1.22 1.22 1.03 2.26 2.25 1.93 3.67 3.65 3.15 5.50 5.45 4.75 7.80 7.68 6.79
1.37 l.39 1.20 2.52 2.52 2.22 4.07 4.05 3.60 6.07 6.03 5.40 8.57 8.51 7.68
18
1.20 1.19 1.00 2.21 2.20 1.88 3.56 3.54 3.06 5.31 5.27 4.60 7.52 7.45 6.56
1.31 l.32 1.14 2.40 2.40 2.10 3.85 3.83 3.39 5.70 5.67 5.06 7.99 7.98 7.16
15
1.19 1.17 1.00 2.15 2.14 1.84 3.44 3.43 2.97 5.10 5.08 4.43 7.17 7.13 6.26
1.26 1.24 1.08 2.27 2.27 1.97 3.61 3.61 3.16 5.31 5.30 4.69 7.40 7.38 6.60
12
1.16 1.14 0.98 2.09 2.09 1.79 3.36 3.32 2.87 4.89 4.88 4.26 6.60 6.82 6.00
1.19 1.17 1.02 2.12 2.12 1.83 3.36 3.35 2.92 4.91 4.90 4.30 6.77 6.81 5.98
9
1.13 1.13 0.96 2.02 2.02 1.73 3.20 3.20 2.76 4.68 4.67 4.07 6.47 6.43 5.68
1.10 1.09 0.93 1.97 1.97 1.69 3.09 3.09 2.68 4.49 4.49 3.91 6.20 6.21 5.39
6
1.09 1.09 0.93 1.95 1.95 1.67 3.06 3.06 2.65 4.45 4.44 3.86 6.15 6.11 5.29
0.70 0.70 0.60 1.25 1.25 1.08 1.96 1.96 1.70 2.83 2.83 2.47 3.86 3.86 3.40
3
0.70 0.70 0.60 1.25 1.25 1.08 1.96 1.96 1.70 2.83 2.83 2.47 3.86 3.86 3.40

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-94 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Roof Pressure - MWFRS

Exposure Adjustment Factor
60
Ex sure Adjustment Factor
h(m) Exp B Ex D
48 0.808 1.111
50
45 0.804 1.114
42 0.800 1.116
39 0.795 1.118
E 40
.,: 36 0.791 1.123
,..: 33 0.785 1.125
:c
C) 30 0.780 1.128
~ 30 27 0.774 1.134
C)
z 24 0.767 1.136
i5
..., 21 0.759 1.141
~ 20 18 0.750 1.148
15 0.740 1.152
12 0.728 1.160
9 0.712 1.166
10
6 0.691 1.189
3 0.662

0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30
EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT FACTOR

Notes to Roof Pressure Table 2078.6*2:

I. From table for Exposure C, V, h and roof slope, determine roof pressure p 1, for each roof zone shown in the figures for the applicable roof form. For
other exposures B or D, multiply pressures from table by appropriate exposure adjusttncnt factor as determined fro111 figure below.
2. Where two load cases are shown, both load cases shall be investigated. Load case 2 is required to investigate n1aximum overturning on the building from
roof pressures shown.
3. Apply along~wind net wall pressures to the projected area of the building walls in the direction of the wind and apply exterior side wall pressures to the
projected area of the building walls normal to the direction of the wind acting outward, sin1ultaneously with the roof pressures from Table 2078.6~2.
4. \Vhere a value of zero is shown in the tables for the Oat roof case, it is provided for the purpose of interpolation.
5. Interpolation between V, hand roof slope is permitted.

Figure 2078.6-2
Application of Roof Pressures Wind Pressures - Roofs, h ~ 48 m
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-95

Flat Roof

]· (O< !Odell)

Gable Roof

Hip Roof

--
._
Monoslope
Roof

IMansard Roof
I
Figure 207B.6-2
Application of Roof Pressures Wind Pressures-Roofs, h,,; 48 111
Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-96 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/m2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 150 - 250 kph, h = 3 - 12 m
Exposure C
v (kph) 150 200 250
Load Zone Zone Zone
h (n1) Roof Slope Case l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5
I NA NA -1.00 -0.89 -0.23 NA NA -1.78 -1.58 -1.30 NA NA -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
Flat < 2: 12 {9.46") 2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.(10
I -0.99 -0.48 -!.00 -0.89 -0.73 -1.76 -1.18 -1.78 -1.58 -1 .30 -2.72 -1.9! -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
3:12(14.0°) 2 0.14 -0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.25 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.39 -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.80 -0.66 -1.00 -0.89 -0.73 -1.43 -1.16 -1.78 -1.58 -1.30 -2.24 -1.81 -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
4: 12 (18.4°) 0.43 -0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 -0.49 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.77 -0.79 0.00 0.00
'I -0.64 -0.66 -1.00 -0.89 -0.73 -1.15 -!. !6 -1.78 -1.58 -1.30 -l.80 -l.81 -2.77 -2.47
OJ){)
-2.03
12 5:12 ( 22.6°) 2 0.37 -3.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.03 -0.86 0.00 0.00 0,(l()
I -0.52 -0.66 -1.!4 -0.89 -0.73 -0.92 -1.16 -!.78 -!.58 -l.30 -1.44 -1.8! -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
6:12 (26.6°) 2 0.41 -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.73 -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.!4 -0.86 0.00 0.00 0.0()
I 2.87 -0.()6 -0.98 -0.89 -0.73 -0.07 -1.16 -1.78 -l.58 -l.30 -0.83 -I.SI -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
9:12 (36.9°) 2 0.49 -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.87 -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.86 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.16 -0.66 -1.00 -0.89 -0.73 -0.30 -1.!6 -1.78 -1.58 -1.30 -0.47 -!.81 -2.77 -2.47 -2.03
12:12 (45.0°) 2 0.59 -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.87 -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.36 -0.86 0.00 0.00 OJ)()
I NA NA -0.93 -0.83 6.55 NA NA -1.67 -! .49 -1.22 NA NA -2.61 -2.32 -l.90
Flat < 2: 12 (9.46°) 2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.92 -0.45 -0.93 -0.83 -0.68 -1.64 -1. I ! -1.67 -l.49 -!.22 -2.56 -I.SO -2.61 -2.32 -1.90
3:12 ( !4.0°) 2 0.14 -0.19 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 -0.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.37 -0.52 0.00 0.00 0.01)
I -0.75 -0.60 -0.')3 -0.83 -0.68 -!.34 -1.08 -1.67 -1.49 -1.22 -2.!0 -l.66 -2.61 -2.32 -1.9()
4: !2(18.4°) 2 2.55 2.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.47 -0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.73 -0.75 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.60 -0.60 -0.93 -0.83 -0.68 -I.OS -!.08 -l.67 -I .49 -1.22 -!.69 -l.70 -2.61 -2.32 .\_(JO
9 5:12 ( 22.6°) 2 0.36 -0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.62 -0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.97 -0.81 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.49 -0.60 -0.93 -0.83 -0.68 -0.87 -1.08 -1.67 -!.49 -1.22 -1.35 -1.70 -2.6! -2.32 -1,9()
6:12 (26.6°) 2 0.39 -0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 -0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.8! 0.00 o.oo 0.00
I -0.29 -0.60 -0.93 -0.83 -0.(18 -0.50 -I.OS -1.67 -1.49 -l.22 -0.78 -1.70 -2.61 -2.32 .].()()
9:!2 (36.9°) 0.45 -0.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.82 -0.52 o.oo 0.00 0.00
'I -0.!7 -0.60 -0.93 -0.83 -0.68 -0.27 -l.08 -1.67 -I .49 -1.22
0.90
-0.44
·0.81
-!.67
0.00
*2,61
0.00
-2.32
0.00
-!.90
12:!2 (45.0°) 2 1.81 -0.?9 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.82 -0.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.28 -0.84 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 NA NA -! .54 ·!.37 -!.12 NA NA -2.40 -2.14 - l.63
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°) 2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 o_oo NA NA 0.00 0,00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.85 -0.43 -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 ·l .50 -1.02 -1.54 -1.37 -l.12 -2.35 -1.65 -2.40 -2.14 -1.63
3:12 ( 14.0°) 2 0.13 -0.!7 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.22 -0.31 0.00 (U)O 0.00 0.34 -0.48 (l.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.69 -0.56 -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 -l .24 -0.94 -1.54 -1.37 -1.12 -1.93 -!.00 -2.40 -2.14 ·! .63
4: 12 {18.4"') 2 0.23 -0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.43 -0.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.67 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.56 -0.56 -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 -0.99 -1.00 -! .54 -!.37 -1.!2 -J.55 -l.56 -2.40 -2.14 -1.63
6 5:12 { 22.6°) 2 0.33 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.57 -0.48 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.89 -0.75 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.45 -0.56 -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 -0.80 -1.00 -1.54 -l.37 -!. J? -1.25 -1.56 -2.40 -2.14 -1.63
6:J? (26.6°) 2 0.35 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.63 -0.48 0.00 ().[)(} 0.00 0.98 -0.75 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.26 -0.56 -0.87 -0.76 -0.63 -0.46 -!.00 -1.54 ·1.37 -1.12 -0.72 -1.56 <~.40 -2.!4 -! .63
9:12 (36.9°) 2 0.41 -0.26 0.00 o.oo 0.00 0.75 -0.48 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.83 -0.75 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.15 -0.56 -0.87 -0.7(, -0.63 -0.04 -1.00 -!.54 -!.37 -1.12 -0.40 -l.13 -2.40 -2.14 -1.63
12:12(45.0°) 2 0.41 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.75 -0.48 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.18 -1.18 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -0.76 -0.67 -0.56 NA NA -l.35 -l.21 -0.99 NA NA -2.!2 -1.89 2.22
Flat< 2:12 (9.4(/') 2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.73 -0.36 -0,76 -0.67 -0.56 -l.33 -0.91 -1.35 -1.2! -0.99 -2.08 -! .4(1 -2.12 -!.89 2.22
3:!2{14.0°) 2 0.11 -0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.!') -0.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.6! -0.47 -0.7(1 -0.67 -0.56 -1.09 0.88 -!.35 -1.21 -0.99 -!.70 -2.16 -2.12 -1.89 2.22
4: 12 (!8.4°) 2 0.22 -0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.38 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.59 -0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.47 -0.47 -0.76 -0.67 -0.56 -0.87 -0.88 -1.35 -1.21 -0.99 -1.37 -1.38 -2.!2 -1.89 2.22
3 5:12 ( 22.6°) 2 0.28 -0.25 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.51 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.38 -0.47 -0.76 -0.67 -0.56 -0.71 -0.88 -1.35 -1.2! -0.99 -1.!0 -!.38 -2.12 -! .89 2.22
6:12 (26.6°) 2 0.32 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.56 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.87 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.21 -0.47 -0.76 -0.67 -0.56 -0.4! -0.88 -! .35 -! .21 -0.99 -0.63 -l.38 -2.12 -1.89 ?.22
9:12 (36.9°) 2 0.38 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.73 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.12 -0.47 -0.76 -0.67 -0.56 -0.48 -0.88 -l.35 -l.21 -0.99 -0.36 -1.85 -2.!2 -1.89 2.22
12:12 (45.0°) 2 0.38 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.04 -0.!8 0.00 0.00 0.00

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-97

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/m2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 300 - 350 kph, h = 3 - 12 m
Exposure C
Vlk'lh) 300 350
Load Zone Zone
h(m) Roof Slope
Case l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5
I NA NA -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 NA NA -2.38 -2.12 -l.74
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.92 -2.66 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -2.33 -1.58 .?,38 .?,\2 -1.74
3:12 (!4.0°)
2 0.56 -0.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.34 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.22 -2.60 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -1.91 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
4: !2 (18.4°)
2 J.12 -1.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.58 -2.60 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -1.54 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
12 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 !.48 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.88 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.07 -2.60 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -1.23 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
6:12 (26.6°)
2 1.64 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.20 -2.60 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -0.72 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
9:12 {36.9°)
2 1.96 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.68 -2.60 -3.99 -3.56 -2.92 -0.40 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
!2:12 (45.0")
2 1.96 -! .24 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.17 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
F!ut < 2: 12 (9.46°)
I NA NA -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 NA NA -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.68 -2.50 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -2.30 -1.56 -2.34 -2.09 - 1.7!
3:12(1·L0°)
2 0.53 -0.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.03 -2.44 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -!.89 -!.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
4: 12 (18.4")
2 1.05 -1.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.43 -2.44 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -l.52 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
9 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.40 -l.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.73
0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.95 -2.44 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -1.22 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
6:12 (26.6°)
2 1.54 -1.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.96 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.13 -2.44 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -0.71 -!.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
9:12 (36.9°)
2 1.84 -1.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 o.oo 0.00 0.00
I -0.64 -2.44 -3.75 -3.34 -2.74 -0.40 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
12:12 (45.0°)
2 1.84 -1.17 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 NA NA -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
Flut < 2:12 (9.46")
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.38 -2.30 -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 -2.27 -! .54 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
3:12(14.0°)
2 0.49 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.78 -2.25 -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 -1.86 -!.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
4: 12(18.4°)
2 0.96 -0.99 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.23 -2.25 -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 -1.49 -!.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
6 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.28 -1.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.79 -2.25 -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 -l.20 -!.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
6:12 (26.6°)
2 1.42 -1.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.04 -2.25 -3.45 -3.08 .1.51 -0.70 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
9:12(36.9°)
2 1.69 -1.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.58 -2.20 -3.45 -3.08 -2.52 -0.39 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
12:12 (45.0°}
2 1.69 -1.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.09 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 NA NA -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
Flut < 2:12 (9.46")
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.99 -2.03 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -2.23 -! .52 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
3:12 (!4.0°)
2 0.43 -0.61 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.46 -1.98 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -1.83 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
4: 12(18.4°)
2 0.85 -0.87 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 -0.65 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.98 -1.98 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -1.47 -!.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
3 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.13 -0.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.85 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.59 -1.98 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -I.IS -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
6: 12 (26.6")
2 1.25 -0.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.92 -1.98 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -0.68 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
9:12 (36.9°)
2 ! .49 -0.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.52 -0.44 -3.05 -2.72 -2.23 -0.39 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
12:12 (45.0°)
2 I .49 -0.95 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.8 -12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 c;HAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads
2-98

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/111 2)
MWFRS - Roof, V = 150 250 kph, h = 15 - 24 m
Exposure C
Vtknh) 150 200 250
Load Zone Zone Zone
h(m) Roof Slope Case l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5
I NA NA -1.16 -1.03 -0.84 NA NA -2.05 -1.83 -1.50 NA NA -3.2! -2.86 -2J4
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°) NA NA NA NA
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 O.ll(I
I -1.14 -0.57 -1.16 -I.OJ -0.84 -2.02 -1.37 -2.05 -1.83 -1.50 -3.15 -2.21 -3.21 -2.86 -2.34
3:12 (14.0") 0.17 -0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.29 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.45 -0.64 0.00 0.00
2 0.00
I -8.45 -0.74 -1.16 -!.03 -0.84 -J.66 -1.34 <?:.05 -! .83 -l.50 -2.59 -2.09 -3.21 -2.86 -234
4: ! 2 ( 18.4")
2 0.32 -0.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.57 -0.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 -0.9J 0.00 0.00 o.oo
I -0.75 -0.74 -1.16 -1.03 -0.84 -!.33 -1.34 -2.05 -1.83 -1.50 -2.08 -2.09 -3.21 -2.8(, -2.34
24 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.42 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.76 -0.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.19 -!.00 0.00 0.()()
2 0.00
I -0.60 -0.74 -1.16 -1.03 -0.84 -J.00 -!.34 -2.05 -1.83 -1.50 -1.67 -2.09 -3.21 -2.86 -2.34
(J:12(26.6°) 0.47 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.84 -0.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32 -1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9:!2 (36.9°)
'I -0.34 -0.74 -1.16 -I .03 -0Ji4 -0.62 -1.34 -2.05 -!.83 -! .50 -0.97 -2.09 -3.21 -2.86 -2J-I
2 NA -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.01 -0.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 I.!] -1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.19 -0.74 -1.!(i -I.OJ -0.84 -0.35 -1.34 -2.05 -I .t\3 -1.50 -0.54 -2.09 -3.21 -2.86 -2.34
12:12 (45.0°) 0.56 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.01 -0.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.57 -!.00 0.00 0.00 o.on
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
'I NA NA -1.13 -1.00 -0.83 NA NA -2.00 -1.78 -1.46 NA NA -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.!0 -0.55 -L 13 -1.00 -0.83 -1.96 -!.33 -2.00 -l.78 -! .46 -3.06 -2.15 -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
3:12(14.0°)
2 0.15 -0.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.28 -0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.44 -0.62 0.00 0.00 o.no
I -0.90 -0.73 -1.13 -1.00 -0.83 -1.61 -I.JO -2.00 -l.78 -1.46 -2.51 -2.03 -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
4: 12 (18.4°) 0 .0,, -0.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.56 -0.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.87 -O.SlJ 0.00 0.00
2 0.00
I -0.72 -0.73 -1.13 -!.00 -0.83 -! .29 -[.30 -2.00 -1.78 -1.46 -2.02 _')_OJ -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
21 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.42 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.74 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.16 -0.97
2 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.58 -0.73 -!.13 -1.00 -0.83 -0.59 -!.30 -2.00 -1.78 -l.4() -!.62 -2.03 -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
6: !2 (26.6°) 0.45 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.82 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.28 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00
9:12 (36.9°)
'I -0.34 -0.73 -1.13 -1.00 -0.83 -0.(lO -1.30 -2.00 -1.78 -1.46 -0.94 -2.03 -3.12 -2.78 -2.28
2 0.55 -0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.19 -0.73 -l.13 -!.00 -0.83 -0.34 -1.30 -2.00 -1.78 -1.46 -0.53 -2.03 -3.12 -2.78 -2.2l<
[2:[2(45.0°)
2 0.55 -0.3() 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.62 0.00 o.oo 0.00 !.53 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -I.OS -0.97 -0.80 NA NA -1.93 -1 .72 -1.41 NA NA -3.02 -2.69 -2.2!
Finl< 2:12 (9.46°) NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 o.no
3:12{!4.0°)
'I -l.07 -0.53 -I .OS -0.97 -0.80 -UJO -J.2() -1.93 -!.72 -1.4 l -2.96 -2.08 -3.02
0.00
-2.69 -2.21
2 0. !(J -0.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.27 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.43 -0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.87 -0.70 -! .08 -0.97 -0.80 -!.56 -1.26 -1.93 -1.72 -1.4! -2.44 -1.97 -3.02 -2.69 -2.2[
4: 12 {[8.4°) -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.54 -0.55 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.84 -0.86 ().00
2 0.31 0.00 0.00
I -0.70 -0.70 -1.08 -0.97 -0.80 -].25 -l.26 -1.93 -J.72 -1.41 -l.95 -l.97 -3.02 -2.69 -2.2 I
18 5:12 ( 22,6°) 0.40 -0.35 0.00 0.72 -0.60 0.00
2 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.!2 -0.94 0.00 0.00 0.()0
I -0.57 -0.70 -I.OS -0.97 -0.80 -1.00 -!.26 -1.93 -1.72 -! .41 -1.57 -!.97 -3.02 -2.69 -2.21
(,;12 (26.(i 0 ) -0.(,0
2 0.45 -0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 {}.()() 0.00 0.00 1.24 -0.94 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.32 -0.70 -!.08 -0.97 -0.80 -0.58 -1.26 -J.!)J -1.72 -1.4! -0.90 -1.97 -3.02 -2.69 -2.21
9:!2 (36.9°) 0.00 0.95 -0.60
0.54 -0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.04 -0.94

12:12 (45.0°)
'I 0.0! -0.70 -1.08 -0.97 -0.80 -0.33 -1.26 -!.93 -1.72 -1.41 -0.51 -1.97
0.00
-3.02
0.00
-2.69
0.00
-2.21
2 0.54 -0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.48 -0.94 ().O{) 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -l.04 -0.94 -0.76 NA NA -1.86 -1.66 -1.36 NA NA -2.91 -2.59 -2.12
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°) NA o.ou NA NA
NA (l.00 0.00 0.00 0.CJO 0.00 NA NA
3:12 (14.0°)
'I -l.04 -0.51 -1.04 -0.94 -0.76 -J.82. -1.24 -1.86 -J .6(1 -1.3() -2.85 -2.00
0.00
-2.91
0.00
-2.59
0.00
-2.12
2 0.[5 -0.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.26 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.41 -0.58 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.84 -0.69 -1.04 -0.94 -0.76 -l.50 -1.21 -l.86 -1.66 -1.36 _J,34 -1.89 -2.91 -2.59 -2. [2
4: 12(18.4°) 0.29 -0.30 0.00 0.00 U.00 0.52 -0.53 0.00 0.00
2 0.00 0.81 -0.83 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.68 -0.69 -!.04 -0.94 -0.76 -1.20 -1.21 -!.86 -1.66 -1.36 -1.88 -1.89 -2.91 -2.59 -2.12
15 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.38 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0,00 NA -0.58 0.00 0.00 0.00 I.OS -0.91
6:12 (26.6°)
'I -0.56 -0.69 -1.05 -0.94 -0.76 -0.!)7 -!.21 -1.86 -1.66 -1.36 -1.51 -J.89
0.00
-2.9!
0.00
-2.59
0.00
-2.12
2 0.42 -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.76 -0.58 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.19 -0.9! 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.05 -0.69 -1.04 -0.94 -0.76 -0.52 -1.2! -1.86 -! .66 -1.36 -0.87 -!.89 -2.91 -2.59 -2.12
9:12 (36.9°) -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.91 -U.58 0.00
2 0.51 0.00 0.00 1.00 -0.91 0.00 0.00 0.00
I 1.67 -0.69 -! .04 -0.94 -0.76 -0.32 -1.21 -1.86 -1.66 -1.36 -0.49 -1.89 -2.91 -2.59 -2.12
!2:12 (45.0°) 0.51 -0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.91 -0.58 0.00 0.00 0.{)()
2 1.42 -0.91 0.00 0.00 0.00

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 I j

CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-99

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/1112 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 300 - 350 kph, h = 15 - 24 m
Exposure C
v (kph) 300 350
Load Zone Zone
h (n1) Roof Slope
Case I 2 3 4 5 I 2 3 4 5
1 NA NA -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 NA NA -2.38 -2.!2 -1.74
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -4.53 -3.08 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -2.33 -J .58 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.65 -0.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.34 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -3.73 -3.01 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -1.91 -!.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 1.29 -!.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -2.99 -3.01 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -! .54 -! .55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
24 5:12 ( 22.6°)
1.72 -l.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.88 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
'1 -2.44 -3.01 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -1.23 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
6:12 (26.6")
2 1.89 -l .44 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -1.39 -3.01 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -0.72 -1.55 -2.38 -2.!2 -1.74
9:12 (36.9°)
2 2.27 -1.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -0.78 -3.01 -4.62 -4.12 -3.38 -0.40 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
12:12 {45.0°)
2 2.27 -1.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.!7 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 NA NA -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 NA NA -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
Flat< 2:12 (9.46")
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.41 -2.99 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -2.30 -1.56 -2.34 -2.09 -l.71
3;12 (14.0°)
2 0.63 -0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -3.62 -2.92 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -1 .89 -1 .53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
4: 12 (18.4")
2 1.25 -1.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -2.91 -2.92 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -1.52 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
21 5:12(22.6°)
2 1.67 -1.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -2.63 -2.92 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -1.22 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
6:12 (26.6") 0.00
2 1.84 -1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.96 -0.73 0.00 0.00
1 -1.35 -2.92 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -0.71 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
9:12 (36.9")
2 2.20 -1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -0.76 -2.92 -4.49 -4.00 -3.29 -0.40 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
12:12 (45.0°)
2 2.20 -1.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 NA NA -2.31 -2.06 -l.69
Flat< 2:12 (9.46")
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -4.26 -2.90 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -2.27 -1.54 -2.31 -2.06 -! .69
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.6! -0.87 0.00 o.oo 0.00 0.33 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -3.51 -2.83 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -1.86 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 1.21 -1.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.66 o.oo 0.00 0.00
1 -2.82 -2.R3 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -1.49 -1.50 -2.3 ! -2.06 -1.69
18 5:12 ( 22.6")
2 1.62 -1.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -2.26 -2.83 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -1.20 -1.50 -2.31 -'.!.06 -1.69
6:12 (26.6°)
2 1.78 -1.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -1.31 .'.>.83 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -0.70 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
9:12 (36.9°)
2 2.13 -1.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 ·0.74 -2.83 -4.35 -3.88 -3.18 -0.39 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
12:12 (45.0°) 0.00
2 2.13 -1.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.09 -0.69 0.00 0.00
1 NA NA -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 NA NA -2.27 -2.03 -!.66
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -4.10 -2.79 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -2.23 -1.52 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.59 -0.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -3.37 -2.72 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -1.83 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
4: 12 (18.4") -0.65 0.00 0.00
2 1.17 -1.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 0.00
1 -2.71 -2.72 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -1.47 -! .48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
15 5:!2 ( 22.6°)
2 1.56 -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.85 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -2.18 -2.72 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -I.IS -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -! .66
6: 12 (26.6°)
2 1.72 -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
1 -1.26 -2.72 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -0.68 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
9:12 (36.9°) -0.71 0.00 0.00
2 2.05 -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 0.00
1 -0.71 -2.72 -4.18 -3.73 -3.06 -0.39 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
12:12 (45.0°)
2 2.05 -1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.8 -12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-100 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/m 2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 150 -250 kph, h = 27-36 m
Exposure C
v (k h) 150 200 250
Load Zone Zone Zone
h (n1) Roof Slope
Case 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
Flat < 2: ! 2 (9.46°) NA NA -1.26 -!.II -0.92 NA NA -1.34 -l.20 -0.97 NA NA -2.79 -2.48 -2.(14
2
-1.23 -0.62 -1.26 -1.11 -0.92 -1.31 -0.65 - 1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -2. 73 -1.93 -2.79 -2.48 <!J14
3:12 (!4.0°}
2 0.18 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19 -0.27 NA 0.00 0.00 0.39 -0.56 0.00 0.00 0.00
4: 12 (18.4°) -I.OJ -0.82 -1.26 -I.I I -0.92 -!.08 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -2.25 -1.81 -2.79 -2.48 -2.04
2
-0.82 -0.82 -1.26 -I.I! -0.92 -0.86 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -1.80 -l.81 -2.79 -2.48 -2JJ4
36 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 0.46 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 1.04 -0.87 0.00 0.00 O.UO
-0.65 -0.82 - !.26 -1. ll -0.92 -0.69 -0.87 - !.34 -1.20 -0.97 - ! .45 - l.81 -2. 79 -2.48 -2.04
6:12 (26.6°)
2 -4.19 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.55 -0.41 NA 0.00 0,00 l.14 -0.87 0.00 0.00 (U)()

9:12 (36.(JO) -0.37 -0.82 -1.26 -!.11 -0.92 -OAO -0.87 -1.34 -!.20 -0.97 -0.84 -1.81 -2.79 -2.48 -2Jl4
0.62 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 1.37 -0.87 0.00 0.00 0.00
!2;!2 (45.0°) -0.21 -0.82 -1.26 -l.l 1 -0.92 -0.23 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -0.47 -l.8! -2.79 -2.48 -2.0-t
2 0.62 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 ! .37 -0.87 0.00 0.00 0.00
Flat < 2: 12 (9.4 60 ) f--c-+--cNccA~\-'NccAc;-+-·71".2,'3+~·1"c.;;1O-f-·i'Occ.8c.'i+-:Ncc',7\-f-fN:'cAc...;f-,·lcc.3ec3-f-·"-1."1c-S+-:·Oc,.'c;)6-f-fN~A'-i-cN7'A~t-c-·c''.'°73"-t-·-c2cc.4~4+~·2:CJ"'ll'-II
2 MM
-1.22 -0.60 -
-1.23 -
-1.10 -
-0.89 -M!.28 NA
-0.65 -
-1.33 - S
-1.1 -
-0.96 MM
-2.68 -1.90 -
-2.73 -
-2.44 -
-2.00
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.!7 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.17 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.39 -0.55 0.00 0.00
4: 12 {18.4°) -1.00 -0.82 - !.23 -1. l O -0.89 - l.06 -0.85 - 1.33 - I. 18 -0.96 -2.21 -1.78 -2.73 -2.44
2 -0.02 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.37 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.77 -0.78 0.00 0.00
-0.80 -0.82 - !.23 - !. !O -0.89 -0.85 -0.85 -1.33 - l.18 -0.96 - 1.77 -l.78 -2. 73 -2.44 -2.(Hl
33 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 0.46 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.-t!J -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.02 -0.85 0.00 0.00 {)_{)()
-0.63 -0.82 -1.23 - !. IO -0.89 -0.68 -0.85 -1.33 - !.18 -0.96 - l .42 - l. 78 -2. 73 -2.44 -2.00
6:!2 (26.6°)
2 0.51 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.54 -0.4! 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
9:[2(3().9°) -0.36 -0.82 -1.23 - I. IO -0.89 -0.39 -0.85 -1.33 - !. 18 -0. 96 -0.82 -1. 78 -2. 73 -2.44 -2.00
2 0.6! -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.34 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
-0.20 -0.82 -1.23 -1.10 -0.89 .0.22 -0.85 -1.33 -1.18 -0. 96 -0.46 -1. 78 -2. 73 -2.44 -2.01!
2 0.6[ -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.34 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 12 9 60 l---'--+-~N~A'-i--'N~A~+-·~1.=2~1+-~·1~.0~8-l-~·~0.~8'~)+-~N~'A~i-'N"'-'A--l-·~1~.3~0-l-~·~1.~1<~,+-·~0~.9~5+~N~'Ac,_+-~N~A,__f-".2~.(~,8-f-·=2=.3~9+~·1~'~'6'-I
Flat..; : ( .4 ) 2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 o.on
-1.!9 -0.59 -!.21 -I.OS -0.89 -l.27 -0.63 -!.30 -1.!6 -0.95 -2.63 -1.86 -2.68 -2.39 -!.96
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.17 -0.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.18 -0.26 ().()() 0.00 0.00 0.38 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.()0
-0.98 -0.79 -1.21 - !.08 -0.89 -1.05 -0.84 - l.30 -1. ! 6 -0.95 -2.16 - !.74 ·2.68 -2.39 - l.96
4: 12(18.4°)
2 -l.41 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.36 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.75 -0.77 0.00 0.00 0.00
5:12 ( 22.6°) -0. 79 -0.79 -1.21 - l.08 -0.89 -0.84 -0.84 -1.30 - !. l (l -0.95 • !. 74 - !.74 -2.68 -2.39 -1.9(1
30
2 0.44 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.48 -0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 -0.84 0.00 0.00 o.oo
-0.63 -0.79 - 1.2 ! - l.08 -0.89 -0.68 -0.84 -1.30 -1.16 -0. ()5 - l.39 -1. 74 -2.68 -2.39 -1.96
6:12(26.6°)
2 0.50 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.54 -0.40 0.00 0,00 0.00 1.10 -0.84 0.00 0.00 0,00
9:12 (36.9°) -0.36 -0.79 -1.21 -1.08 -0.8 1) -0.38 -(UM -I.JO -1.16 -0.95 -0.8! -1.74 -2.68 -2.39 -1.96
2 o.59 -0.38 o.oo o.oo o.oo o.64 -0.40 o.oo o.oo o.oo 1.32 -0.84 ci.oo o.oo a.on
12:12 (45.0°) -0.20 -0.79 -!.21 -1.08 -0.89 -0.22 -0.84 -1.30 -1.16 -0.95 -0.46 -1.74 -2.68 -2.39 -!.96
2 0.59 -0.38 o.oo o.oo o.oo o.6-t -o.4o o.oo o.oo o.oo 1.32 -0.84 o.oo o.oo o.on
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°) NA NA -1.17 -!.05 -0.87 NA NA -!.28 -l.14 -0.94 NA NA -2.72 -2.42 -L99
2
3:12 (14.0°) -1.17 -0.57 -1.17 -l.05 -0.87 -1.25 -0.63 ·1.28 -!.14 -0.94 -2.66 -!.88 -2.72 -2.42 -l.99
2 0.18 -0.24 o.oo 0.00 0.00 0.18 -0.25 0.00 0.1)0 0.00 0.38 -0.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
-2.20 -0.77 -1.17 -1.05 -0.87 -1.03 -0.83 -1.28 -l.14 -0.94 ·2.19 -l.77 -2.72 -2.42 -1.99
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 0.33 -0.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.35 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.76 -0.78 0.00 0.00 0.00
-0.78 -0.77 -1.!7 -1.05 -0.87 -0.84 -0.83 -1.28 -1.14 -0.94 -1.76 -1.77 -2.72 -2.42 -1.99
27 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 0.44 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.47 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 I.OJ -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
6:12 (26.6°) -0.63 -0.77 -1.17 -1.05 -0.87 -0.66 -0.83 -l.28 -1.14 -0.94 -1.41 -1.77 -2.72 -2.42 -!.9()
2 0.49 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.68 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
-0.35 -0. 77 ~ 1.17 - 1.05 -0.87 -0.37 -0.83 - t.28 - I. !4 -0.94 -0.82 - !.77 -2. 72 -2.42 -1.99
9:12 (36.9°)
2 NA -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.63 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00
·0.21 -0.77 -1.17 - !.05 -0.87 -0.21 -0.83 -1.28 ~ 1.14 -0.9-t -0.46 - !. 77 -2. 72 -2.42 -1.99
12:!2 (45.0°)
0.57 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.1 -8.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.33 -0.85 0.00 0.00 0.00

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-101

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads- Roof(kN/m 2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 300 - 350 kph, h = 27 - 36 m
Exposure C
V (knh) 300 350
Load Zone Zone
h(m) Roof Slope 4
Case 1 2 3 4 5 I 2 3 5
I NA NA -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 NA NA -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
Flat< 2:12 (9.46")
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.94 -3.36 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -2.33 -1.58 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
3:12 (14.0") 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.71 -!.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.34 -0.47
'I -4.06 -3.28 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -1.91 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -l.74
4: !2 (18.4") -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 J .40 -1 .44 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66
I -3.26 -3.28 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -1.54 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
36 5:12 ( 22.6°) -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.87 -1.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.88
I -2.62 -3.28 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -1.23 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
6:12 (26.6") -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.06 -1.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98
I -1.51 -3.28 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -0.72 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
9:12 (36.9°) -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.47 -1.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07
I -0.85 -3.28 -5.03 -4.49 -3.68 -0.40 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -l.74
12:12 (45.0°) 1.17 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.47 -1.57 0.00 0.00 0.00
I NA NA -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 NA NA -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
Flat< 2:12 {9.46°) NA NA 0.00
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
J -4.85 -3.30 -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 -2.30 -1.56 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
3:12 (14.0°) -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 0.70 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33
I -3.98 -3.22 -4,94 -4.40 -3.61 -1.89 .J.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
4: 12 (18.4°) 0,65 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.38 -1.41 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.20 -3.?J -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 -1.52 -I.SJ -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
33 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.00 0.00 0.68 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 !.84 -1.54 0.00
I -2.57 -3.22 -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 -1.22 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.7!
6:12 (26.6°) 0.96 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.03 -1.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.49 -3.22 -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 -0.71 -!.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
9:12 (36.9°) 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.42 -1.54 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.84 -3.22 -4.94 -4.40 -3.61 -0.40 -I .53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
12:12 (45.0°) -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.42 -1.54 0.00 0.00 0.00 LIS
I NA NA -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 NA NA -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°) NA
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.75 -3.23 -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 -2.27 -! .54 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
3:12 (14.0°) 0.00 0.33 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 0.69 -0.96 0.00 0.00
I -3.91 -3. !5 -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 -!.86 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -! .69
4: 12 (18.4°) -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.35 -1.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65
I -3.!3 -3.14 -4.8..J. -4.32 -3.54 -1.49 -1.50 -2.3 ! -2.06 -1.69
30 5:12 ( 22.6") -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.80 -1.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24
I -2.52 -3.15 -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 -1.20 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
6:12 (26.6°) -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.99 -1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95
I -1.46 -3.15 -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 -0.70 -I.SO -2.31 -2.06 -l.69
9:12 (36.9°) -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.38 -1.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13
I -0.82 -3.15 -4.84 -4.32 -3.54 -0.39 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
12:12 (45.0°) 0.00 !.09 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00
-1.51 0.00 0.00
'I 2.38
NA NA -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 NA NA -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
Flat< 2:12 {9.46") NA NA
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.65 -3.16 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -2.23 -!.52 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
3:!2 (14.0°) -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 0.67 -0.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32
I -3.82 -3.08 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -1.83 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
4: 12 (18.4°) 0.00 0.64 -0.65 0.00 0.00 (),00
2 l.32 -1.35 0.00 0.00
I -3.07 -3.08 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -1.47 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
27 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.76 H1.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.85 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.46 -3.08 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -I. IS -!.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
6:!2 (26.6°) -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 1.94 -1.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93
I -1.42 -3.08 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -0.68 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
9:12 (36.9°) 0.00 1.12 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.32 -1.47 0.00 0.00
'I -0.80 -3.08 -4.74 -4.22 -3.46 -0.39 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
12:12 (45.0°) 0.00 0.00 19.8 -12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0
2 2.32 -1.47 0.00

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-102 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/m2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 150 - 250 kph, h = 39 - 48 111
Exposure C
v k h) 150 200 250
Load Zone Zone Zone
h(m) Roof Slope 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 45
Case
NA NA -l.34 -1.20 -0.97 NA NA -2.38 -2.12 -!.74 NA NA -3.71 -2.57
Flat< 2:12 (9.46") NA NA 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00
2 NA
-1.31 -0.65 -1.34 -l.20 -0.97 -2.33 -1.58 -2.38 -2.12 -l.74 -3.64 -2.56 -3.71 -2.57
3:12 (!4.0°) -0.27 NA 0.00 0.00 0.34 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.53 -0.74 0.00 0.00
2 0.19
-1.08 -0.87 -!.34 -1.20 -0.97 -1.91 -!.55 -2.38 -2.!2 -1.74 -2.99 -2.42 -3.7! -2.57
4: 12 (18.4°) -0.37 NA 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.04 -0.83 0.00 0.00
2 0.37
-0.86 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -!.54 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74 -2.40 -2.42 -3.71 -2.57
48 5:!2(22.6") -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 0.88 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.38 -1.16 0.00 0.00
0.50
6:12 (26.6°)
' -0.69 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -1.23 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74 -1.93 -2.42 -3.71 -2.57
0.55 -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.53 -1.16 0.00 0.00
9:12 (36.9°)
' -0.40 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -0.72 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74 -1.12 -2.42 -3.71 -2.57
2 0.65 -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.23 -!.06 0.00 0.00
-0.23 -0.87 -1.34 -1.20 -0.97 -0.40 -I.SS -2.38 -2.12 -!.74 -0.63 -2.42 -3.71 -2.57
12:12 (45.0°) -0.41 NA 0.00 0.00 l.17 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.82 -1.16 0.00 0.00
0.65
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
' NA NA -1.33 -l.18 -0.96 NA NA -2.34 -2.09 -!.71 NA NA -3.66 -1.08
2
-1.28 -0.65 -1.33 -!.!8 -0.96 -2.30 -!.56 -2.34 -2.09 -l.71 -3.59 -2.52 -3.66 -I.OS
3:12 (!4.0°) 0.17 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.52 -0.73 0.00 0.00
2
-1.06 -0.85 -!.33 -l.18 -0.96 -L89 -!.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71 -2.96 -2.38 -3.66 -I.OS
4: 12 (18.4°) 0.37 -0.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.02 -0.35 0.00 0.00
2
-0.85 -0.85 - !.33 -1.18 -0. 96 -1.52 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71 -2.37 -2.38 -3.66 -1.08
45 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.49 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.36 -!.14 0.00 0.00
2
-0.68 -0.85 -1.33 -1.18 -0.96 - !.22 - 1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1. 7 ! -1.90 -2.38 -3.66 - l.08
6:12 (26.6°)
0.54 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.96 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.50 -1.!4 0.00 0.00
9:12 (36.9°)
' -0.39 -0.85 -1.33 -1.18 -0.96 -0.71 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71 -I.JO -2.38 -3.66 -!.08
2 0.65 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26 -1.!4 0.00 0.00
-0.22 -0.85 -1.33 -1.18 -0.96 -0.40 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -l.71 -0.62 -2.38 -3.66 -I.OS
12:12 {45.0°) 0.65 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.!5 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.80 -1.14 0.00 0.00
2
Flat < 2: 12 (9 .460) i----,--+-"NN.cAA'-1--,NN,7~"-,-+-=-,;.l.,'307"""i-cc-l"c.lc,6-+_.:-:c0.;,9''---+-'N"A'--+-N""A'-1-',-'c:·',;l-1-_.:--cc' +-:,l"'.6"9+~Nc,A"-+-"'N"'A'-f-O-'c:·':c:'-+..:-o,34·'""'+~"-!
.,,:O(c_>
2 , 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00
-!.27 -0.63 -l.30 -!.!6 -0.95 -2.27 -1.54 -2.3! -2.06 -1.69 -3.54 -2.49 -3.61 -3.22
3:12 (!4.0°} 0.18 -0.26 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.5! -0.72 0.00 0.00
2
-!.05 -0.84 -!.30 -l.16 -0.95 -l.86 -!.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69 -2.91 -2.35 -3.61 -3.22
4: 12(18.4°)
2 0.36 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 LOI -1.03 0.00 0.00
-0.84 -0.84 - 1.30 -1.16 -0, 95 - J .4() -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69 -2.34 -2.35 -3.6 ! -3.22
42 5:12 ( 22.6°) 0.48 -0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.34 -1.12 0.00 0.00
6:12 (26.6°) ' -0.68
0.54
-0.84
-0.40
-1.30
0.00
-1.16
0.00
-0.95
0.00
-1.20
0.95
-1.50
-0.72
-2.31
0.00
-2.06
0.00
-1.69
0.00
-I.SS
!.48
-2.35
-1.12
-3.6!
0.00
-3.22
0.00
9:12 {36.9°)
' -0.38 -0.84 -1.30 -1.16 -0.95 -0.70 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -l.69 -1.09 -2.35 -3.6! -3.22 -2.(,.j
2 0.64 -0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.13 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.24 -1.!2 0.00 0.00 0.flil
-0.22 -0.84 -1.30 -1.16 -0.95 -0.39 -l.50 -2.31 -2.06 -l.69 -0.61 -2.35 -3.61 -3.22 -2,64
12:12 {45.{)0 )
2 O.fr4 -0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.09 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.77 -1.!2 0.00 0.00 0.00
Flat < 2: 12 (9.4 6") l--c-+-c;N'-'A'-i-'N-"A"--+--'-1.~2"-8+-'·I~.1"4'+-'-"-0.c:.94'--l-'N"A'-+-N=A'-i-'-1~.1"1'+_.:--cc'·;:c03'-j_-c,l.c.6:e6+-N'-',','\--t--"N"-A'-µ-3:.c.4:clc+..:-°'3"'.0:,_4-1 -2 .49
2 ~ ~ - - - ~ ~
l--c-+--'-1.~2,_5+-'-0".<",3'+-·~l."2c-8+-'-'~·1~4'+-'-"0.c:.94'--l-'-2".2"'3'+--"'-'-52"-i-'-
-
'~·'"' -+-'--0.00
-~·;:cOl'
' -+_-c,l.c.60:6+.c-lec·cc34
- M ~ - - -
_-:c2"'.3"5+.c-3:.c.4:clc..+..:-c.3c,.0:,.4-1~
3:12 (14.0°) 4
2 0.18 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.48 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
-1.03 -0.83 -1.28 -!.!4 -0.94 -l.83 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66 -2.75 -2.22 -3.41 -3.04 -2.49
4: 12 (!8.4°)
2 0.35 -0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 -0.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00
-0.84 -0.83 -!.28 -1.14 -0.94 -!.47 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66 -2.20 -2.22 -3.41 -3.04 -2.49
39 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 0.47 -0.39 o.oo o.oo o.oo o.85 -0.11 o.oo o.oo o.oo 1.21 -1.06 o.oo o.oo o.on
-0.66 -0.83 -1.28 -1.14 -0.94 -1.!8 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66 -1.77 -2.22 -3.41 -3.04 -2.49
6:12 {26.6°) -0.68 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.40 -1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00
' -0.37 -0.83 -1.28 -1.14 -0.94 -0.68 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66 -1.03 -2.22 -3.41 -3.04 -2.49
2 0.63 -0.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.12 -0.7! 0.00 0.00 0.00 !.26 -1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00
-0.21 -0.83 -1.28 -1.14 -0.94 -0.39 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66 -0.58 -2.22 -3.41 -3.04 -2.-1\J
12:!2 (45.0°)
2 13.1 -8.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 !9.8 -12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.67 -1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-103

Table 2078.6-2
MWFRS - Part 2: Wind Loads - Roof (kN/m2 )
MWFRS - Roof, V = 300 - 350 kph, h = 39 - 48 m
Exposure C
V (koh) 300 350
Load Zone Zone
h(m) Roof Slope
Case I 2 3 4 5 I 2 3 4 5
Flat< 2: 12 (9.46°)
l NA NA -5.35 -4.77 -3.91 NA NA -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -5.25 -3.56 -5.35 -4.77 -3.91 -2.33 -1.58 -:!.38 -2.12 -1.74
3:12(14.0°)
2 0.76 -1.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.34 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
l -4.3! -3.48 -5.35 -4.77 -3.9! -1.91 -1.55 -2.38 -2.!2 -1.74
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 1.49 -1.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
l -3.46 -3.43 -5.35 -4.77 -3.91 -1.54 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -!.74
48 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 l.99 -1.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.88 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.78 -3.48 -5.35 -4.77 -3.91 -! .23 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
6: [ 2 (26.6°)
2 2.20 -! .66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.61 -3.48 -5.35 -4.77 -3.91 -0.72 -1.55 -2.38 -2.12 -1.74
9:12 (36.9°)
2 2.62 -1.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.07 -0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.91 -3.48 -5.35 -4.77 -3.9! -0.40 -1.55 -2.38 -2.!2 -1.74
12:12 (45.0°)
2 2.62 -1.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.17 -0.74 0.00 0.00 0.00
Flat < 2: ! 2 (9.46°)
I NA NA -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 NA NA -2.34 -2.09 -!.71
NA NA NA NA
'
I -5. [8 -3.52
0.00
-5.27
0.00
-4.70
0.00
-3.86 -2.30 -1.56
0.00
.?.34
0.00
-2.09
(J.00
-1.71
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.75 -1.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.25 -3.43 -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 -1.89 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 1.47 -!.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.67 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.41 -3.43 -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 -l.52 -!.53 -2.34 -2.<)9 -1.7!
45 5:!2 ( 22.6°)
2 1.96 -1.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.74 -3.43 -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 -1.22 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
6:12 (26.6°)
2 2.17 -1.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.96 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.59 -3.43 -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 -0.71 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -l.71
9:!2 (36.9°)
2 2.59 -1.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.90 -3.43 -5.27 -4.70 -3.86 -0.40 -1.53 -2.34 -2.09 -1.71
12:12 (45.0°)
2 2.59 -1.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.15 -0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00
Flat< 2: 12 (9.46°)
I NA NA -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 NA NA -2.3 ! -2.06 -1.69
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -5.10 -3.47 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -2.27 -1.54 -2.3! -2.06 -1.69
3:12 (14.0°)
2 0.74 -1.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.33 -0.35 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.!9 -3.38 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -1.86 -1.50 -2.31 -2.0(, -t.69
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 1.45 -l .49 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65 -0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.36 -3.38 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -!.49 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
42 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.93 ~1.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.24 -0.72 0,00 0.00 0,00
I -2.70 -3.38 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -1.20 -!.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
6:12 (26.6°}
2 2.13 -1.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.95 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.57 -3.38 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -0.70 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -l.69
9:12 (36.9°)
2 2.55 -1.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.13 -0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.88 -3.38 -5.20 -4.63 -3.80 -0.39 -1.50 -2.31 -2.06 -1.69
12:12 (45.0")
2 2.55 -! .62 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.09 -0.69 0.00 0.00 0.00
Flat< 2:12 (9.46°)
I NA NA -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 NA NA -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
2 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00 NA NA 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -5.02 -3.41 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -2.23 -l.52 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
3:12 (14.0°}
2 0.72 -1.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -4.13 -3.33 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -1.83 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
4: 12 (18.4°)
2 l .43 -1.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 -0.65 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -3.31 -3.33 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -l.47 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
39 5:12 ( 22.6°)
2 1.90 -! .59 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.85 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -2.66 -3.33 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -1.18 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
6:12 (26.6")
2 2.10 -1.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -1.54 -3.33 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -0.68 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -! .66
9:12 (36.9°)
2 2.51 -1.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 l.12 -0.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
I -0.87 .3.33 -5.12 -4.56 -3.74 -0.39 -1.48 -2.27 -2.03 -1.66
12:12(45.0°}
2 2.5 I ~1.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.S -12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-105

zo7C.3 Velocity Pressure Table 207C.2- l

Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS
207C,3.l Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient Low-Rise Buildings

Based on the Exposure Category determined in Section

Step 1: Determine occupancy category of building or
207A.7.3, a velocity pressure exposure coefficient Kz or
other structure, see Table 103-1
Kh, as applicable, shall be determined from
Table 207C.3-1. Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the
applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.5-
For a site located in a transition zone between exposure IA, B or C
categories that is near to a change in ground surface
Step 3: Determine wind load parameters:
roughness, intermediate values of Kz or Kh, between those
shown in Table 207C.3- l, are permitted, provided that they Y Wind directionality factor, Kd, see
are determined by a rational analysis method defined in the Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1
recognized literature.
Y Exposure category B, C or D, see
Section 207 A. 7
Y Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section
207 A.8 and Figure 207 A.8-1
Y Enclosure classification, see
Section 207 A. l O
Y Internal pressure coefficient, ( GCpJ, see
Section 207 A.11 and Table 207 A.11-1
Step 4: Determine velocity pressure exposure
coefficient, Kz or Kh, see Tables 207C.3-l
Step 5: Determine velocity pressure, qz or qh, see
Equation 207C.3-1
Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient,
( GCp), using Figure 207C.4-1 for flat and
gable roofs.

User Note:
See Commentary Figure C207C.4-1 for guidance on hip
roofs.
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, from
Equation 207C.4-1

National Structural Code of the Philipp;. Jolume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2 106 CH/\PTER 2 Minimum Design Loads
'·
Commentary: (~endi.ng moment, shear, thrust) independent of wind
directron. To capture all appropriate structural actio
See commentary to Section C207B. 3.1. the building must be designed for all wind directions;·
co.nsidering in turn each corner of the building as 1//'e
207C.3.2 Velocity Pressure windward or reference corner shown in the eight sketch
of Figure 207C.4-1. At each corner, two load patterns 0 ;;
Velocity pressure, q 2 , evaluated at height z shall be applied, one for each wind direction range. The end zone
calculated by the following equation: creates the required structural actions in the end frame or
bracing. Note also that for all roof slopes, all eight load
cases must be considered individually to determine the
critical loading for a given structural assemblage or
component thereof Special attention should be given to
where roof members, such as trusses, which meet the definition of
Kd wind directionality factor, see Section MWFRS but are not part of the lateral resisting system.
207A.6 When such members span at least from the eave to the ridge
Kz velocity pressure exposure coefficient, see or support members spanning at least from eave to ridge,
Section 207C.3. I they are not required to be designedfor the higher end zone
K zt topographic factor defined, see Section loads under MWFRS. The interior zone loads should be
207A.8.2 applied. This is due to the enveloped nature ofthe loads.for
V basic wind speed, see Section 207 A.5.1 roof members.
q2 velocity pressure calculated using
Equation 207C.3- l at mean roof height h To develop the appropriate "pseudo" values of (GCpf ),
investigators at the University of Western Ontario
The numerical coefficient 0.613 shall be used except where (Davenport et al. 1978) used an approach that consisted
sufficient climatic data are available to justify the selection essentially ofpermitting the building model to rotate in the
of a different value of this factor for a design application. wind tunnel through a full 360° while simultaneously
monitoring the loading conditions on each of the surfaces
Commentary: (Figure C207C.4-1). Both Exposures B and C were
considered. Using influence coefficients for rigid frames, it
See commentary to Section C207B.3.2. was possible to spatially average and time average the
surface pressures to ascertain the maximum induced
Loads on Main Wind-Force Resisting Systems: external force components to be resisted. More
specifically, the .following structural actions were
The pressure coefficients for MWFRS are basically evaluated:
separated into two categories:
1. Total uplift.
1. Directional Procedure for buildings of all heights 2. Total horizontal shear.
(Figure 207B.4-1) as specified in Section 207B for
buildings meeting the requirements specified therein. 3. Bending moment at knees (two-hinged frame).
4. Bending moment at knees (three-hinged frame).
2. Envelope Procedure for low-rise buildings
(Figure 207C.4-1) as specified in Section 207C for 5. Bending moment at ridge (two-hinged frame).
buildings meeting the requirements specified therein.
The next step involved developing sets of "pseudo"
In generating these coefficients, two distinctly different pressure coefficients to generate loading conditions that
approaches were used. For the pressure coefficients given would envelop the maximum induced force components to
in Figure 207B.4-1, the more traditional approach was be resisted for all possible wind directions and exposures.
followed and the pressure coefficients reflect the actual Note, for example, that the wind azimuth producing the
loading on each surface of the building as a function of maximum bending moment at the knee would not
wind direction, namely, winds perpendicular or parallel to necessarily produce the maximum total uplift. The
the ridge line. maximum induced external force components determined
for each of the preceding jive categories were used to
develop the coefficients. The end result was a set of
For low-rise buildings, however, the values of ( GCpf)
coefficients that represent fictitious loading conditions but
represent "pseudo" loading conditions that, when applied
that conservatively envelop the maximum induced force
to the building, envelop the desired structural actions

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-107
..
components (bending moment, shea,~ and thrust) to be seem to indicate that some reduction in pressures .for
resisted, independent of wind direction. buildings located in Exposure B is justified. The ASCE
Task Committee on Wind Loads believes it is desirable to
The original set of coefficients was generated for the design buildings for the exposure conditions consistent
paming of conventional pre-engineered buildings, that is, with the exposure designations de.fined in the standard. In
single-storey moment-resisting frames in one of the the case of low buildings, the effect of the increased
principal directions and bracing in the other principal intensity of turbulence in rougher terrain (i.e., Exposure A
direction. The approach was later extended to single- or B vs. C) increases the local pressure coefficients.
storey moment-resisting frames with interior columns Beginning in NSCP 2001 (ASCE 7-98) the effect of the
(Kavanagh et al. I 983). increased turbulence intensity on the loads is treated with
the truncated pro.file. Using this approach, the actual
Subsequent wind tunnel studies (!.lyumov and Case 1995) building exposure is used and the pro.file truncation
have shown that the (GCPf) values ofFigure 207C.4-I are corrects for the underestimate in the loads that would be
also applicable to low-rise buildings with structural obtained otherwise.
systems other than moment-resisting frames. That work
examined the instantaneous wind pressures on a low-rise Figure 207C. 4-1 is most appropriate.for low buildings with
building with a 4: I 2 pitched gable roof and the resulting width greater than twice their height and a mean roof
wind-inducedforces on its MWFRS. Two different MWFRS height that does not exceed 10 m. The original databas~
were evaluated. One consisted= of shear walls and roof included low buildings with width no greater than five
trusses at d(fferent spacing. The other had moment- times their eave height, and eave height did not exceed
resisting frames in one direction, positioned at the same 1Om. In the absence of more appropriate data,
spacing as the roof trusses, and diagonal wind bracing in Figure 207C.4-I may also be usedfor buildings with mean
the other direction. Wind tunnel tests were conducted for roo.f height that does not exceed the least horizontal
both Exposures Band C. The findings of this study showed dimension and is less than or equal to 18m. Beyond these
that the (GCpf) values of Figure 207C.4-l provided extended limits, Figure 207B.4-l should be used.
satisfactory estimates of the wind forces for both types of
structural systems. This work confirms the validity of All the research used to develop and refine the low-rise
Figure 207C.4-l, which reflects the combined action of building method for MWFRS loads was done on gable-
wind pressures on different external surfaces of a building roofed buildings. In the absence of research on hip-roofed
and thus takes advantage of spatial averaging. buildings, the ASCE committee has developed a rational
method of applying Figure 207C.4-l to hip roofs based on
In the original wind tunnel experiments, both B and C its collective experience, intuition, and judgment. This
exposure terrains were checked. In these early suggested method is presented in Figure C207C.4-2.
experiments, Exposure B did not include nearby buildings.
In general, the force components, bending moments, and Research (lsyumov 1982 and lsyumov and Case 2000)
so forth were found comparable in both exposures, indicated that the low-rise method alone underestimates
although (GCpf) values associated with Exposure B the amount of torsion caused by wind loads. In
terrain would be higher than that for Exposure C terrain ASCE 7-02, Note 5 was added to Figure 207C.4-l to
because of reduced velocity pressure in Exposure B account for this torsional effect and has been carried
terrain. The (GCPf) values given in Figures 207C.4-l, forward through subsequent editions. The reduction in
loading on only 50 percent of the building results in a
207E.4-l, 207E.4-2A, 27E.4-2B, 27E.4-2C, 27E.4-3,
torsional load case without an increase in the predicted
27E.4-4, 27E.4-5A, 27E.4-5B, and 27E.4-6 are derived
base shear.for the building. The provision will have little
from wind tunnel studies modeled with Exposure C terrain.
or no effect on the design of MWFRS that have wel/-
However, they may also be used in other exposures when
distributed resistance. However, it will impact the design
the velocity pressure representing the appropriate
ofsystems with centralized resistance, such as a single core
exposure is used.
in the center of the building. An illustration of the intent of
the note on two of the eight load patterns is shown in
In comprehensive wind tunnel studies conducted by Ho at
Figure 207C.4-l. All eight patterns should be modified in
the University of Western Ontario (1992), it was
this way as a separate set of load conditions in addition to
determined that when low buildings (h < 18 m) are
the eight basic patterns.
embedded in suburban terrain (Exposure B, which
included nearby buildings), the pressures in most cases are
Internal pressure coefficients (GCpi) to be used.for loads
lower than those currently used in existing standards and
codes, although the values show a very large scatter on MWFRS are given in Table 207A.JJ-l. The internal
because ofhigh turbulence and many variables. The results pressure load can be critical in one-storey moment-

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-108 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads
I,

resisting frames and in the top storey of a building where

the MWFRS consists of moment resisting frames. Loading
cases with positive and negative internal pressures should
be considered. The internal pressure load cancels out in
the determination oftotal lateral load and base shear. The
designer can use judgment in the use of internal pressure
loading for the MWFRS ofhigh-rise buildings.

Figure C207C.4-1
Unsteady Wind Loads on Low Buildings for Given Wind Direction (After Ellingwood 1982)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-109

207C.4 Wind Loads - Main Wind-Force Resisting 207C.4.2 Parapets

System
The design wind pressure for the effect of parapets on
207C.4.1 Design Wind Pressure for Low-Rise MWFRS of low-rise buildings with flat, gable, or hip roofs
Buildings shall be determined by the following equation:

Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of low-rise

buildings shall be determined by the following equation: (207C.4-2)

where
(207C.4-l)
combined net pressure on the parapet due
to the combination of the net pressures
where
from the front and back parapet surfaces.
velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof Plus (and minus) signs signify net
height h as defined in Section 207 A.3 pressure acting toward (and away from)
external pressure coefficient from the front (exterior) side of the parapet
Figure 207C.4- l velocity pressure evaluated at the top of
internal pressure coefficient from the
Table 207 A.11-1 parapet
combined net pressure coefficient
207C.4.1.1 External Pressure Coefficients (GCPf) + 1.5 for windward parapet
- 1.0 for leeward parapet
The combined gust effect factor and external pressure
coefficients for low-rise buildings, (GCPf ), are not
permitted to be separated.

Commentary:

Load Case A Load Case B ~~-:::

~~ IXlldlon

Figure C207C.4-2
Hip Roofed Low-Rise Buildings
Notes:

I. Adapt the loadings shown in Figure 207C.4-l for hip roofed buildings as shown above. For a given hip roof pitch use the roof coefficients from the Case A table for both
Load Case A and Load Case B.
2. The total horizontal shear shall not be less than that determined by neglecting the wind forces on roof surfaces.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-110 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

LOAD CASE A

LOADCASEB

Basic Load Cases

Figure 207C.4- l
Main Wind Force Resisting System - Part 1 External Pressure Coefficients ( GCP!)
Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings, h ::; 18 m Low-rise Walls and Roofs

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTFR 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-111

Roof LOAD CASE A

Angle (J Building Surface
(degrees) 1 2 3 4 IE 2E 3E 4E
0-5 0.40 -0.69 -0.37 -0.29 0.61 -1.07 -0.53 -0.43
20 0.53 -0.69 -0.48 -0.43 0.80 -1.07 -0.69 -0.64
30-45 0.56 0.21 -0.43 -0.37 0.69 0.27 -0.53 -0.48
90 0.56 0.56 -0.37 -0.37 0.69 0.69 -0.48 -0.48

Roof LOADCASEB
Angle (J Building Surface
(degrees) 1 2 3 4 5 6 lE 2E 3E 4E 5E 6E
0-90 - - - - 0.4 - - - - - 0.61
-
0.45 0.69 0.37 0.45 0 0.29 0.48 1.07 0.53 0.48 0.43
Notes:
I. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the surfaces, respectively.
2. For values of(} other than those shown, linear interpolation is permitted .
3. The building must be designed for all wind directions using the 8 loading patterns shown. The load patterns are applied to each building
corner in turn as the Windward Corner.
4. Combinations of external and internal pressures (see Table 207 A.11-1) shall be evaluated as required to obtain the most severe loadings.
5. For the torsional load cases shown below, the pressures in zones designated with a "T" (IT, 2T, 3T, 4T, ST, 6T) shall be 25% of the full
design wind pressures (zones I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6).
Exception: One storey buildings with h less than or equal to 9 m, buildings two storeys or less framed with light frame
construction, and buildings two storeys or less designed with flexible diaphragms need to be designed for the torsional load cases
Torsional loading shall apply to all eight basic load patterns using the figures below applied at each Windward Corner.
6. For purposes of designing a building's MWFRS, the total horizontal shear shall not be less than that determined by neglecting the wind
forces on the roof.
Exception: This provision does not apply to buildings using moment frames for the MWFRS.
7. For flat roofs, use(} = 0° and locate the zone 2/3 and zone 2E/3E boundary at the mid-width of the building.
8. The pressure coefficient ( GCPf ), when negative in Zone 2 and 2E, shall be applied in Zone 2/2E for a distance from the edge of the roof
equal 0.5 times the horizontal dimension of the building parallel to the direction ofMWFRS being designed or 2.5 times the eave height
at the windward wall, whichever is less; the remainder of Zone 2/2E extending to the ridge line shall use the pressure coefficient ( GCPf)
for zone 3/3E.
9. Notation:
a: I 0% of least horizontal dimension or. 4h, whichever is smaller, but not less than either 4% of least horizontal dimension or 0.9 m
h: Mean roof height, in meters, except that eave height shall be used for(} ~ 10°.
6: Angle of plane of roof from horizontal, in degrees

Case A Torsion ,nff-::.~

Case B Torsio~ :.=._,_

Transverse Direction Longitudinal Direction

Torsional Load Cases
Figure 207C.4-1 (continued)
Main Wind Force Resisting System - Part I .External Pressure Coefficients ( GCpf)
Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings, h :S 18m Low-rise Walls and Roofs

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-112 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum 08sign Louds
,,

207C.4.3 Roof Overhangs Part 2: Enclosed Simple Diaphragm Low-Rise

Buildings
The positive external pressure on the bottom surface of
windward roof overhangs shall be determined using Commentary:
CP = 0. 7 in combination with the top surface pressures
determined using Figure 207C.4- l. This simpftfied approach of the Envelope Procedure is
for the relatively common low-rise (h :S 18m) regular
207C.4.4 Minimum Design Wind Loads shaped, simple diaphragm building case (1·ee definitions
for "simple diaphragm building" and "regular-shaped
The wind load to be used in the design of the MWFRS for building") where pressures for the roof and walls can
an enclosed or partially enclosed building shall not be less be selected directly from a table. Figure 207C.6-J
than 0.77 kN/m 2 multiplied by the wall area of the building provides the design pressures for MWFRS for the
and 0.38 kN/m 2 multiplied by the roof area of the building specified conditions. Values are provided for enclosed
projected onto a vertical plane normal to the assumed wind buildings only ((GCPa = ±0.18).
direction.
Table 207C.3-l Horizontal wall pressures are the net sum of the
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, Kh and K2 windward and leeward pressures on vertical projection
of the wall. Horizontal roofpressures are the net sum of
Height above Exposure the windward and leeward pressures on vertical
~round level, z projection ofthe roof Vertical roofpressures are the net
m B c D sum of the external and internal pressures on the
0-4.6 0.70 0.85 1.03 horizontal projection of the roof
6.1 0.70 0.90 1.08
7.6 0.70 0.94 1.12 Note that for the MWFRS in a diaphragm building, the
9.1 0.70 0.98 1.16 internal pressure cancels for loads on the walls and for
12.2 0.76 1.04 1.22 the horizontal component of loads on the roof This is
15.2 0.81 1.09 1.27 true because when wind forces are transferred by
0.85 1.13 1.31 horizontal diaphragms (e.g., floors and roofs) to the
18
vertical elements of the MWFRS (e.g., shear walls, X-
bracing, or moment frames), the collection of wind
Notes:
forces.from windward and leeward sides of the building
occurs in the horiz9ntal diaphragms. Once transferred
I. The velocity pressure exposure coefficient Kz may be
into the horizontal diaphragms by the vertically
determined from the following formula:
spanning wall systems, the wind forces become a net
For 4.57 m.:::; z:::; Zg For z < 4.57 m horizontal wind force that is delivered to the lateral
force resisting elements of the MWFRS. There should be
Z/a Kz no structural separations in the diaphragms.
Kz = 2. 01 ( z/zg ) Additionally, there should be no girts or other horizontal
= 2.01 ( 4.57/zg ) Z/a members that transmit significant wind loads directly to
vertical frame members of the MWFRS in the direction
Note: z shall not be taken less than 9 min exposure B. under consideration. The equal and opposite internal
2. a and Zg are tabulated in Table 207 A.9-1. pressures on the walls cancel each other in the
horizontal diaphragm. This simplified approach of the
3. Linear interpolation for intermediate values of height
Envelope Procedure combines the windward and
z is acceptable.
leeward pressures into a net horizontal wind pressure,
4. Exposure categories are defined in Section 207 A. 7.
with the internal pressures canceled. The user is
cautioned to consider the precise application of
Commentary
windward and leeward wall loads to members of the
roof diaphragm where openings may exist and where
This section specifies a minimum wind load to be applied
particular members, such as drag struts, are designed.
horizontally on the entire vertical projection ofthe building
The design of the roof members of the MWFRS for
as shown in Figure C207B.4-1. This load case is to be
vertical loads is influenced by internal pressures. The
applied as a separate load case in addition to the normal
maximum uplift, which is controlled by Load Case B, is
load cases specified in other portions of this chapter.
produced by a positive internal pressµre. At a roofslope

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-113

of approx111wtely ~8° and above the windward roof Kz 0.70

pressure become po 'itive and a negative internal Kzt 1.0
pressure used in Load Case 2 in the table may produce Pressure coefficients are from Figure 207C.4-l .
a co11trollir1g case. From 25° to 45°, both positive and
negative internal pressure cases (Load Cases 1 and 2, Wall elements resisting two or more simultaneous wind-
respectively) must be checked for the roof induced structural actions (e.g., bending, uplift, or
shear) should be designed for the interaction ofthe wind
For the designer to use this method.for the design of the loads as part of the MWFRS. The horizontal loads in
MWFRS, the building must conform to all of the Figure 207C.6-J are the sum of the windward and
requirements listed in Section 207A.8.2; otherwise the leeward pressures and are therefore not applicable as
Directional Procedure, Part 1 of the Envelope individual wall pressures for the interaction load cases.
Procedure, or the Wind Tunnel Procedure must be used. Design wind pressures, Ps for zones A and C, should be
This method is based on Part 1 of the Envelope multiplied by +0.85 for use on windward walls and by-
Procedure, as shown in Figure 207C. 4-1, for a specific 0. 70 for use on leeward walls (the plus sign sign[fies
group of buildings (simple diaphragm building5). pressures acting toward the wall surface). For side
However, the torsional loadingfrom Figure 207C.4-l is walls, Psfor zone C multiplied by - 0.65 should be used.
deemed to be too complicated.for a simplified method. These wall elements must also be checked for the
The last requirement in Section 207C.6.2 prevents the various separately acting (not simultaneous) component
use ofthis methodfor buildings with lateral 5ystems that and cladding load cases.
are sensitive to torsional wind loading.
Main wind-force resisting roof members spanning at
Note 5 of Figure 207C.4-1 identifies several building least from the eave to the ridge or supporting members
types that are known to be insensitive to torsion and may spanning at least from eave to ridge are not required to
iherefore be designed using the provisions of be designed for the higher end zone loads. The interior
Section 207C.6. Additionally, buildings whose lateral zone loads should be applied. This is due to the
resistance in each principal direction is provided by two enveloped nature of the loads for roof members.
shear walls, braced frames, or moment frames that are
spaced apart a distance not less than 75 percent of the 207C.5 General Requirements
width ofthe building measured normal to the orthogonal
wind direction, and other building types and element The steps required for the determination of MWFRS wind
arrangements described in Section 207B.6.J or loads on enclosed simple diaphragm buildings are shown
207B.6.2 are also insensitive to torsion. This property in Table 207C.5- l.
could be demonstrated by designing the building using
Part 1 of Section 207C, Figure 207C.4-1, and showing
that the torsion load cases defined in Note 5 do not User Note:
govern the design of any of the lateral resisting
elements. Alternatively, it can be demonstrated within Part 2 of Section 207C is a simplified method to
the context ofPart 2 ofSection 207C by defining torsion determine the wind pressure on the MWFRS of enclosed
load cases based on the loads in Figure 207C.6-l and simple diaphragm low-rise buildings having a flat,
reducing the pressures on one-halfof the building by 75 gable or hip roof The wind pressures are obtained
percent, as described in Figure 207C.4-1, Note 5. If directly from a table and applied on horizontal and
none of the lateral elements are governed by these vertical projected surfaces of the building. This method
torsion cases, then the building can be designed using is a simplification of the Envelope Procedure contained
Part 2 of Section 207C; otherwise the building must be in Part 1 of Section 207C.
designed using Part 1 of Section 207B or Part 1 of
Section 207C.
207C.5.1 Wind Load Parameters Specified in Section
Values are tabulated for Exposure Bath= 9.0 m, and 207A
Kzt = 1. 0. Multiplying factors are provided for other
exposures and heights. The following values have been
The following wind load parameters are specified in
used in preparation of the figures :
Section 207 A:
Exposure B
(GCvi) ± 0.18 (enclosed building) • Basic Wind Speed V (Section 207 A.5)
h 9.0m • Exposure category (Section 207 A. 7)
0.85
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-114 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads
..
• Topographic factor Kzt (Section 207 A.8) 207C.6 Wind Loads - Main Wind-Force Re. ·surig
System
• Enclosure classification (Section 207 A. I 0)
Table 207C.5- I 207C.6.1 Scope
Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Simple
Diaphragm Low-Rise Buildings A building whose design wind loads are determined i
accordance with this section shall meet all the condition~
of Section 207C.6.2. If a building does not meet all of lltl!
Step I: Determine occupancy category of building or conditions of Section 207C.6.2, then its MWFRS wind
other structure, see Table I 03-1 loads shall be determined by Part I of this chapter, by the
Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the Directional Procedure of Section 2078, or by the Wind
applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.5- Tunnel Procedure of Section 207F.
IA, B orC
207C.6.2 Conditions
Step 3: Determine wind load parameters:
~ Exposure category B, C or D, see For the design of MWFRS the building shall comply with
Section 207 A.7 all of the following conditions:

~ Topographic factor, K zt, see Section I. The building is a simple diaphragm building as
207A.8 and Figure 207A .8-I defined in Section 207 A.2.
Step 4: Enter figure to determine wind pressures for
h = 9 m, p 530 , see Figure 207C.6- l 2. The building is a low-rise building as defined in
Section 207 A.2.
Step 5: Enter figure to determine adjustment for
building height and exposure, ,l, see 3. The building is enclosed as defined in Section 207A.2
Figure 207C.6- I and conforms to the wind-borne debris provisions of
Step 6: Determine adjusted wind pressures, Ps , see Section 207A.10.3.
Equation 207C.6- l
4. The building is a regular-shaped building or structure
as defined in Section 207 A.2.

5. The building is not classified as a flexible building as

defined in Section 207 A.2.

6. The building does not have response characteristics

making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter; and it
does not have a site location for which channeling
effects or buffeting in the wake ofupwind obstructions
warrant special consideration.

7. The building has an approximately symmetrical cross-

section in each direction with either a flat roof or a
gable or hip roof with 8 :::::; 45 ° .

8. The building is exempted from torsional load cases as

indicated in Note 5 ofFigure 207C.4- l, or the torsional
load cases defined in Note 5 do not control the design
of any of the MWFRS of the building.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-115

207C.6.3 Design Wind Loads 207C.6.4 Minimum Design Wind Loads

Simplified design wind pressures, Ps, for the MWFRS of The load effects of the design wind pressures from Section
)ow-rise simple diaphragm buildings represent the net 207C.6.3 shall not be less than a minimum load defined by
pressures (sum of internal and external) to be applied to the assuming the pressures, Ps, for zones A and C equal to
horizontal and vertical projections of building surfaces as +766 Pa, Zones Band D equal to +383 Pa, while assuming
shown in Figure 207C.6-l. For the horizontal pressures Ps for Zones E, F, G, and Hare equal to 0.0 Pa.
(Zones A, B, C, D), Psis the combination of the windward
and leeward net pressures. Ps shall be determined by the
following equation:

Ps = AKztPS3o (207C.6-l)

where
l adjustment factor for building height and
exposure from Figure 207C.6- l
K zt topographic factor as defined m
Section 207 A.8 evaluated at mean roof
height, h
p 530 simplified design wind pressure for
Exposure B, at h = 9 m from Figure 207C.6-
l

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-1 "16 CHAPTER 2 - Mi11i111u111 Design Loads
,.

E•••J
Hei~

Windww-d
comer

CASE CASE
A B

Notes:

1. Pressures shown are applied to the horizontal and vertical projections, for exposure B, at h = 9 m. Adjust to other exposures and height
with adjustment factor ,1,,

2. The load patterns show shall be applied to each corner of the building in turn as the reference comer. (See Figure 207C.4-l)
3. For Case Buse 8 = 0°.

4. Load cases I and 2 must be checked for 25° < () :,; 45°. Load case 2 at 25° is provided only for interpolation between 25° and 30°.

5. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the projected surfaces, respectively.

6. For roof slopes other than those shown , linear interpolation is permitted.

7. The total horizontal load shall not be less than that determined by assuming Ps =0 in zones Band D.

8. Where zone E or G falls on a roof overhang on the windward side of the building, use Eau and Gou for the pressure on the horizontal
projection of the overhang. Overhangs on the leeward and side edges shall have the basic zone pressure applied .

9. Notation:

a: 10% of least horizontal dimension or 0.4h , whichever is smaller, but not less than either 4% of least horizontal dimension or 0.9 m
/,: Mean roof height, in meters, except that eave height shall be used for roof angles < 10°.
8: Angle of plane of roof from horizontal, in degrees.
Figure 207C.6- l
Main Wind Force Resisting System - Method 2.Design Wind Pressure
Enclosed Buildings h ~ 18 m Walls and Roofs

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-117

oasi · Zones
Wind Roof
Angle Load Horizontal Pressures Vertical Pressures Overhangs
. peed
c
--
(kph) (degrees)
Oto 5°
10°
Case
I
I
A
0.66
0.74
B
-0.34
-0.31
0.44
0.49
-0.2
D

-0.18
E
-0.79
-0.79
F
-0.45
-0.48
G
-0.55
-0.55
H
-0.35
-0.37
EOH
-1.11
-1.11
GOH
-0.87
-0.87
15° I 0.83 -0.27 0.55 -0.16 -0.79 -0.52 -0.55 -0.39 -1.11 -0.87
20° 1 0.91 -0.24 0.61 -0. 13 -0.79 -0.55 -0.55 -0.42 -I.I I -0.87
150
1 0.83 0.13 0.6 0.14 -0.37 -0.5 -0.27 -0.41 -0.68 -0.58
25°
2 0 0 0 0 -0.14 -0.27 -0.04 -0.18 0 0
1 0.74 0.51 0.59 0.41 0.06 -0.45 0.02 -0.39 -0.26 -0.3
30 to 45°
2 0.74 0.51 0.59 0.41 0.29 -0.22 0.25 -0.16 -0.26 -0.3
Oto 5° 1 1.17 -0.61 0.78 -0.36 -1.41 -0.8 -0.98 -0.62 -1.97 -1.54
10° 1 1.32 -0.55 0.88 -0.32 -1.41 -0.86 -0.98 -0.67 -1.97 -1.54
15° 1 1.48 -0.48 0.98 -0.28 -I .4 I -0.92 -0.98 -0.7 -1.97 -1.54
20° 1 1.62 -0.43 1.08 -0.23 -1.41 -0.98 -0.98 -0.74 -1.97 -1.54
200
I 1.48 0.23 1.07 0.25 -0.65 -0.89 -0.47 -0.72 -1.22 -1.03
25°
2 0 0 0 0 -0.25 -0.48 -0.07 -0.32 0 0
I 1.32 0.9 1.05 0.72 0.1 -0.8 0.03 -0.68 -0.46 -0.53
30 to 45°
2 1.32 0.9 1.05 0.72 0.51 -0.39 0.44 -0.28 -0.46 -0.53
Oto 5° 1 1.83 -0.95 1.22 -0.57 -2.2 -1.25 -1.53 -0.97 -3.08 -2.41
10° 1 2.06 -0.86 1.37 -0.49 -2.2 -1.34 -1.53 -1.04 -3.08 -2.41
15° 1 2.31 -0.76 1.53 -0.44 -2.2 -I .44 -1.53 -1.09 -3.08 -2.41
20° 1 2.53 -0.67 1.69 -0.37 -2.2 -1.53 -1.53 -1.16 -3.08 -2.41
250
1 2.31 0.37 1.67 0.39 -1.02 -1.39 -0.74 -1.13 -1.9 -1.62
25°
2 0 0 0 0 -0.39 -0.76 . -0.11 -0.49 0 0
1 2.06 1.41 1.64 1.13 0.16 -1.25 0.05 -1.07 -0.72 -0.83
30 to 45°
2 2.06 1.41 1.64 1.13 0.79 -0.62 0.68 -0.44 -0.72 -0.83
Figure 207C.6- l
Main Wind Force Resisting System - Method 2 Design Wind Pressure
Enclosed Buildings h:::; 18 m Walls and Roofs, Simplified Design Wind Pressure, p59 .0 (Pa)
(Exposure Bath= 9.0 m with I= 1.0

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-118 CHAPTER 2 - Minilllum Design Loads

Basic
Wind
Speed
Roof
Angle Load Horizontal Pressures
Zones
Vertical Pressures Overhanm, -----
(kph) (de2rees) Case A B c D E F G H EOH GOH ~

-1.37 -0.81 -3 .17 -1.8 -2.2 -1.39 -4.44

Oto 5°
10°
1
I
2.63
2.97 -1.24
1.75
1.98 -0.7 1 -3.17 -1.93 -2.2 -1.49 -4.44
-3.47
-3.47 --
15° 1 3.32 -1.09 2.2 -0.63 -3.17 -2.08 -2.2 -1.57 -4.44 -3.47
~

20° I 3.65 -0.96 2.43 -0.53 -3.17 -2.2 -2.2 -1.67 -4.44 -3.47
300
1 3.32 0.53 2.41 0.56 -1.47 -2 -1.06 -1.62 -2.74 -2.33
25° -
2 0 0 0 0 -0.56 -1.09 -0.15 -0.71 0 0
1 2.97 2.03 2.36 1.62 0.23 -1.8 0.08 -1.55 -1.04 -1.19
30 to 45°
2 2.97 2.03 2.36 1.62 1.14 -0.89 0.99 -0.63 -1.04 -1.19
Oto 5° 1 3.59 -1.86 2.38 -1.1 I -4.32 -2.45 -3 -1.9 -6.04 -4.73
10° 1 4.04 -1.69 2.69 -0.97 -4.32 -2.62 -3 -2.04 -6.04 -4.73
15° I 4.52 -1.48 3 -0.86 -4.32 -2.83 -3 -2.14 -6.04 -4.73
20° I 4.97 -1.31 3.3 l -0.72 -4.32 -3 -3 -2.28 -6.04 -4.73
350
1 4.52 0.72 3.28 0.76 -2 -2.73 -1.45 -2.21 -3.73 -3.18
25°
2 0 0 0 0 -0.76 -1.48 -0.21 -0.97 0 0
I 4.04 2.76 3.21 2.21 0.31 -2.45 0.11 -2.1 -1.41 -1.62
30 to 45°
2 4.04 2.76 3.21 2.21 1.55 -1.21 1.35 -0.86 -1.41 -1.62
Adjustment Factor for Building Height and Exposure, 1
Mean Roof Exposure
Height(m) B c D
0-5 1.0 1.21 1.47
6 1.0 1.29 1.55
8 1.0 1.35 1.61 .
9 1.0 1.40 1.66
11 1.05 1.45 1.70
12 1.09 1.49 1.74
14 1.12 1.53 1.78
15 l.16 1.56 1.81
17 1.19 1.59 1.84
18 1.22 1.62 1.87

Figure 207C.6- l (continued)

Main Wind Force Resisting System - Method 2 Design Wind Pressure
Enclosed Buildings h :<:: 18 m Walls and Roofs, Simplified Design Wind Pressure, p59 .0 (Pa)
(Exposure B at h = 9.0 m with I = 1.0

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-119

2070 Wind Loads on Other Structures and Building designed using recognized literature documenting such
Appurtenances - MWFRS wind load effects or shall use the Wind Tunnel Procedure
specified in Section 207F.
2070.1 Scope
2070.1.4 Shielding
2070.1.1 Structure Types
There shall be no reductions in velocity pressure due to
This section applies to the determination of wind loads on apparent shielding afforded by buildings and other
building appurtenances (such as rooftop structures and structures or terrain features.
rooftop equipment) and other structures of all heights (such
as solid freestanding walls and freestanding solid signs, 2070.2 General Requirements
chimneys, tanks, open signs, lattice frameworks, and
trussed towers) using the Directional Procedure. 2070.2.1 Wind Load Parameters Specified in
Section 207 A
The steps required for the determination of wind loads on
building appurtenances and other structures are shown in The following wind load parameters shall be determined in
Table 207D. l-l. accordance with Section 207 A:

• Basic Wind Speed V (Section 207 A.5)

User Note :
• Wind directionality Factor Kd (Section 207 A.6)
Use Section 207D to determine wind pressures on the
MWFRS of solid freestanding walls, freestanding solid • Exposure category (Section 207 A. 7)
signs, chimneys, tanks, open signs, lattice frameworks
and trussed towers. Wind loads on rooftop structures • Topographic factor Kzt (Section 207 A.8)
and equipment may be determined from the provisions
of this chapter. The wind pressures are calculated using
• Enclosure classification (Section 207 A. I 0)
specific equations based upon the Directional
Procedure.
2070.3 Velocity Pressure

2070.3.1 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient

2070.1.2 Conditions
Based on the exposure category determined in
A structure whose design wind loads are determined in
Section 207A.7.3, a velocity pressure exposure coefficient
accordance with this section shall comply with all of the
Kz or Kh, as applicable, shall be determined from
following conditions:
Table 207D.3-l.
I. The structure is a regular-shaped structure as defined
For a site located in a transition zone between exposure
in Section 207A.2.
categories that is near to a change in ground surface
roughness, intermediate values of Kz or Kh, between those
2. The structure does not have response characteristics shown in Table 207D.3-l, are permitted, provided that they
making it subject to across-wind loading, vortex
are determined by a rational analysis method defined in the
shedding, or instability due to galloping or flutter; or it
recognized literature.
does not have a site location for which channeling
effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind obstructions
Commentary:
warrant special consideration.
See commentary, Section C207B.3.1 .
2070.1.3 Limitations

The provisions of this chapter take into consideration the

load magnification effect caused by gusts in resonance with
along-wind vibrations of flexible structures. Structures not
meeting the requirements of Section 207D. l .2, or having
unusual shapes or response characteristics, shall be
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-120 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

2070.3.2 Velocity Pressure Table 2070.1-1

Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Rooftop
Velocity pressure, qz, evaluated at height z shall be Equipment and Other Structures
calculated by the following equation:
Step 1: Determine occupancy category of building or
(2070.3-
other structure, see Table 103-1
1)
Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the
where applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.S-
wind directionality factor, see I A, B orC
Section 207 A.6
Step 3: Determine wind load parameters:
velocity pressure exposure
coefficient, see Section 2070.3.1 >"' Wind directionality factor, Kd, see
topographic factor defined, see Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1
Section 207 A.8.2
>"' Exposure category B, C or D, see
basic wind speed, see Section 207 A.5
Section 207A.7
velocity pressure calculated using
Equation 207D.3- l at height h ~ Topographic factor, Kzt , see
Section 207 A.8 and Figure 207 A.8-1
The numerical coefficient 0.613 shall be used except
>"' Gust Effect Factor, G, see Section 207 A.9
where sufficient climatic data are available to justify the
selection of a different value of this factor for a design Step 4: Determine velocity pressure exposure
application. coefficient, Kz or Kh, see Table 2070.2-1
Step 5: Determine velocity pressure qz or qh, see
Equation 207D.3-l
Step 6: Determine force coefficient, C1 :
~ Solid freestanding signs or solid
freestanding walls, Figure 2070 .4-1
>"' Chimneys, tanks, rooftop equipment
Figure 2070.5-1
)"' Open signs, lattice frameworks
Figure 2070.5-2
)"' Trussed towers Figure 207D.4-3
Step 7: Calculate wind force, F:
>"' Equation 2070.4-1 for signs and walls
>"' Equation 2070.6-1 and Equation 2070.6-
2 for rooftop structures and equipment
)"' Equation 2070.5-1 for other structures

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTFR ;:> - Minimum Design Loads 2-121

Commentary: the local mean net pressure coefficient data (for wind
direction 45°) from the referenced wind tunnel studies
See commentary, Section C207B.3.2. to generate force coefficients for square regions starting
at the windward edge. Pressures near this edge increase
Figure 207D.4-l. The force coefficients for solid significantly as the length of the structure increases. No
freestanding walls and signs in Figure 207D.4-l date data were available on the spatial distribution of
back to ANSI A58.l-I972. It was shown by Letchford pressures for structures with low aspect ratios (B / s <
(2001) that these data originated from wind tunnel 2).
studies peiformed by Flachsbart in the early 1930s in
smooth uniform flow. The current values in Figure The sample illustration for Case C at the top of
207D.4-1 are based on the results of boundary layer Figure 207D.4-1 is for a sign with an aspect ratio
wind tunnel studies (Letchford 1985, 2001, Holmes B /s = 4. For signs of differing B/s ratios, the number
1986, Letchford and Holmes 1994, Ginger et al. 1998a of regions is equal to the number of force coefficient
and 1998b, and Letchford and Robertson 1999). entries located below each B / s column heading.

A suiface curve fit to Letchford's (2001) and Holmes 's For oblique wind directions (Case C), increased force
(1986) area averaged mean net pressure coefficient data coefficients have been observed on aboveground signs
(equivalent to mean force coefficients in this case) is compared to the same aspect ratio walls on ground
given by the following equation (Letchford 1985, 2001 and Ginger et al. 1998a). The
ratio of force coefficients between above-ground and
1. 563 + 0. 0042 In(x) - 0. 06148y} on-ground signs (i.e., s/h = 0. 8 and 1.0, respectively)
c1 =
{
+o. 009011[In(x)]2 - o. 2603y2 / o. 8 is 1.25, which is the same ratio used in the Australian I
-0. 08393y[In(x)] New Zealand Standard (Standards Australia 2002).
Note 5 of Figure 207D.4-1 provides for linear
where x = B/s and y = s/h interpolation between these two cases.

The 0.85 term in the denominator modifies the wind For walls and signs on the ground (s/h = 1), the mean
tunnel-derivedforce coefficients into a format where the vertical center of pressure ranged from 0. 5h to 0. 6h
gust effect factor as defined in Section 207A.9 can be (Holmes 1986, Letchford 1989, Letchford and Holmes
used. 1994, Robertson et al. 1995, 1996, and Ginger et al.
1998a) with 0. SSh being the average value. For
Force coefficients for Cases A and B were generated above-ground walls and signs, the geometric center best
from the preceding equation, then rounded off to the represents the.expected vertical center ofpressure.
nearest 0.05. That equation is only valid within the
range ofB / s ands/ h ratios given in the figure for Case The reduction in CI due to porosity (Note 2) follows a
A andB. recommendation (Letchford 2001). Both wind tunnel
and full-scale data have shown that return corners
Of all the pertinent studies, only Letchford (2001) significantly reduce the net pressures in the region near
specifically addressed eccentricity (i.e., Case BJ. the windward edge of the wall or sign (Letchford and
Letchford reported that his data provided a reasonable Robertson 1999).
match to Cook's (1990) recommendation for using an
eccentricity of0.25 times the average width of the sign.
However, the data were too limited in scope to justify
changing the existing eccentricity value of 0. 2 times the
average width ofthe sign, which is also used in the latest
Australian I New Zealand Standard (Standards
Australia 2002).

Case C was added to account for the higher pressures

observed in both wind tunnel (Letchford 1985, 2001,
Holmes 1986, Letchford and Holmes 1994, Ginger et al.
1998a and 1998b, and Letchford and Robertson 1999)
and full-scale studies (Robertson et al. 1997) near the
windward edge ofa freestanding wall or sign for oblique
wind directions. Linear regression equations were fit to
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-122 CHAPTER 2 ~ Minimum Design Loads

2070.4 Design Wind Loads - Solid Freestanding Walls turbulent boundary-layer flows has yet to be completely
and Solid Signs established Additional pressure coefficients for conditions
not specified herein may be found in two references (SIA
2070.4.1 Solid Freestanding Walls and Solid 1956 and ASCE 1961).
Freestanding Signs
With regard to Figure 207D.5-3, the.force coefficiems are
The design wind force for solid freestanding walls and a refinement of the coefficients specified in ANS/ A5 . l -
solid freestanding signs shall be determined by the 1982 and in ASCE 7-93. The force ('Qe_fficients specified
following formula: are offered as a simplified procedure that may be used for
trussed towers and are consistent with force coefficients
given in AN, I/EJA!T'IA- 222 E-199 /, Structun1I ta11dards
(207D.4-l) for lee/ Antenna Towers and An1e1111a 'upponlng
tn1c111res. and force coefficients recommendet.f by
where IVorki11g Group No. 4 (Re 0111me11dmlo11 for Guyed
qh velocity pressure evaluated at height h Ma I ), /111ernatio11al tissocia,;on jbr Shell and patio/
(defined in Figure 207D.4-1) as determined Structures (1981).
in accordance with Section 207D.3.2
G gust-effect factor from Section 207 A.9 It is not the intent of this code to exclude the use of other
Cf net force coefficient from Figure 207D.4-1 recognized literature for the design of special structures,
As the gross area of the solid freestanding wall such as transmission and telecommunications towers.
or freestanding solid sign, m2 Re 0111mendatio11 for wind loads on tower guys (1re no/
provided as in pre1 io11s edition · of the code. Recog11ized
1

literatur should be referenced for the design of these

2070.4.2 Solid Attached Signs
speciol t,·/ructul'es as i noted in Section 207D. !.3. For the
design of flagpoles. ·ee ANSl!NAAMM FPJOOJ-97, 4th
The design wind pr ure on a solid sign attached to the
Ed.. Guide Specification for Design ofMetal Flagpoles.
wall ofa buil ling, where !he plane of the sign is parallel to
and in contact with the plane fthe wa ll, and the sign does
2070.5 Design Wind Loads-Other Structures
not extend beyond the side r top edges of the wall, shall
be determined using procedures for wind pressures on
The design wind force [i r other structures (chimneys,
walls in accordance with Section 207E, and setting the
tanks rooftop equipment for h > 60 ° , and similar
internal pressure coefficient (GCpi) equal to 0.
structures, op ·n igns, lattice frameworks, and trussed
towers) hall be del$)r.mined by the following equation:
This procedure shall also be applicable to solid signs
attached to but not in direct contact with the wall, provided
the gap between the sign and wall is no more than 0.9 m (207D.5-l)
and the edge of the sign is at least 0.9 min from free edges
of the wall, i.e., side and top edges and bottom edges of where
elevated walls.
velocity pressure evaluated at height z as
Commentary: defined in Section 207D.3, of the centroid
ofareaA1
Signs attached to walls and subject to the geometric gust-effect factor from Section 207 A.9
limitations of Section 207D.4.2 should experience wind force coefficients from Figures 2070.5-1
pressures approximately equal to the external pressures on through 207D.5-3
the wall to which they are attached. The dimension projected area normal to the wind except
requirements for signs supported by frameworks, where where Cf is specified for the actual surface
there is a small gap between the sign and the wall, are area, m2
based on the collective judgment of the committee.

Figures 207D.5-1, 207D.5-2 and 207D.5-3. With the

exception of Figure 207D.5-3, the pressure and force
coefficient values in these tables are unchangedfrom ANSI
A58.J-1972. The coefficients pecified in these tables are
based on wind-tunnel tests conducted under conditions of
uniform flow and low turbulence, and their validity in

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines , Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 · Minimum Design Loads 2-123

2070.5.1 Rooftop Structures and Equipment for areas that are relatively small with respect to that of the
Buildings with h s 18 m buildings they are on. Because GCr is expected to
approach 1.0 as Ar or Ar approaches that of the building
The lateral force F h on rooftop structures and equipment (Bh or BL), a linear interpolation is included as a way to
located on buildings with a mean roof height h s 18 m avoid a step function in load if the designer wants to treat
shall be determined from Equation 2070.5-2. other sizes. The research in Hosoya et al (2001) only
treated one value of Ar (0. 04Bh). The research in Kopp
(2070.5-2) and Traczuk (2008) treated values of Ar= 0. 02Bh and
0.03Bh, and values of Ar= 0.0067BL.
where
In both cases the research also showed high uplifts on the
(GCr) 1.9 for rooftop structures and equipment top ofrooftop. Hence uplift load should also be considered
with Ar less than (0.1Bh). (GCr) shall be by the designer and is addressed in Section 207D. 6.
permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.9
to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from 2070.6 Parapets
(0. 1Bh) to (Bh)
velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof Wind loads on parapets are specified in Section 2078.4.5
height of the building for buildings of all heights designed using the Directional
vertical projected area of the rooftop Procedure and in Section 207C.4.2 for low-rise buildings
structure or equipment on a plane normal designed using the Envelope Procedure.
to the direction of wind, m2
Commentary:
The vertical uplift force, F v, on rooftop structures and
equipment shall be determined from Equation 2070.5-3. Prior to the 2002 edition of the standard, no provisions for
the design ofparapets had been included due to the lack of
(2070.5-3) direct research. In the 2002 edition of this standard, a
rational method was added based on the committee's
Where collective experience, intuition, and judgment. In the 2005
edition, the parapet provisions were updated as a result of
(GCr) 1.5 for rooftop structures and equipment research performed at the University of Western Ontario
with Ar less than (0.1BL). (GCr) shall be (Mans et al. 2000, 2001) and at Concordia University
permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.5 (Stathopoulos et al. 2002a, 2002b).
to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from
(0.1BL) to (BL) Wind pressures on a parapet are a combination of wall and
velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof roof pressures, depending on the location of the parapet
height of the building and the direction of the wind (Figure C207D. 7-1). A
horizontal projected area of rooftop windward parapet will experience the positive wall
structure or equipment, m 2 pressure on its front surface (exterior side of the building)
and the negative roof edge zone pressure on its back
Commentary: swface (roof side). This behavior is based on the concept
that the zone of suction caused by the wind stream
This code requires the use of Figure 207D.5-l for the separation at the roof eave moves up to the top of the
determination of the wind force on small structures and parapet when one is present. Thus the same suction that
equipment located on a rooftop. Because of the small size acts on the roof edge will also act on the back of the
of the structures in comparison to the building, it is parapet.
expected that the wind force will be higher than predicted
by Equation 207D.6-l due to higher correlation of The leeward parapet will experience a positive wall
pressures across the structure surface, higher turbulence pressure on its back surface (roof side) and a negative wall
on the building roof. and accelerated wind speed on the pressure on its front surface (exterior side of the building).
roof There should be no reduction in the positive wall pressure
to the leeward parapet due to shielding by the windward
A limited amount of research is available to provide better parapet because, typically, they are too far apart to
guidance for the increased force (Hosoya et al. 2001 and experience this effect. Because all parapets would be
Kopp and Traczuk 2008). Based on this research, the force designed for all wind directions, each parapet would in
of Equation 207D.6-l should be increased for units with
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-124 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

turn be the windward and leeward parapet and, therefore, The internal pressure that may be present inside a parapet
must be designed/or both sets ofpressures. is highly dependent on the porosity ofthe parapet envelope.
In other words, it depends on the likelihood of the wall
For the design of the MWFRS, the pressures used describe surface materials lo leak air pressure into the internal
the contribution ofthe parapet to the overall wind loads on cavities of the parapet. For solid parapets, such as
that system. For simplicity, the front and back pressures on concrete or masonry, the internal pressure is zero because
the parapet have been combined into one coefficient for there is no internal cavity. Certain wall materials may be
MWFRS design. The designer should not typically need the impervious to air leakage, and as such have little or no
separate front and back pressures/or MWFRS design. The internal pressure or suction, so using the value ofGCvtfor
internal pressures inside the parapet cancel out in the an enclosed building may be appropriate. However,
determination of the combined coefficient. The summation certain materials and systems used to construct parapets
of these external and internal, front and back pressure containing cavities are more porous, thus justifying the use
coefficients is a new term GCpn, the Combined Net of the GCpt values for partially enclosed buildings, or
Pressure Coefficient for a parapet. higher. Another factor in the internal pressure
determination is whether the parapet cavity connects to the
For the design of the components and cladding, a similar internal space of the building, allowing the building's
approach was used. However, it is not possible to simplify internal pressure to propagate into the parapet. Selection
the coefficients due to the increased complexity of the ofthe appropriate internal pressure coefficient is left to the
components and cladding pressure coefficients. In judgment of the design professional.
addition, the front and back pressures are not combined
because the designer may be designing separate elements
on each face of the parapet. The internal pressure is
required to determine the net pressures on the windward
and leeward swfaces of the pc,rapet. The provisions guide
the designer to the correct GCP and velocity pressure to
use for each surface, as illustrated in Figure C207D. 7-1.
Interior walls that protrude through the roof, such as party
walls and fire walls, should be designed as windward
parapets for both MWFRS and components and cladding.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-125

f+) • tt.

Figure C207D.7-l
Design Wind Pressures on Parapets

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition. 2015

2-126 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

2070.7 Roof Overhangs Commentary:

Wind loads on roof overhangs are specified in This section :,pecifies a minimum wind load to be app/ietJ
Section 2078.4.4 for buildings of all heights designed horizontally on the entire vertical projection ofthe b1tllcling
using the Directional Procedure and in Section 207C.4.3 or other structure, as shown in Figure C207B.4-J . T!,i\
for low-rise buildings designed using the Envelope load case is to be applied as a separate load case itt
Procedure. addition to the normal load cases specified in other
portions of this chapter.
2070.8 Minimum Design Wind Loading

The design wind force for other structures shall be not less
than 0.77 kN/m2 multiplied by the area A 1 .

Table 2070.3-1 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, K1, and K,

Height above ground Exposure

level, z (meters) B c D
0 - 4.5 0.572 0.846 1.027
6.0 0.621 0.899 1.080
7.5 0.662 0.942 1.123
9.0 0.697 0.979 l.159
12.0 0.757 1.040 I .218
15.0 0.807 1.090 1.267
18.0 0.850 1.133 1.307
21.0 0.888 1.170 1.343
24.0 0.923 1.204 1.375
27.0 0.955 1.234 1.403
30.0 0.984 1.261 1.429
36.0 1.036 1.3 11 1.475
42.0 1.083 1.3 54 l.515
48.0 1.125 1.393 1.551
54.0 1.164 1.428 1.583
60.0 1.199 1.460 1.612
75.0 1.278 1.530 1.676
90.0 1.347 1.590 1.730
105.0 1.407 1.642 1.777
120.0 1.462 1.689 1.819
135.0 1.512 1.731 1.856
150.0 1.558 1.770 1.891
Notes:
I. The velocity pressure exposure coefficient K, may be determined from the following formula:

For4.5 m:S: z :S: Zg For z <4.5 m

2/a 2/a
K, = 2. 01 ( z/z8 ) K, = 2. 01 ( 4.57/z8 )

2. The constants a and z 8 are tabulated in Table 207A.9-l.

3. Linear interpolation for intermediate values of height z is permitted.
4. Exposure categories are defined in Section 207 A. 7.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-127

•
----
-- CAIE:..t

- ~
CMEI
..
I~tff-
-*!1
i f:- -
-· ,..... ... - ·-
- 1
saa.
I.IQ
01
1,IU
Q2 CIJi

,_.,
'
- ......
~

ID
,,i.
-11-..

'
'-""
,o
'-""
al

...
-311

,...
....
~
UD
~-,.
Iii

,, ,,
a• 1Jlli UII U& t 1111 Ill!: Mo

u,
.. ... ..- ,.... ,..,
.. ... ,_.... ,.....
0.7 l'llli 110 lfll) Ui5 Ui I.Iii

.. -
I .•
0,,6 t 711
,
t .711 170 1.10 uu t .'IU UII t.10 '"'
us
0-3
,.
oa
<:0.tl "' IIO
I.ID
,us 1.11) 1.10
1.ID
un
,
1•
uo
1.15 1.85 us
,_.
I.ID
,.,
111!1§

uo ...
II<

t.115

c..-c

--
~
--..
OIDa
alD2a
2
22i
I.Iii!
3
2.111
t.10
'
2.111
uo
'
3.10'
2..00
~R*.1111

8
UO'
2.15
7
UO'
2.2S
•
U6''
231
•
3.115"
2.3&
U'5'
U6
10
---...
;-;
011>1
alD2a
~IWD.IIM

13
4.00'
2.•
:a, ol5
•.30'
2..fl
2'1D3o
3olo 10.
1.16

..._
"".........._ u,...
~

i--~ .,
1.:11
1.10

H -~ ,-
U&
I.Iii

....
UI
t.&6
1.05

/.
-
~
I.Iii
1.05
1.10
1.05

...-;.::.~""
II
·I
1.7&
1.00
1.a
o•
2alD311
311111 ..
MID&I
!itlD 10.
>10.
2.00
UIO
UIS
O.IIO
o.ss
U&
us
116
1.10
0.&6

Notes:
l. The term "signs" in notes below also applies to "freestanding walls".

2. Signs with openings comprising less than 30% of the gross area are classified as solid signs. Force coefficients for solid signs with
openings shall be permitted to be multiplied by the reduction factor (1 - (1 - E) 15 ). •

3. To allow for both normal and oblique wind directions, the following cases shall be considered:
For s/h < 1:
CASE A: resultant force acts normal to the face of the sign through the geometric center.
CASE B: resultant force acts normal to the face of the sign at a distance from the geometric center toward the windward
edge equal to 0.2 times the average width of the sign.
For B/s;;:: 2, CASE C must also be considered:
CASE C: resultant forces act normal to the face of the sign through the geometric centers of each region.

For s/h = 1:
The same cases as above except that the vertical locations of the resultant forces occur at a distance above the geometric
center equal to 0.05 times the average height of the sign.

4. For CASE C where s/h > 0.8, force coefficients shall be multiplied by the reduction factor (1 . 8 - s/h).

5. Linear interpolation is permitted for values of s/h, B/s and L,/s other than shown.

6. Notation:
B: horizontal dimension of sign, m; E: ratio of solid area to gross area;
h: height of the sign, m L,: hori zontal dimension of return comer, m
s: vertical dimension of the sign, m;
Figure 2070.4-1
Design Wind Loads Force Coefficients (Cr) Other Structures
All Heights of Solid Freestanding Walls & Solid Freestanding Signs

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-128 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

h/D
Cross-Section Type of Surface
7 25
All 1.3 1.4 2.0
All 1.0 1.1 1.5
All 1.0 1.2 1.4
Moderate! Smooth 0.5 0.6 0.7
Round (DJ'ch > 2. 5)
Rou h ( D'/D = 0.02 ) 0.7 0.8 0.9
(DJ'ch > 5. 3, Din m, qz in N/m 2
)
h (O'/D = 0.08 ) 0.8 1.0 1.2
Round (DJ'ch s; 2. 5)
All 0.7 0.8 1.2
(D qz s; 5.3,Dinm,qzinN/m2 )
Notes:
1. The design wind force shall be calculated based on the area of the structure projected on a plane normal to the wind direction. The
force shall be assumed to act parallel to the wind direction .

2. Linear interpolation is permitted for h/ D values other than shown.

3. Notation:

D: diameter of circular cross-section and least horizontal dimension of square, hexagonal or octagonal cross-sections at elevation
under consideration, in meters;

D': depth of protruding elements such as ribs and spoilers, m; and

h: height of structure, m; and

q,: velocity pressure evaluated at height z above ground, Nim'

4. For rooftop equipment on buildings with a mean roof height of h :5 18 m, use Section 2070.5.1.

Figure 2070.5-1
Other Structures Force Coefficients, Cr
Chimneys, Tanks, Rooftop Equipment, & Similar Structures

Flat-Sided Rounded Members

E
Members D qz s; 5. 3 D qz > 5.3
< 0.1 2.0 1.2 0.8
0.1 to 0.29 1.8 1.3 0.9
0.3 to 0.7 1.6 1.5 1.1
Notes :
1. Signs with openings comprising 30% or more of the gross area are classified as open signs.
2. The calculation of the design wind forces shall be based on the area of all exposed members and elements projected on a plane
normal to the wind direction. Forces shall be assumed to act parallel to the wind direction.

3. The area A1 consistent with these force coefficients is the solid area projected normal to the wind direction.

4. Notation:

E: ratio of solid area to gross area;

D: diameter of a typical round member, m;

q, : velocity pressure evaluated at height z above ground, Nim'

Figure 2070.5-2
Other Structures Force Coefficients, Cr All Heights of Open Signs & Lattice Frameworks

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-129

Tower Cross Section Ct

Square 4. 0E 2 - 5. 9E + 4. 0

Triangle 3.4E 2 - 4. 7E + 3.4

Notes:
1. For all wind directions considered, the area A 1 consistent with the specified force coefficients shall be the solid area of a tower face
projected on the plane of that face for the tower segment under consideration.
2. The specified force coefficients are for towers with structural angles or similar flat sided members.
3. For towers containing rounded members, it is acceptable to multiply the specified force coefficients by the following factor when
determining wind forces on such members:
0. 51€2 + 0. 57, but not> 1.0
4. Wind forces shall be applied in the directions resulting in maximum member forces and reactions. For towers with square cross-sections,
wind forces shall be multiplied by the following factor when the wind is directed along a tower diagonal:

1 + 0. 75E, but not> 1.2

5. Wind forces on tower appurtenances such as ladders, conduits, lights, elevators, etc., shall be calculated using appropriate force
coefficients for these elements.
6. Notation:
E: ratio of solid area to gross area of one tower face for the segment under consideration.

Figure 2070.5-2
Other Structures Force Coefficients, c1 Trussed Towers of All Heights

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-130 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207E Wind Loads - Components and Cladding indicate that some reduction in pressures for compunenr3 4.
(C&C) and cladding of buildings located in Exposure B ;3
justified. Hence, the code permits the use of the applicable
Commentary: exposure category when using these coefficients.

In developing the set ofpressure coefficients applicable for The pressure coefficients given in Figure 207£.6-1 for
the design of components and cladding (C&C) as given in buildings with mean height greater than 18 m were
Figures 207E.4-l, 207E.4-2A, 207E.4-2B, 207E.4-2C, developed.following a similar approach, but the influence
207E.4-3, 207E.4-4, 207E.4-5A, 207E.4-5B, and 207£.4- of exposure was not enveloped (Stathopoulos and
6, an envelope approach was followed but using different Dumitrescu-Brulotte 1989). Therefore, exposure 5.
methods than for the MWFRS ofFigure 207C.4-l. Because categories B, C, or D may be used with the values of(GCp)
of the small effective area that may be involved in the in Figure 207£.6-1 as appropriate.
design of a particular component (consider, e.g., the
e.ffective nrea associated with the design ofa fa~te11er), 1he 207E.l Scope 6.
point ,vise pressure fluct uations may be higl,/y correlated
over the effective area of imerest. Con ·ider the local purlin 207E.l.l Building Types
loads shown in Figure C207C.4-l. The approach involved
spatial averaging and time averaging of the point This chapter applies to the determination of wind pressures
pressures over the effective area transmitting loads to the on components and cladding (C&C) on buildings.
purlin while the building model was permitted to rotate in
the wind tunnel through 360°. As the induced localized l. Part I is applicable to an enclosed or partially
pressures may also vary widely as a.function of the specific enclosed:
location on the building, height above ground level,
exposure, and more importantly, local geometric • Low-rise building (see definition m
discontinuities and location of the element relative to the Section 207 A.2)
boundaries in the building surfaces (walls, roof lines),
these factors were also enveloped in the wind tunnel tests.
• Building with h ::,; 18 m
Thus.for the pressure coefficients given in Figures 207£.4-
1, 207E.4-2A, 207E.4-2B, 207E.4-2C, 207E.4-3, 207E.4-4,
The building has a flat roof, gable roof, multispan
207E.4-5A, 207E.4-5B, and 207£.4-6, the directionality of
gable roof, hip roof, monoslope roof, stepped root: or
the wind and influence ofexposure have been removed and
sawtooth roof and the wind pressures are calculated
the surfaces of the building "zoned" to reflect an envelope
from a wind pressure equation.
of the peak pressures possible for a given design
application.
2. Part 2 is a simplified approach and is applicable to an
enclosed:
As indicated in the discussion for Figure 207C.4-l, the
wind tunnel experiments checked both Exposure B and C
terrains. Basically (GCp) values associated with Exposure • Low-rise building (see definition in
Section 207 A.2)
B terrain would be higher than those for Exposure C
terrain because of reduced velocity pressure in Exposure
B terrain. The (GCp) values given in Figures 207£.4-1, • Building with h ::,; 18 m
207E.4-2A, 207E.4-2B, 207E.4-2C, 207£.4-3, 207E.4-4,
The building has a flat roof, gable roof, or hip roof and
207E.4-5A, 207E.4-5B, and 207E.4-6 are associated with
the wind pressures are determined directly from a
Exposure C terrain as obtained in the wind tunnel.
table.
However, they may also be usedfor any exposure when the
correct velocity pressure representing the appropriate
3. Part 3 1s applicable to an enclosed or partially
exposure is used as discussed below.
enclosed:
The wind tunnel studies conducted by ESDU (1990)
determined that when low-rise buildings (h < 18 m) are • Building with h > 18 m
embedded in suburban terrain (Exposure B), the pressures
on components and cladding in most cases are lower than The building has a flat roof, pitched roof, gable roof,
those currently used in the standards and codes, although hip roof, mansard roof, arched roof, or domed roof and
the values show a very large scatter because of high the wind pressures are calculated from a wind pressure
turbulence and many variables. The results seem to equation.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-131

4. Part 4 is a simplified approach and is applicable to an Commentary:

enclosed:
Air-permeable roof or wall claddings allow partial air
• Building with h ::; 48 m pressure equalization between their exterior and interior
surfaces. Examples include siding, pressure-equalized rain
The building has a flat roof, gable roof, hip roof, screen walls, shingles, tiles, concrete roof pavers, and
monoslope roof, or mansard roof and the wind aggregate roof surfacing.
pressures are determined directly from a table.
The peak pressure acting across an air-permeable
5. Part 5 is applicable to an open building of all heights cladding material is dependent on the characteristics of
having a pitched free roof, monoslope free roof, or other components or layers of a building envelope
trough free roof. assembly. At any given instant the total net pressure across
a building envelope assembly will be equal to the sum of
6. Part 6 is applicable to building appurtenances such as the partial pressures across the individual layers as shown
roof overhangs and parapets and rooftop equipment. in Figure C207E.l-l. However, the proportion of the total
net pressure borne by each layer will vary from instant to
207E.1.2 Conditions instant due to fluctuations in the external and internal
pressures and will depend on the porosity and stiffness of
A building whose design wind loads are determined in each layer, as well as the volumes ofthe air spaces between
accordance with this chapter shall comply with all of the the layers. As a result, although there is load sharing
following conditions: among the various layers, the sum of the peak pressures
across the individual layers will typically exceed the peak
1. The building is a regular-shaped building as defined in pressure across the entire system. In the absence of
Section 207 A.2. detailed information on the division of loads, a simple,
conservative approach is to assign the entire differential
2. The building does not have response characteristics pressure to each layer designed to carry load.
making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
shedding, or instability due to galloping or flutter; or it To maximize pressure equalization (reduction) across any
does not have a site location for which channeling cladding system (irrespective of the permeability of the
effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind obstructions cladding itself), the layer or layers behind the cladding
warrant special consideration. should be:

207El.3 Limitations • relatively stiff in comparison to the cladding material

and ·
The provisions of this chapter take into consideration the
load magnification effect caused by gusts in resonance with • relatively air-impermeable in comparison to the
along-wind vibrations of flexible buildings. The loads on cladding material.
buildings not meeting the requirements of Section
207E. l .2, or having- unusual shapes or response Furthermore, the air space between the cladding and the
characteristics, shall be determined using recognized next acijacent building envelope surface behind the
literature documenting such wind load effects or shall use cladding (e.g., the exterior sheathing) should be as small
the wind tunnel procedure specified in Section 207F. as practicable and compartmentalized to avoid
communication or venting between different pressure
207E.1.4 Shielding zones of a building's surfaces.

There shall be no reductions in velocity pressure due to The design wind pressures derived from Section 207£
apparent shielding afforded by buildings and other represent the pressure differential between the exterior and
structures or terrain features. interior surfaces of the exterior envelope (wall or roof
system). Because of partial air-pressure equalization
207E.1.5 Air-Permeable Cladding provided by air-permeable claddings, the components and
cladding pressures derived from Section 207£ can
Design wind loads determined from Section 207E shall be overestimate the load on air-permeable cladding elements.
used for air-permeable cladding unless approved test data The designer may elect either to use the loads derivedfrom
or recognized literature demonstrates lower loads for the Section 207£ or to use loads derived by an approved
type of air-permeable cladding being considered. alternative method. If the designer desires to determine the

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-132 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

pressure differential across a 5pecific cladding element in

combination with other elements comprising a specific
building envelope assembly, appropriate full-scale
pressure measurements should be made on the applicable
building envelope assembly, or reference should be made
to recognized literature (Cheung and Melbourne 1986,
Haig 1990, Baskaran 1992, Southern Building Code
Congress International 1994, Peterka et al. 1997, ASTM
2006, 2007, and Kala et al. 2008) for documentation
pertaining to wind load~. Such alternative method~ may
vary according to a given cladding product or class of
cladding products or assemblies because each has unique
features that affect pressure equalization.

EXTERIOR LAVEFWHEATHING
AIRSPACE WALL CAVITY
Q.ADOtNG _ _.,.

BUILDING BUILD NG
EXTERIOR a b J; d INTERIOR
• • • •
P.
~-
-1 ==
presue differential across cladding layer
presswe dlrerentiel aaoss exteria layer/sheathing
~- =presswe differential.across it1erior layer/finish

Figure C207E. l- l
Distribution of Net Components and Cladding Pressure Acting on a Building Surface
(Building Envelope) Comprised of Three Components (Layers)

207E.2 General Requirements • Basic Wind Speed V (Section 207 A.5)

• Wind directionality factor Kd (Section 207A.6)
207E.2.1 Wind Load Parameters Specified in Section
207A • Exposure category (Section 207 A. 7)
• Topographic factor Kzt (Section 207A.8)
The following wind load parameters are specified m • Gust Effect Factor (Section 207A.9)
Section 207 A:
• Enclosure classification (Section 207 A. l 0)

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines , Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-133

• Internal pressure coefficient (GCpi) topographic factor defined, see

(Section 207 A.11 ). Section 207 A.8
basic wind speed, see Section 207 A.5
207E.2.2 Minimum Design Wind Pressures velocity pressure calculated usmg
Equation 207E.3-l at height h
The design wind pressure for components and cladding of
buildings shall not be less than a net pressure ofO. 77 kN/m2 The numerical coefficient 0.613 shall be used except where
acting in either direction normal to the surface. sufficient climatic data are available to justify the selection
of a different value of this factor for a design application.
207E.2.3 Tributary Areas Greater than 65 m 2
Commentary:
Component and cladding elements with tributary areas
greater than 65 m2 shall be permitted to be designed using See commentary, Section C207B.3.2.
the provisions for MWFRS.
Figures 207E.4-I, 207E.4-2A, 207E.4-2B, and
207E.2.4 External Pressure Coefficients 207E.4-2C. The pressure coefficient values provided in
these figures are to be used for buildings with a mean roof
Combined gust effect factor and external pressure height of 18 m or less. The values were obtainedfrom wind-
coefficients for components and cladding, (GCp), are tunne/ tests conducted at the University of Western Ontario
given in the figures associated with this chapter. The (Davenport et al. 1977, 1978), at the James Cook
pressure coefficient values and gust effect factor shall not University of North Queensland (Best and Holmes 1978),
be separated. and at Concordia University (Stathopoulos 1981,
Stathopoulos and Zhu 1988, Stathopoulos and Luchian
207E.3 Velocity Pressure 1990, 1992, and Stathopoulos and Saathoff 1991). These
coefficients were refined to reflect results offall-scale tests
conducted by the National Bureau of Standards (Marshall
207E.3.1 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient
1977) and the Building Research Station, England (Eaton
and Mayne 1975). Pressure coefficients for hemispherical
Based on the exposure category determined in
domes on the ground or on cylindrical structures were
Section 207 A. 7.3, a velocity pressure exposure coefficient
based on wincf-tunnel tests (Taylor 1991). Some of the
Kz or Kh, as applicable, shall be determined from
characteristics of the values in the figure are as follows:
Table 207E.3-1. For a site located in a transition zone
between exposure categories, that is, near to a change in 1. The values are combined values of (GCp). The gust
ground surface roughness, intermediate values of K z or effect factors from these values should not be
K h, between those shown in Table 207E.3-1, are permitted, separated.
provided that they are determined by a rational analysis
method defined in the recognized literature. 2. The velocity pressure qh evaluated at mean roof
height should be used with all values of(GCp).
Commentary: 3. The values provided in the figure represent the upper
bounds of the most severe values for any wind
See commentary, Section C207B.3.1 . direction. The reduced probability that the design
wind speed may not occur in the particular direction
207E.3.2 Velocity Pressure for which the worst pressure coefficient is recorded
has not been included in the values shown in the
Velocity pressure, qz, evaluated at height z shall be figure.
calculated by the following equation:
4. The wind-tunnel values, as measured, were based on
the mean hourly wind speed. The values provided in
qz = 0. 613KzKztKdV 2 (Nlm 2);V in (207E.3-l)
the figures are the measured values divided by (1.53)2
mis (see Figure C207A.5-l) to adjust for the reduced
pressure coefficient values associated with a 3-s gust
where speed.
wind directionality factor, see Section
Each component and cladding element should be designed
207A.6
for the maximum positive and negative pressures
velocity pressure exposure coefficient, see
(including applicable internal pressures) acting on it. The
Section 207E.3. l
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-134 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

pressure coefficient values should be determined for each Figure 207£.6-1. The pressure coefficients shown in this
component and cladding element on the basis of its figure reflect the results obtained from comprehensive
location on the building and the effective area for the wind tunnel studies carried out (Stathopoulos and
element. Research (Stathopoulos and Zhu 1988, 1990) Dumitrescu-Brulotte 1989). The availability of more
indicated that the pressure coefficients provided generally comprehensive wind tunnel data has also allowed a
apply to facades with architectural features, such as simplification of the zoning for pressure coefficients, flat
balconies, ribs, and various facade textures. In ASCE 7-02, roofi· are now divided into three zones, and walls are
the roof slope range and values of (GCp) were updated represented by two zones.
based on subsequent studies (Stathopoulos et al. 1999,
2000, 2001). The external pressure coefficients and zones given in
Figure 207£.6-1 were established by wind tunnel tests on
Figures 207£.4-4, 207E.4-5A, and 207E.4-5B. These isolated "box-like" buildings (Akins and Cermak 1975 and
figures present values of (GCp) for the design of roof Peterka and Cermak 1975). Boundary-layer wind-tunnel
components and cladding for buildings with mu/tir,,pan tests on high-rise buildings (mostly in downtown city
gable roofs and buildings with monos/ope roofs. The centers) show that variations in pressure coefficients and
coefficients are based on wind tunnel studies (Stathopoulos the distribution of pressure on the different building
and Mohammadian 1986, Suny and Stathopoulos 1988, facades are obtained (Templin and Cermak 1978). These
and Stathopoulos and Saathoff 1991). variations are due to building geometry, low attached
buildings, nonrectangular cross-sections, setbacks, and
Figure 207£.4-6. The values of(GCp) in this figure are for sloping surfaces. In addition, surrounding buildings
the design of roof components and cladding for buildings contribute to the variations in pressure. Wind tunnel tests
indicate that pressure coefficients are not distributed
with sawtooth roofs and mean roof height, h, less than or
symmetrically and can give rise to torsional wind loading
equal to 18 m. Note that the coefficients for corner zones
on the building.
on segment A differ from those coefficients for corner zones
on the segments designated as B, C, and D. Also, when the
roof angle is less than or equal to 10°, values of (GCp)Jor Boundary-layer wind-tunnel tests that include modeling of
surrounding buildings permit the establishment of more
regular gable roofs (Figure 207E.4-2A) are to be used The
exact magnitudes and distributions of ( GCp) for buildings
coefficients included in Figure 207£.4-6 are based on wind
tunnel studies reported by Saathoff and Stathopoulos that are not isolated or "boxlike" in shape.
(1992).

Figure 207E.4-7. This figure for cladding pressures on

dome roofs is based on Taylor (1991). Negative pressures
are to be applied to the entire surface, because they apply
along the fall arc that is perpendicular to the wind
direction and that passes through the top of the dome.
Users are cautioned that only three shapes were available
to define values in this figure (h 0 /D = 0. 5, f /D =
0.5; h0 /D = 0.0, f/D = 0.5; and h0 /D = 0.0, fl
D = 0.33).

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-135

Table 207E.3- l
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, Kh and Kz

Exposure
Height above ground level, z
(m)
B c D
0 - 4.5 0.70 0.85 1.03
6.0 0.70 0.90 1.08
7.5 0.70 0.94 1.12
9.0 0.70 0.98 1.16
12.0 0.76 1.04 1.22
15.0 0.81 1.09 1.27
18.0 0.85 1.13 1.31
21.0 0.89 1.17 1.34
24.0 0.93 1.21 1.38
27.0 0.96 1.24 1.40
30.0 0.99 1.26 1.43
36.0 1.04 1.31 1.48
42.0 1.09 1.36 1.52
48.0 1.13 1.39 1.55
54.0 1.17 1.43 1.58
60.0 1.20 1.46 1.61
75.0 1.28 1.53 1.68
90.0 1.35 1.59 1.73
105.0 1.41 1.64 1.78
120.0 1.47 1.69 1.82
135.0 1.52 1.73 1.86
150.0 1.56 1.77 1.89
Notes:

I. The velocity pressure exposure coefficient K, may be determined from the following formula:

For 4.57 m :5 z :5 Zg For z < 4.57 m

2/a 2/a
K, = 2. 01 ( z/zg ) K, = 2.01 ( 4 . 57/zg )

2. a and zg are tabulated in Table 207 A.9-1 .

3. Linear interpolation for intennediate values of height z is acceptable.
4. Exposure categories are defined in Section 207 A.7.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-136 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Part I: Low-Rise Buildings 207E.4.2 Design Wind Pressures

Commentary: Design wind pressures on component and cladding

elements of low-rise buildings and buildings with
The component and cladding tables in Figure 207£.5-1 are h :S 18 m shall be determined from the following equation:
a tabulation ofthe pressures on an enclosed, regular, 9-m
high building with a roof as described. The pressures can
be modified to a different exposure and height with the 207E.4-J
same adjustment/actors as the MWFRS pressures. For the
designer to use this method for the design of the where
components and cladding, the building must conform to all velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof
five requirements in Section 207E. 6; otherwise one of the height h as defined in Section 207E.3
other procedures specified in Section 207£.1.J must be external pressure coefficients given in:
used
• Figure 207E.4-l (walls)
207E.4 Building Types • Figures. 207E.4-2A to 207E.4-2C (flat
roofs, gable roofs, and hip roofs)
The provisions of Section 207E.4 are applicable to an • Figure 207E.4-3 (stepped roofs)
enclosed and partially enclosed: • Figure 207E.4-4 (multispan gable roofs)
• Figures 207E.4-5A and 207E.4-5B
• Low-rise building (see definition in Section 207A.2) (monoslope roofs)
• Figure 207E.4-6 (sawtooth roofs)
• Building with h :S 18 m • Figure 207E.4-7 (domed roofs)
• Figure 207B.4-3, footnote 4 (arched roofs)
The building has a flat roof, gable roof, multispan gable internal pressure coefficient given m
roof, hip roof, monoslope roof, stepped roof, or sawtooth Table 207A.l l-l
roof. The steps required for the determination of wind loads
on components and cladding for these building types are
shown in Table 207E.4- l.

207E.4.1 Conditions User Note:

For the determination of the design wind pressures on the Use Part I ofSection 207E to determine wind pressures
components and claddings using the provisions of on C&C of enclosed and partially enclosed low-rise
Section 207E.4.2 the conditions indicated on the selected buildings having roof shapes as specified in the
figure(s) shall be applicable to the building under applicable figures . The provisions in Part 1 are based
consideration. on the Envelope Procedure with wind pressures
calculated using the specified equation as applicable to
each building surface. For buildings for which these
provisions are applicable this method generally yields
the lowest wind pressures of all analytical methods
contained in this code.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-137

Table 207E.4-l Part 2: Low-Rise Buildings (Simplified)

Steps to Determine C&C Wind Loads
Enclosed and Partially Enclosed 207E.5 Building Types
Low-rise Buildings
The provisions of Section 207E.5 are applicable to an
Step 1: Determine risk category of building or other enclosed:
structure, see Table I 03-1
Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the • Low-rise building (see definition in Section 207A.2)
applicable risk category, see Figure 207A.5-
1A, B or C • Building with h :::; 18 m

Step 3: Determine wind load parameters: The building has a flat roof, gable roof, or hip roof. The
> Wind directionality factor, Kd, see steps required for the determination of wind loads on
Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1 components and cladding for these building types are
shown in Table 207E.5- l.
> Exposure category B, C or D, see Section
207A.7 207E.5.l Conditions
> Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section
207 A.8 and Figure 207 A.8-1 For the design of components and cladding the building
shall comply with all the following conditions:
> Enclosure classification, see Section
207A.10 1. The mean roof height h must be less than or equal to
> Internal pressure coefficient, (GCva, see 18 m (i.e. h:::; 18 m).
Section 207 A.11 and Table 207 A.11-1
2. The building is enclosed as defined in
Step 4: Determine velocity pressure exposure Section 207 A.2 and conforms to the wind-borne debris
coefficient Kz or Kh, see Table 207E.3-l provisions of Section 207 A. I 0.3.
Step 5: Determine velocity pressure, qh, see
Equation 207E.3-1 3. The building is a regular-shaped building or structure
as defined in Section 207 A.2.
Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient,
(GCP) 4. The building does not have response characteristics
making it .subject to across wind loading, vortex
> Walls, see Figure 207E.4-1 shedding, or instability due to galloping or flutter; and
> Flat roofs, gable roofs, hip roofs, see it does not have a site location for which channeling
Figure 207E.4-2 effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind obstructions
> Stepped roofs, see Figure 207E.4-3 warrant special consideration.
> Multispan gable roofs, see Figure 207E.4- 5. The building has either a flat roof, a gable roof with
4
(J:::; 45°, or a hip roof with (J:::; 27°.
> Monoslope roofs, see Figure 207E.4-5
> Sawtooth roofs, see Figure 207E.4-6
> Domed roofs, see Figure 207E.4-7
> Arched roofs, see Figure 2078.4-3
footnote 4
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, Equation 207E.4-1

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-138 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

207E.5.2 Design Wind Pressures Table 207E.5-1

Steps to Detem1ine C&C
Net design wind pressures, Pnet, for component and Wind Loads Enclosed Low-rise Buildings
cladding of buildings designed using the procedure (Simplified Method)
specified herein represent the net pressures (sum of internal
and external) that shall be applied normal to each building
Step Determine risk category, see Table 103-1
surface as shown in Figure 207E.5- l. Pnet shall be
1:
determined by the following equation:
Step Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the
2: applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.5-
Pnet = ).KztPnet9 (207E.5-l)
1A, B or C
where Step Determine wind load parameters:
3:
). adjustment factor for building height and
~ Exposure category B, C or D, see Section
exposure from Figure 207E.5- l
207A.7
topographic factor as defined in
Section 207A.8 evaluated at 0.33 mean ~ Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section
roof height, 0. 33h 207A.8 and Figure 207A.8-1
Pnet30 net design wind pressure for Exposure B,
Step Enter figure to determine wind pressures
at h = 9 m, from Figure 207E.5-1
4: at h = 9 m., Pnet 9 , see Figure 207E.5- l
Step Enter figure to determine adjustment for
5: building height and exposure, )., see Figure
207E.5-l
User Note:
Step Determine adjusted wind pressures, Pnet , see
Part 2 of Section 207£ is a simplified method to 6: Equation 207E.5- l.
determine wind pressures on C&C of enclosed low-rise
buildings having flat, gable or hip roof shapes. The
provisions of Part 2 are based on the Envelope
Procedure of Part 1 with wind pressures determined
from a table and adjusted as appropriate.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-139

Part 3: Buildings with h > 18 m 207E.6.2 Design Wind Pressures

Commentary: Design wind pressures on component and cladding for all

buildings with h > 18 m shall be determined from the
In Equation 207E.6-J a velocity pressure term, qi, appears following equation:
that is defined as the "velocity pressure for internal
pressure determination." The positive internal pressure is 207E.6-I
dictated by the positive exterior pressure on the windward
face at the point where there is an opening. The positive where
exterior pressure at the opening is governed by the value
ofq at the level ofthe opening, not qh. For positive internal q qz for windward walls calculated at height z
pressure evaluation, q I may conservatively be evaluated at above the ground
=
height h (q 1 qh). For low buildings this does not make q q h for leeward walls, side walls, and roofs
much difference, but for the example of a 91.5-m-tall evaluated at height h
building in Exposure B with the highest opening at I 8 m, qh for windward walls, side walls, leeward
the difference between q 9 _15 and q 18 represents a 59 walls, and roofs of enclosed buildings and for
percent increase in internal pressure. This is unrealistic negative internal pressure evaluation in
and represents an unnecessary degree of conservatism. partially enclosed buildings
Accordingly, q 1 = qz for positive internal pressure qz for positive internal pressure evaluation in
evaluation in partially enclosed buildings where height z partially enclosed buildings where height z is
is defined as the level ofthe highest opening in the building defined as the level of the highest opening in
that could affect the positive internal pressure. For the building that could affect the positive
buildings sited in wind-borne debris regions, glazing that internal pressure. For positive internal
is not impact resistant or protected with an impact pressure evaluation, qi may conservatively be
protective system, qi should be treated as an opening. evaluated at height h(qi = qh)
External pressure coefficients given in:
207E.6 Building Types • Figure 207E.6- l for walls and flat roofs
• Figure 2078.4-3, footnote 4, for arched
The provisions of Section 207E.6 are applicable to an roofs
enclosed or partially enclosed building with a mean roof • Figure 207E.4-7 for domed roofs
height h > 18 m with a flat roof, pitched roof, gable roof, • Note 6 of Figure 207E.6-l
hip roof, mansard roof, arched roof, or domed roof. The Internal pressure coefficient given in
steps required for the determination of wind loads on Table 207 A.11-1
components and cladding for these building types are
shown in Table 207E.6-1. q and q 1 shall be evaluated usmg exposure defined in
Section 207 A.11-1
207E.6.1 Conditions
Exception:
For the determination of the design wind pressures on the
component and cladding using the provisions of In buildings with a mean roof height h greater than 18 m
Section 207E.6.2, the conditions indicated on the selected and less than 27.4 m, ( GCv) values from Figures 207E.4-
figure(s) shall be applicable to the building under J through 207E.4-6 shall be pennitted to be used if the
consideration. height to width ratio is one or less.

User Note:

Section Part 3 of Section 207E for determining wind

pressures for C&C of enclosed and partially enclosed
buildings with h > 18 m having roof shapes as specified
in the applicable figures. These provisions are based on
the Directional Procedure with wind pressures
calculated from the specified equation applicable to
each building surface.

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-140 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 207E.6-1 Part 4: Buildings with h ~ 48 m (Simplified)

Steps to Determine C&C Wind Loads
Enclosed and Partially Enclosed Commentary:
Building with h > 18 m
This section has been added to ASCE 7-10 to cover the
common practical case of enclosed buildings up to height
Step I: Determine risk category, see Table 103-1
h = 49 m. Table 207£. 7-2 includes wall and roofpressures
Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the fo rjlat roofi·re < 10"). gable rooj~. hip roo.fi:, monos/ope
applicable risk category, see Figure 207 A.S- roojs, and mailsc,rd roofi·. Pre sure\· are derived .fi"om
IA, B orC Fig ure 207£.6-1 (flt,t roofi~ Figure ..07E.4-2A, B, om/ C
(gable and hip roo.fJ~. ,111 I Figur 207E.4-5A and B
Step 3: Determine wind load parameters:
(mo11oslope roofi~ of Part 3. Pressure were selected /01·
j;> Wind directionality factor, Kd, see each zone that encompasses the largest pressure
Section 207 A.6 and Table 207 A.6-1 coefficients for lhe 0111parnble zones from the different
roof shapes. Thu . for some cc, es. the pressures tabulated
j;> Exposure category B, C or D, see Section
are conservative in order ro mafntaiil simplicity. The ( GCp)
207A.7
values ji-om these figures ll ere combined with mi internal
j;> Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section pr s·sure co~!Jicient (+ or- 0. 18) to obtain a rrel coefficient
207A.8 and Figure 207A.8-l J,-om which pressures were colc11/atecl. The tabulated
pressures are applicable to the entire zone shown in the
j;> Enclosure classification, see Section
various figures.
207A.10
j;> Internal pressure coefficient, (GCpJ, see Pressures are shown/or an effective wind area of 0.93 m1.
Section 207 A.11 and Table 207 A.11-1 A reduction factor is also shown to obtain pressures for
larger effective wind areas. The reduction factors are
Step 4: Determine velocity pressure exposure based on the graph ofexternal pressure coefficients shown
coefficient Kz or Kh, see Table 207E.3-l in the figures in Part 3 and are based on the most
Step 5: Determine velocity pressure, qh, see Table conservative reduction for each zone from the various
207E.3-l figures.

Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient, 207E. 7 Building Types

(GCv)
);.- Walls and flat roofs, (O < 10°), see The provisions of ~ection 207E. 7 are applicable to an
Figure 207E.6- l enclosed building having a mean roof height h ~ 49 m
with a flat roof, gable roof, hip roof, monoslope roof, or
);.- Gable and hip roofs, see Figure 207E.4-2 mansard roof. The steps required for the determination of
per Note 6 of Figure 207E.6- l wind loads on components and cladding for these building
j;> Arched roofs, see Figure 2078.4-3, types are shown in Table 207E.7-l.
footnote 4
);.- Domed roofs, see Figure 207E.4-7
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, Equation 207E.6-
l

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CH/\PH: R 2 Minimum Dos ign LoaJs 2-141

207E.7.1 Wind Loads-Components and Cladding

User Note :
207E.7.1.l Wall and Roof Surfaces
Part 4 of Section 207E is a simplijzed method for
Design wind pressures on the designated zones of walls
determining wind pressures for C&C of enclosed and
and roofs surfaces shall be determined from
partially enclosed buildings with h :S 49 m. having roof
Table 207E.7-2 based on the applicable basic wind speed
shapes as specified in the applicable figures. These
V, mean roof height h, and roof slope 8. Tabulated
provisions are based on the Directional Procedure from
pressures shall be multiplied by the exposure adjustment
Part 3 with wind pressures selected directlyfrom a table
factor (EAF) shown in the table if exposure is different
and adjusted as applicable.
than Exposure C. Pressures in Table 207E.7-2 are based on
an effective wind area of 0.93 1112. Reductions in wind
pressure for larger effective wind areas may be taken based Table 207E.7- l
on the reduction multipliers (RF) shown in the table. Steps to Determine C&C Wind Loads
Pressures are to be applied over the entire zone shown in Enclosed Building with h > 48.8 m
the figures . Final design wind pressure shall be determined
from the following equation:
Step Determine risk category, see Table I 03-1
I:
P = Ptable(EAF)(RF)Kzt (207E.7-l)
Step Determine the basic wind speed, V, for the
where 2: applicable risk category, see Figure 207A.5-
IA, B or C
RF effective area reduction factor from
Table 207E.7-2 Step Determine wind load parameters:
EAF Exposure adjustment factor from 3:
Table 207E.7-2 }> Exposure category B, C or D, see Section
topographic factor as defined 207A.7
Kzt 111
Section 207 A.8 Step Enter Table 207E.7-2 to determine pressure on
4: walls and roof, p, using Equation 207E.7-l.
207E.7.l.2 Parapets Roof types are:

Design wind pressures on parapet surfaces shall be based ~ Flat roof (8 < 10°)
on wind pressures for the applicable edge and corner zones ~ Gable roof
in which the parapet is located, as shown in
~ Hip roof
Table 207E.7-2, modified based on the following two load
cases: ~ Monoslope roof
~ Mansard roof
• Load Case A shall consist of applying the applicable
positive wall pressure from the table to the front Step Determine topographic factors, Kzt, and apply
surface of the parapet while applying the applicable 5: factor to pressures determined from tables (if
negative edge or corner zone roof pressure from the applicable), see Section 207 A.8
table to the back surface.

• Load Case B shall consist of applying the applicable Pressures in Table 207E.7-2 are based on an effective wind
positive wall pressure from the table to the back of the area of 0.93 m2. Reduction in wind pressure for larger
parapet surface and applying the applicable negative effective wind area may be taken based on the reduction
wall pressure from the table to the front surface. factor shown in the table. Pressures are to be applied to the
parapet in accordance with Figure 207E.7-l. The height h
to be used with Figure 207E.7-l to determine the pressures
shall be the height to the top of the parapet. Determine final
pressure from Equation 207E. 7-1.

Commentary:

Parapet component and cladding wind pressures can be

obtained from the tables as shown in the parapet figures
National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015
2-142 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

from the table. The pressures obtained are slightly Commentary:

conservative based on the net pressure coefficients for
parapets compared to roof zones from Part 3. Two load Component and cladding pressures for roofoverhangs can
cases must be considered based on pressures applied to be obtained.from the tables as shown in Figure 207E.7-2.
both windward and leeward parapet surfaces as shown in These pressures are slightly conservative and are based on
Figure 207E. 7-1. the external pressure coefficients contained in Figure
207E.4-2A to 207E.4-2Cfrom Part 3.
207E. 7.1.3 Roof Overhangs

Design wind pressure on roof ov rhang hall be based on

wind pressures shown for the applicable zones in Table
207E.7-2 modified as described herein. F r Zones 1 and 2,
a multiplier of 1.0 shall be used on pressures shown in
Table 207E.7-2. For Zone 3, a multiplier of 1.15 shall be
used on pressures shown in Table 207E.7-2.

Pressures in Table 207E.7-2 are based on an effective wind

area of 0.93 m 2 • Reductions in wind pressure for larger
effective wind areas may be taken based on the reduction
multiplier shown in Table 207E.7-2. Pressures on roof
overhangs include the pressure from the top and bottom
surface of overhang. Pressures on the underside of the
overhangs are equal to the adjacent wall pressures. Refer to
the overhang drawing shown in Figure 207E.7-2.
Determine final pressure from Equation 207E.7-l.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-143

©
Flat Roof Gable Roof
8<10deg

Hip Roof

Mansard Roof

Figure 207E.7-2
C & C Zones C&C Wall and Roof Pressures, h :::; 48 m
Enclosed Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

 2-144 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Roof and Wall Pressures-Components and Cladding

Exposure Adjustment Factor
48

45 1-1- - 1 1-1- --- ----·

Exposure Adjustment l<'actor ---
-
42 h (m.) ExpB ExpD
39 -- 48.0 0.809 1.113
-
45.0 0.805 1.116
36
-- ~- ·- - 42.0
-- 0.801 1.118
---e
'-'
33
39.0 0.796 1.121
...... 30 36.0 0.792 1.125
.c
Cll)
·~ 27 - 33.0 0.786 1.128 -
==
Cll)
24
30.0
27.0
0.781
0.775
1.132
1.137
- - ---
:§ - - - ~ - -
·;
=i
21
·- 24.0
21.0
0.768
0.760
1.141
1.147
18
18.0 0.751 1.154 - ·- ·- --
15
15.0 0.741 1.161 --- --- ··-
12 12.0 0.729 1.171

9
9.0 0.713 1.183 --
6.0 0.692 1.201
6 4.5 0.677 1.214
3 I I I I
0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 l.00 1.05 1.10 l.15 l.20 l.25
Exposure Adjustment Factor

Notes to Component and Cladding Wind Pressure Table:

1. For each roof form, Exposure C, V and h determine roof and wall cladding pressures for the applicable zone from tables
above. For other exposures B or D, multiply pressures from table by the appropriate exposure adjustment factor determined
from figure above.
2. Interpolation between h values is permitted. For pressures at other V values than shown in the table, multiply table value
for any given V 'in the table as shown above:
Pressure at desired V = pressure from table at V 'x [V desired/V ] 2
3. Where two load cases are shown, both positive and negative pressures shall be considered.
4. Pressures are shown for an effective wind area= 0.93 m2 . For larger effective wind areas, the pressure shown may be
reduced by the reduction coefficient applicable to each zone.
Notation :
h mean roof height (m)
V Basic wind speed (kph)
Table 207E.7-2 (continued)
C & C Zones C&C Wall and Roof Pressures, h::::; 48 m
Enclosed Buildings

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-145

Reduction Factors
Effective Wind Area

1- - - -1- - -1- -11- - 1- 1 - - 1- - 1- - - -1- ---1- - - - - - - . 1- - - -1-- - - < - -11- -1--1---1-+ -1-1-1
1 - - - -1- - - _ ,_ - 1 - -
1 -- --1- - -,- -1- o -,1 -+-t-t1- 1- - - -· - - - - t --1- 1-f-- <--1- - - -1-- - - t - -1
A

0.9
-
.....(J0 ......
....
~ .... ._
~
i;...
=
0
0.8
:-,....
I"'
.;:- -
......... u -....
'.tl
=
'C
~
(J

0.7
1 - -- -1- --1- - +- ~- +- 1- - 1- r - ----+
........ I!
.......
........
....
.........
- ,.......
~ ........
1 - -- - 1 - --1- - 11- - - - - 1- r - - -1c - - -1t ---1- -1- ~--t--t~~t-------;- --1-"~1- .... 1-

0.6
l- - --l- --l- -t•---f-~~ - - -1- - --l--- -r - l- ~- i -t-t-~-l- - - -+---l----l- -l--+-l-++-I
'
- ,- -
0.50.10 1.9 4.5 9.3 18.6 46.5 93
Effective Wind Area (m 2)

Reduction Factors
Effective Wind Area
Roof Form Sii?:n Pressure Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone4 Zone 5
Flat Minus D D D c E
Flat Plus NA NA NA D D
Gable, Mansard Minus B c c . c E
Gable, Mansard Plus B B B D D
Hip Minus B c c c E
Hio Plus B B B D D
Monoslope Minus A B D c E
Monoslooe Plus c c c D D
Overhangs All A A B NA NA
Table 207E.7-2 (continued)
C & C Effective Wind Area C&C Wall and Roof Pressures, h ~ 48 m
Enclosed Buildings

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-146 CHAPTER 2 - Minir11um Design Loads

Table 207E.7-2
Components and Cladding - Part 4
C&C, V = 150 -200 kph, h = 4.5 - 15 111
Exposure C
v (kph) 150 200
Load Zone Zone
h (m) Roof Form
Case l 2 3 4 5 l 2 3 4 5
I -1.5579 -2.4453 -3.3328 -1.0649 -1.9523 -2.7696 -4.3473 -5.9249 -1.8932 -3.4708
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 1.0649 1.0649 NA NA NA 1.8932 1.8932
Gable Roof I -1.1 635 - 1.9523 -2.9384 -1.2621 - 1.9523 -2 .0685 -3.4708 -5 .2238 -2.2438 -3.4708
Mansard Roof 2 0.6705 0.6705 0.6705 1.1635 1.0649 1.1920 1.1920 1.1920 2.0685 1.8932
15
I -1.0649 -1.8537 -2.7412 -1.2621 - 1.9523 · 1.8932 -3.2955 -4.8732 -2.2438 -3.4708
Hip Roof
2 0.6705 0.6705 0.6705 1.1635 1.0649 1.1920 1.1920 1.1920 2.0685 1.8932
Monos lope I -1.3607 -1.7551 -3.0370 -1.2621 -1 .9523 -2.4191 -3.1202 -5 .3990 -2.2438 -3.4708
Roof 2 0.5719 0.5719 0.5719 1.1635 1.0649 1.0167 1.0167 1.0167 2.0685 1.8932
I -1.4865 -2.3332 -3.1799 -1.0161 -1.8628 -2.6426 -4.1479 -5.6531 -1.8063 -3.3116
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 1.0161 1.0161 NA NA NA 1.8063 1.8063
Gable Roof I -I. I IO I - 1.8628 -2.8036 -1 .2042 - 1.8628 - 1.9736 -3.3116 -4.9841 -2. 1408 -3.3116
Mansard Roof 2 0.6397 0.6397 0.6397 I. I IO I 1.0161 1.1373 1.1373 1.1373 1.9736 1.8063
12
I -1.0161 -1.7687 -2.6154 -1 .2042 -1 .8628 - 1.8063 -3.1444 -4.6496 -2. 1408 -3.3116
Hip Roof
2 0.6397 0.6397 0.6397 I. I I 01 1.0161 1.1373 1.13 73 1.1373 1.9736 1.8063
Monos lope I -1.2983 -1.6746 -2.8977 -1.2042 -1.8628 -2.3081 -2.9771 -5 .15 14 -2. 1408 -3.3116
Roof 2 0.5457 0.5457 0.5457 1.110 I 1.0161 0.9701 0.9701 0.9701 1.9736 1.8063
I -l.4007 -2.1986 -2.9964 -0.9574 -l.7553 -2.490 I -3.9086 -5.3270 - 1.7021 -3.1206
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 0.9574 0.9574 NA NA NA 1.7021 I. 7021
Gable Roof I -1. 0461 - l.7553 -2.6418 -1.134 7 - 1.7553 -1.8597 -3.1206 -4.6966 -2.0173 -3.1206
Mansard Roof 2 0.6028 0.6028 0.6028 1.0461 0.9574 1.0717 1.0717 1.0717 1.8597 1.7021
9
I -0.9574 - l .6667 -2.4645 -1.1347 - l.7553 -l.7021 -2.9629 -4.3814 -2.0173 -3.1206
Hip Roof
2 0.6028 0.6028 0.6028 1.0461 0.9574 1.0717 1.0717 1.0717 l .8597 l.7021
Monos lope I -1.2234 -l.5780 -2.7305 -1.1347 -1.7553 -2 .1749 -2.8053 -4.8542 -2.0173 -3.1206
Roof 2 0.5142 0.5142 0.5142 1.0461 0.9574 0.9141 0.9141 0.9141 l .8597 l.7021
I -1.3435 -2 .1088 -2.8741 -0.9184 -1.6837 -2 .3885 -3.7490 -5.1096 -1.6326 -2.9932
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 0.9184 0.9184 NA NA NA 1.6326 1.6326
Gable Roof I -1.0034 -1.683 7 -2.5340 -1.0884 -1.6837 -1.7838 -2.9932 -4.5049 -1 .9350 -2.9932
Mansard Roof 2 0.5782 0.5782 0.5782 1.0034 0.9184 1.0280 1.028() l.0280 l.7838 1.6326
7.5
I -0.9184 -1.5986 -2.3639 -1.0884 -l.6837 -1.6326 -2.8420 -4.2025 -1.9350 -2.9932
Hip Roof
2 0.5782 0.5782 0.5782 1.0034 0.9184 1.0280 1.0280 1.0280 l.7838 1.6326
Monos lope I -l.1735 -1.5136 -2.6190 -1.0884 - l.6837 -2.0862 -2.6908 -4.6561 -1.9350 -2.9932
Roof 2 0.4932 0.4932 0.4932 1.0034 0.9184 0.8768 0.8768 0.8768 l.7838 1.6326
I - 1.2 864 -2.0191 -2.7518 -0.8793 - l.6120 -2.2869 -3.5895 -4.8921 -1.5632 -2.8658
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 0.8793 0.8793 NA NA NA 1.5632 l.5632
Gable Roof I -0.9607 -1.6120 -2.4262 -1.0421 -1.6120 -1.7079 -2.8658 -4.3132 -1.8526 -2.8658
Mansard Roof 2 0.5536 0.5536 0.5536 0.9607 0.8793 0.9842 0.9842 0.9842 l.7079 1.5632
6
I -0.8793 -1 .5306 -2.2633 -1.0421 -l.6120 -1.5632 -2.7211 -4.0237 - 1.8526 -2.8658
Hip Roof
2 0.5536 0.5536 0.5536 0.9607 0.8793 0.9842 0.9842 0.9842 l.7079 1.5632
Monos lope I -1.123 5 - l.4492 -2.5076 -1.0421 -1.6120 -1.9974 -2.5763 -4.4579 -1.8526 -2.8658
Roof 2 0.4722 0.4722 0.4722 0.9607 0.8793 0.8395 0.8395 0.8395 1.7079 l.5632
I -1.2149 -1.9069 -2.5990 -0.8304 - 1.5225 -2.1598 -3.3901 -4.6204 -1.4763 -2.7066
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 0.8304 0.8304 NA NA NA 1.4763 1.4763
Gable Roof I -0.9073 - 1.5225 -2.2914 -0.9842 -1.5225 -1.6130 -2.7066 -4.0736 -l.7497 -2.7066
Mansard Roof 2 0.5229 0.5229 0.5229 0.9073 0.8304 0.9295 0.9295 0.9295 l.6130 1.4763
4.5
I -0.8304 -1.4456 -2.1376 -0.9842 -1.5225 -1.4763 -2.5699 -3.8002 - l.7497 -2.7066
Hip Roof
2 0.5229 0.5229 0.5229 0.9073 0.8304 0.9295 0.9295 0.9295 1.6130 1.4763
Monos lope I -l.061 l -1.3687 -2.3683 -0.9842 -1 .5225 -1.8864 -2.4332 -4.2 103 -l.7497 -2.7066
Roof 2 0.4460 0.4460 0.4460 0.9073 0.8304 0.7928 0.7928 0.7928 1.6130 1.4763

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-147

Table 207E.7-2
Components and Cladding - Part 4
C&C, V = 250 -300 kph, h = 4.5 - 15 m
Exposure C
v (kph) 250 300
Load Zone Zone
h (m) Roof Form
Case l 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
l -4.3276 -6.7926 -9.2577 -2.9581 -5.4232 -6.2317 -9.7814 -13.3311 -4.2596 -7.8093
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.9581 2.9581 NA NA NA 4.2596 4.2596
Gable Roof I -3.2320 -5.4232 -8.1621 -3.5059 -5.4232 -4.6541 -7.8093 -l l.7534 -5.0485 -7.8093
Mansard Roof 2 1.8625 l.8625 l.8625 3.2320 2.9581 2.6820 2.6820 2.6820 4.6541 4.2596
15
1 -2.9581 -5.1493 -7.6143 -3.5059 -5.4232 -4.2596 -7.4149 - I 0.9646 -5.0485 -7.8093
Hip Roof
2 1.8625 1.8625 1.8625 3.2320 2.9581 2.6820 2.6820 2.6820 4.6541 4.2596
Monos lope I -3.7798 -4.8754 -8.4360 -3.5059 -5.4232 -5.4429 -7.0205 -12.1479 -5.0485 -7.8093
Roof 2 1.5886 l.5886 1.5886 3.2320 2.9581 2.2876 2.2876 2.2876 4.6541 4.2596
I -4.1291 -6.4810 -8.8330 -2.8224 -5.1744 -5.9458 -9.3327 -12.7196 -4.0642 -7.4511
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.8224 2.8224 NA NA NA 4.0642 4.0642
Gable Roof 1 -3.0837 -5. 1744 ·7.7877 -3.3451 -5.1744 -4.4406 -7.4511 -11.2143 -4.8 169 -7.451 l
Mansard Roof 2 1.7771 l.7771 1.7771 3.0837 2.8224 2.5590 2.5590 2.5590 4.4406 4.0642
12
l -2.8224 -4.9131 ·7.2650 -3.3451 -5.1744 -4.0642 -7.0748 -10.4617 -4.8 169 -7.4511
Hip Roof
2 1.7771 l.7771 1.7771 3.0837 2.8224 2.5590 2.5590 2.5590 4.4406 4.0642
Monoslope I -3.6064 -4.6517 -8.0490 -3.345 I -5.1744 -5.1932 -6.6985 -I 1.5906 -4.8169 -7.4511
Roof 2 1.5157 1.5157 l.5157 3.0837 2.8224 2.1826 2.1826 2.1826 4.4406 4.0642
I -3 .8908 -6.1071 -8.3234 -2.6596 -4.8759 -5.6028 -8.7943 -11.9858 -3.8298 -7.0212
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.6596 2.6596 NA NA NA 3.8298 3.8298
Gable Roof I -2.9058 -4.8759 -7.3384 -3.1521 -4.8759 -4.1844 -7.0212 -10.5673 -4.5390 -7.0212
Mansard Roof 2 1.6745 1.6745 1.6745 2.9058 2.6596 2.4113 2.4113 2.4113 4.1844 3.8298
9
I -2.6596 -4.6296 -6.8459 -3.1521 -4.8759 -3.8298 -6.6666 -9.8581 -4.5390 -7.0212
Hip Roof
2 1.6745 1.6745 1.6745 2.9058 2.6596 2.4113 2.4113 2.4113 4.1844 3.8298
Monos lope 1 -3.3983 -4.3834 -7.5847 -3.1521 -4.8759 -4.8936 -6.3120 -10.9219 -4.5390 -7.0212
Roof 2 1.4283 1.4283 1.4283 2.9058 2.6596 2.0567 2.0567 2.0567 4.1844 3.8298
l -3.7320 -5.8579 -7.9837 -2.5510 -4.6768 -5.3741 -8.4353 -11.4965 -3.6735 -6.7347
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.5510 2.5510 NA NA NA 3.6735 3.6735
Gable Roof 1 -2.7872 -4.6768 -7.0389 -3.0234 -4.6768 -4.0136 -6.7347 -10.1360 -4.3537 -6.7347
Mansard Roof 2 1.6062 1.6062 1.6062 2.7872 2.5510 2.3129 2'.3129 2.3129 4.0136 3.6735
7.5
1 -2.55 10 -4.4406 -6.5665 -3.0234 -4.6768 -3.6735 -6.3945 -9.4557 -4.3537 -6.7347
Hip Roof
2 1.6062 1.6062 1.6062 2.7872 2.5510 2.3129 2.3129 2.3129 4.0136 3.6735
Monoslope 1 -3 .2596 -4.2044 -7.2751 -3.0234 -4.6768 -4.6939 -6.0544 -10.4761 -4.3537 -6.7347
Roof 2 1.3700 1.3700 1.3700 2.7872 2.5510 1.9728 1.9728 1.9728 4.0136 3.6735
l -3 .5732 -5.6086 -7.6440 -2.4425 -4.4778 -5.1454 -8.0764 -11.0073 -3 .5 171 -6.448 l
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.4425 2.4425 NA NA NA 3.5171 3.5171
Gable Roof 1 -2.6686 -4.4778 -6.7394 -2.8948 -4.4778 -3.8428 -6.4481 -9.7047 -4. 1685 -6.4481
Mansard Roof 2 l.5378 1.5378 1.5378 2.6686 2.4425 2.2145 2.2145 2.2145 3.8428 3.5171
6
l -2.4425 -4.2517 -6.2871 -2.8948 -4.4778 -3.5171 -6.1224 -9.0534 -4.1685 -6.4481
Hip Roof
2 l .5378 l.5378 1.5378 2.6686 2.4425 2.2145 2.2145 2.2145 3.8428 3.5171
Monoslope 1 -3.1209 -4.0255 -6.9655 -2.8948 -4.4778 -4.4941 -5.7968 - 10.0303 -4.1685 -6.4481
Roof 2 l.3117 l.3117 1.3117 2.6686 2.4425 1.8888 1.8888 1.8888 3.8428 3.5171
l -3.3747 -5.2970 -7.2193 -2.3068 -4.2291 -4.8596 -7.6277 -10.3958 -3.3217 -6.0899
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 2.3068 2.3068 NA NA NA 3.3217 3.3217
Gable Roof l -2.5204 -4.2291 -6.3650 -2.7339 -4.2291 -3.6293 -6.0899 -9.1655 -3.9369 -6.0899
Mansard Roof 2 l.4524 l .4524 1.4524 2.5204 2.3068 2.0915 2.0915 2.0915 3.6293 3.3217
4.5
1 -2.3068 -4.0155 -5.9378 -2.7339 -4.2291 -3.3217 -5.7823 -8.5504 -3.9369 -6.0899
Hip Roof
2 1.4524 1.4524 1.4524 2.5204 2.3068 2.0915 2.0915 2.0915 3.6293 3.3217
Monos lope 1 -2.9475 -3.8019 -6.5785 -2.7339 -4.229 1 -4.2444 -5.4747 -9.473 l -3.9369 -6.0899
Roof 2 1.2388 1.2388 1.2388 2.5204 2.3068 1.7839 1.7839 1.7839 3.6293 3.3217

National Structural Code of the Philippines Volume I, 7th Edition, 2015

2-148 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 207E.7-2
Components and Cladding - Part 4
C&C, V = 350 kph, h = 4.5 - 15 m
Exposure C
v (kph) 350
Load Zone
h(m) Roof Form
Case 1 2 3 4 5
1 -8.4820 -13.3136 -18.1451 -5.7978 -10.6294
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 5.7978 5.7978
Gable Roof 1 -6.3347 -10.6294 -15 .9978 -6.8715 -10.6294
Mansard Roof 2 3.6505 3.6505 3.6505 6.3347 5.7978
15
1 -5.7978 -10.0925 -14.9241 -6.8715 -10.6294
Hip Roof
2 3.6505 3.6505 3.6505 6.3347 5.7978
Monoslope I -7.4084 -9.5557 -16.5346 -6.8715 - I 0.6294
Roof 2 3.1137 3.1137 3.1137 6.3347 5.7978
I -8.0929 -12.7029 -17.3128 -5.5319 -10.1418
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 5.5319 5.5319
Gable Roof I -6.0441 -10.1418 -15.2639 -6.5563 -10.1418
Mansard Roof 2 3.4830 3.4830 3.4830 6.0441 5.5319
12
1 -5.5319 -9.6296 -14.2395 -6.5563 -10.1418
Hip Roof
2 3.4830 3.4830 3.4830 6.0441 5.5319
Monoslope 1 -7.0685 -9.1174 -15 .7761 -6.5563 -10.1418
Roof 2 2.9708 2.9708 2.9708 6.0441 5.5319
I -7.6260 -11.9700 -16.3139 -5.2127 -9.5567
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 5.2127 5.2127
Gable Roof 1 -5.6954 -9.5567 -14.3833 -6.1781 -9.5567
Mansard Roof 2 3.2821 3.2821 3.2821 5.6954 5.2127
9
1 -5.2127 -9.0740 -13.4180 -6.1781 -9.5567
Hip Roof
2 3.2821 3.2821 3.2821 5.6954 5.2127
Monos lope 1 -6.6607 -8.5914 -14.8660 -6.1781 -9.5567
Roof 2 2.7994 2.7994 2.7994 5.6954 5.2127
I -7.3148 -11.4814 -15.6481 -5.0000 -9.1666
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 5.0000 5.0000
Gable Roof I -5.4629 -9.1666 -13.7962 -5.9259 -9.1666
Mansard Roof 2 3.1481 3.1481 3.1481 5.4629 5.0000
7.5
1 -5.0000 -8.7037 -12.8703 -5 .9259 -9.1666
Hip Roof
2 3.1481 3.1481 3.1481 5.4629 5.0000
Monoslope 1 -6.3889 -8.2407 -14.2592 -5.9259 -9.1 666
Roof 2 2.6852 2.6852 2.6852 5.4629 5.0000
1 -7.0035 -10.9929 -14.9822 -4.7872 -8.7766
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 4.7872 4.7872
Gable Roof I -5.2305 -8.7766 -13.2092 -5.6737 -8.7766
Mansard Roof 2 3.0142 3.0142 3.0142 5.2305 4.7872
6
1 -4.7872 -8.3333 -12.3226 -5.6737 -8.7766
Hip Roof
2 3.0142 3.0142 3.0142 5.2305 4.7872
Monoslope 1 -6.1170 -7 .8900 -13.6524 -5.6737 -8.7766
Roof 2 2.5709 2.5709 2.5709 5.2305 4.7872
1 -6.6144 -10.3821 -14.1498 -4.5213 -8.2890
Flat Roof
2 NA NA NA 4.5213 4.5213
Gable Roof I -4.9399 -8.2890 -12.4753 -5.3585 -8.2890
Mansard Roof 2 2.8467 2.8467 2.8467 4.9399 4.5213
4.5
1 -4.5213 -7.8703 -11.6380 -5.3585 -8.2890
Hip Roof
2 2.8467 2.8467 2.8467 4.9399 4.5213
Monos lope 1 -5.7772 -7.4517 -12.8939 -5 .3 585 -8 .2890
Roof 2 2.4281 2.4281 2.4281 4.9399 4.5213

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)